Economics 2010 (US)

Routledge economics

Economics New Titles and Key Backlist 2010

www.routledge.com/economics

www.routledge.com/economics

Welcome to Routledge

Economics New Titles and Key Backlist 2010

Page 2

Page 3

Page 13

Page 38

Page 39

Page 46

contents Microeconomics & Game Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Macroeconomics, Money & Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Econometrics & Quantitative Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 International Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Asian Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 European Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Page 49

Contacts Editorial Enquiries For all territories: Robert Langham Senior Publisher Email: robert.langham@tandf.co.uk

Development Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Thomas Sutton Associate Editor

Political Economics: General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Email: thomas.sutton@tandf.co.uk

Routledge Revivals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Marketing Enquiries

Political Economics: Economic Methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Political Economics: Gender and Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Political Economics: Social Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Political Economics: History of Economic Thought . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Political Economy: Public Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Page 49

For all territories excluding the Americas: Alex Robinson Marketing Manager Email: alex.robinson@tandf.co.uk

Gemma Walker Marketing Coordinator

Environmental and Agricultural Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Email: gemma.walker@tandf.co.uk

Economic History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

For USA, Canada and Latin America:

Industrial, Labour and Business Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

David J. Wilfinger Marketing Manager

Law and Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Email: david.wilfinger@taylorandfrancis.com

Research Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Order Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Back of Catalogue

key symbols

Companion Website

Request a Complimentary Copy

Search Inside Online

Complete Catalog

Complimentary Copies

eBooks

This catalog only includes a selection of our titles in Economics. Our online catalog at www.routledge.com/economics gives you the power to search for any book currently in print by title, author’s last name, and ISBN. All entries have a description of the book’s content.

Select Routledge titles are available on a complimentary review basis to faculty for course adoption consideration, and are marked as such throughout the catalog. Please complete and send the “Complimentary Text Request” section of the order form in the back of this catalog, or call 1-800-634-7064. To expedite your order, or to see “View Inside” and eInspection options, visit: www.routledge.com/info/compcopy.

Thousands of our titles are available as eBooks – in Adobe, Microsoft Reader and Mobipocket formats or available to browse online: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk.

The Easy Way to Order Ordering online is fast and efficient, simply follow the on-screen instructions and your order will be sent to our distributors for immediate dispatch.

Examination Copies For examination copies of all other paperback titles, please contact our Sales Department at 1-800-634-7064. To expedite your request, visit: www.routledge.com/examcopy.

– Marked as ‘eBook’ in this catalog.

e-Updates Register your email address at www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates to receive information on books, journals and other news within your area of interest.

Trade Customers’ Representatives, Agents and Distribution For a list of all trade customers’ representatives, agent and distributors for UK, Rest of World, North America and South America visit: www.routledge.com/representatives.

MICROECONOMICS & GAME THEORY

MICROECONOMICS & GAME THEORY

Readings in Applied Microeconomics The Power of the Market Edited by Craig Newmark, North Carolina State University, USA

NEW Textbook

Microeconomics A Global Text Judy Whitehead, University of the West Indies at Cave Hill, Barbados Microeconomics is concerned with the production, consumption and distribution of goods by the micro units of individuals, firms and markets within the economy. It can also be considered a study of scarcity and the choices to be made for the attainment of goals within constraints. These goals are those set by consumers, producers and policy makers in the market.

This book provides a brand new approach to the teaching and study of microeconomics – an elementary guide to the fundamental principles of the subject. It gives students from all parts of the world the opportunity to understand and appreciate the value of microeconomic tools and concepts for analyzing market processes in their economic environment, as well as maintaining a perspective on issues of trade and competitiveness, thus drawing attention to the relevance of microeconomic theory beyond the domestic scene to issues of trade and competitiveness on the international arena.

The book contains a wealth of international case studies and covers topics such as: • elasticity • Cobb-Douglas Production functions

’This text is a much overdue supplementary book to help students understand the role and the power of the market. I believe this book can help dispel some of the myths surrounding capitalism and how markets operate. I foresee this content generating much discussion in the classroom on important economic issues.’ - Claudia R. Williamson, West Virginia University, USA ’This volume is a compilation of classic and persuasive articles that lend insight into the operation of the market process. Each article is a classic on its own, but the compilation is much more powerful in its message than the sum of the individual articles. Readers will come away with a great appreciation for the way that the market mechanism coordinates the economic activities of people around the globe for the benefit of everyone.’ - Randall G. Holcombe, Florida State University, USA This reader encourages students to appreciate the power of the market, including specific examples and addressing questions on whether markets actually work well and offering evidence that market failures are not as serious or as common as claimed.

Selected Contents: 1. Information and Incentives 2. Creating Value 3. Property Rights 4. Externalities and Coordination Problems 5. Non-excludable Goods 6. Asymmetric Information 7. Monopoly and Collusion 8. Abuse of Firm Power June 2009: 246 x 174: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-77739-1: $200.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77740-7: $64.95 £ 0 1 0 5 .

9 £ 3 9 .

• dynamic stability of market equilibrium • monopolies and monopolistic competition • project analysis.

The perfect introduction to the building blocks of contemporary microeconomic theory, this book will be of interest to undergraduate students in international economics, industrial economics, managerial economics and agricultural economics. It will also be a useful reference guide for graduates requiring a break down of difficult microeconomic principles.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Consumer Behaviour: Demand Analysis 3. Market Demand and Elasticity 4. Topics in Demand Analysis 5. The Producer: Supply Analysis 6. Production and Cost Analysis 7. Equilibrium in an Isolated Market 8. Perfect Competition 9. Monopoly 10. Monopolistic Competition 11. Market Structure: Oligopoly 12. Alternative Models of the Firm 13. The Market for Factors 14. General Equilibrium and Welfare Maximization 15. Project Analysis September 2009: 246 x 174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-45452-0: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45453-7: $65.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415777407 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

Microeconomics and Game Theory eBooks Taylor & Francis Microeconomics and Game Theory eBooks are available as part of a subscription package or for outright purchase.

ALSO AVAILABLE

The Economics, Finance, Business and Industry eCollection.

Routledge Advances in Experimental and Computable Economics Series Edited by: K. Vela Velupillai, University of Trento, Italy FORTHCOMING

Computable Foundations for Economics K. Vela Velupillai, University of Trento, Italy K. Vela Velupillai is probably the world’s leading expert, and author of a number of key essays on, computable economics. His essays, brought together here for the first time have been revised and updated and set alongside significant new contributions.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Foundations 1. The Incomputable, the Non-constructive and the Undecidable in Mathematical Economics 2. Advanced Computational Complexity Theory from an Elementary Standpoint 3. Economic Dynamics and Computation – Recursion Theoretic Foundations for the Icarus Tradition 4. Let’s Take the Con out of Mathematical Economics Part 2: General Equilibrium Theory 5. Effectivity and Constructivity in Economic Theory 6. Algorithmic Foundations of Computable General Equilibrium Theory 7. Uncomputability and Undecidability in Economic Theory Part 3: Methodology 8. The Unreasonable Ineffectivity of Mathematics in Economics 9. A Constructive Interpretation of Sraffa’s Mathematical Economics 10. The Computable Alternative in the Mathematization of Economics Part 4: Simon’s Behavioural Economics – A Computable Vision 11. Computable Rationality 12. Boundedly Rational Choice and Satisficing Decisions 13. Simon’s Epicurean Adventures – A Prolegomena. Appendix 1 to Part 4: Artificing a Rationally Unbounded Life. Appendix 2 to Part 4: The Logic of Discovery, Problem Solving and Retroduction. Appendix 3 to Part 4: Herbert Simon’s Letter on Computable Economics Part 5: Inductive Reflections 14. De-Mystifying Induction, Falsification and other Popperian Extravaganzas 15. Rereading Jevons’s Principles of Science: Induction Redux -16. Impossibility of Effectively Computable Inductive Policies in a Complex Dynamic Economy Part 6: Concluding Notes 17. Epilogue – A Research Program for the Algorithmic Social Sciences February 2010: 234 x 156: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-35567-4: $160.00 £ 0 1 0.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415355674

FORTHCOMING

Models of Simon K. Vela Velupillai, University of Trento, Italy When Herbert Simon died in 2000, he left behind a hugely impressive legacy. This new book from one of the world’s leading experts on Simon will be of great interest to the modern economist.

June 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-31158-8: $100.00 0 £ 5.

£ 0 1 0 5 .

9 £ 3 9 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415454537 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

For more information, purchasing options and details about eContent for your library, please contact: UK and Rest of World online.sales@tandf.co.uk

United States, Canada and South America e-reference@taylorandfrancis.com

eBooks www.ebooksubscriptions.com

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415311588

1

MACROECONOMICS, MONEY & FINANCE

2

MACROECONOMICS, MONEY & FINANCE NEW

Money and Banking An International Text Robert Eyler, Sonoma State University, USA This book focuses on the core issues in money and banking.

By using simple applications for anyone that understands basic economics, the lessons in the book provide any student or reader with a background in how financial markets work, how banks as businesses function, how central banks make decisions, and how monetary policy affects the global economy.

Money and Banking is split into sections based on subject matter, specifically definitions and introductions, financial markets, microeconomic issues, macroeconomy policy, and international finance. It also covers: • derivative and currency markets • the microeconomics of banking • trade and currency movements • asymmetric information and derivative markets • the future of financial markets and their participants.

By providing a mix of microeconomic and macroeconomic applications, focusing on both international examples and open economy macroeconomics, this book reduces the minutiae seen in competing books. Each chapter provides summaries of what should be learned along the way and why the chapter’s topic is important, regardless of current events.

For undergraduate business, economics or social science students otherwise, this book is a concise source of information on money, banking and financial markets.

Selected Contents: 1. Understanding Money 2. Interest Rates and Financial Markets 3. Risk and Risk Aversion 4. Equity Markets, Stock Markets and Real Estate 5. Derivative Asset and Insurance Markets 6. Financial Intermediaries 7. The Microeconomics of Banking 8. Connections between Commercial and Central Banking 9. The Domestic Market for Money 10. Money, Employment, Inflation and Expectations 11. Money and the Macroeconomy 12. Monetary Policy in the Open Macroeconomy 13. The World Economy and Monetary Policy Choices 14. The Future of Banking, Private and Central October 2009: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77546-5: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77547-2: $59.95 £ 0 1 0.

9 £ 3 1 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415775472 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

NEW

Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking

Inflation Expectations

This series explores the roles of money and banking in the modern world. Banking is an increasingly important and international industry, and its interaction with money is a major concern for the world’s economic policy-makers.

FORTHCOMING

The Capital Needs of Central Banks Edited by Susan Milton, The Bank of England, UK and Peter Sinclair, University of Birmingham, UK This book analyses the different ways central banks are funded and how funding arrangements may impact on their independence. The book’s objective is to explore these themes first from the academic and practitioner’s views – those of the economist, accountant and lawyer’s – and then to introduce practical experiences from a range of different central banks, in terms of their economic and socio-political environments. It will be the first time that the theorist and practitioner, the accountant, the economist and the lawyer come together in one volume. The reader will be able to access the full breadth of views on this important subject.

Edited by Peter J.N. Sinclair, University of Birmingham, UK This collection pulls together a galaxy of world experts (including Roy Batchelor, Richard Curtin and Staffan Linden) on inflation expectations to debate different aspects of the issues involved, including the spread of inflation targeting and the large reduction in actual inflation that has been observed in most countries over the past decade or so.

Selected Contents: 1. Inflation Expectations: An Introduction Peter Sinclair 2. How Robust are Quantified Data? Evidence from the United States Roy Batchelor 3. Inflation Expectations and Empirical Tests Richard Curtin 4. Heterogeneous Expectations, Adaptive Learning and Forward-looking Monetary Policy Martin Fukacs 5. Consumer Inflation Expectations: Usefulness of Surveybased Measures - A Cross-Country Survey Ryszard Kokoszczynski, Tomasz Lyziak and Ewa Stanislawska 6. Further Evidence on the Properties of Consumers’ Inflation Expectations in the Euro Area Magnus Forsells and Geoff Kenny 7. Household Versus Expert Forecasts of Inflation: New Evidence from the European Survey Data Christina Geberding 8. The Role of Expectations in the Inflation Process in the Euro Area Maritta Paloviita and Matti Viren 9. The European Consumer and Monetary Policy Jan Marc Berk and Gerbert Hebbink 10. Testing Near-Rationality Using Survey Data Michael Bryan and Stefan Palmqvist 11. 400,000 Observations on Inflation Perceptions and Expectations in the EU: What do They Tell Us? Staffan Linden 12. Finding the Optimal Method of Quantifying Inflation Expectations on the Basis of Qualitative Survey Data Fabien Curto Millet December 2009: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56174-7: $145.00

March 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-55328-5: $130.00

0 £ 9 0 .

0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415561747

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415553285

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

International Tax Coordination

Currencies and Currency Policies in the Global Economy

An Interdisciplinary Perspective on Virtues and Pitfalls

Kurt Hübner, University of British Columbia, Canada

Edited by Martin Zagler, Vienna University of Economics and Business, Austria

This book explains the volatility of the global foreign exchange markets by the interplay of political strategies and actions of market makers, looking at currency strategies put in place by the US, the Euro zone, Japan, China, and also Canada.

The book combines interdisciplinary teams from business, economics, information science, law and political science to offer a unique and innovative interdisciplinary approach to the issue of international tax coordination. -

Selected Contents: Foreword. Introduction 1. Exchange Rate Regimes and Exchange Rate Episodes: The Historical Dimension 2. The Failure of Standard Exchange Rate Economics 3. Foreign Exchange Markets as ‘Socially Embedded Markets’: An Alternative Approach 4. Global Imbalances, Power Shifts, and Strong Dollar Politics of the US: The Era of Currency Competition 5. Case Studies: Currency Strategies Compared 6. Currency Cooperation Past and Present: Proposals and Interpretations 7. Outlook June 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-48265-3: $150.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415482653

Macroeconomics, Money and Finance eBooks Taylor & Francis Macroeconomics, Money and Finance eBooks are available as part of a subscription package or for outright purchase.

Selected Contents: 1. The Case For and Against an EU Tax Michael Lang and Martin Zagler 2. Cross-Border Hybrid Finance and Tax Planning: Reduction of Planning Costs by Optimizing Decision Structures Eva Eberhartinger, Wolfgang Panny and Ewald Aschauer 3. Dividend Repatriation Decision of Firms: The Country and the Firm Viewpoint Christian Bellak and Nadine Wiedermann 4. How to Combat Tax Evasion and Tax Fraud in Tax Havens? A Legal and Economic Analysis of Cooperative and National Measures against Tax Evasion and Tax Fraud in Liechtenstein Michael Tumpel, Dietmar Aigner and Martin Halla 5. Double Tax Avoidance and the Tax Competition for Mobile Capital Markus Leibrecht, Thomas Rixen and Martin Six 6.

Introduction of a VAT Style Capital Income Tax Klaus Hirschler and Martin Zagler 7. Economic Development of Developing Countries and Taxation Pasquale Pistone and Tim Goodspeed 8. Tax Consolidation in Europe from a Risk Perspective Claus Staringer and Erich Pummerer June 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56948-4: $145.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, purchasing options and details about eContent for your library, please contact: UK and Rest of World online.sales@tandf.co.uk

United States, Canada and South America e-reference@taylorandfrancis.com

eBooks

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415569484

www.ebooksubscriptions.com

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

MACROECONOMICS, MONEY & FINANCE

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Monetary and Banking History

Taxation and Gender Equity

Edited by Geoffrey E. Wood, City University, London, UK, Terence Mills, Loughborough University, UK and Nicholas Crafts, University of Warwick, UK

A Comparative Analysis of Direct and Indirect Taxes in Developing and Developed Countries

Under the steely editorship of Geoffrey Wood, this book analyzes many of the mainstream themes in economic and financial history - monetary policy, international financial regulation, economic performance, exchange rate systems, international trade, banking and financial markets - where historical perspectives are considered important.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Forrest Capie as a Monetary and Banking Historian 2. Openness and Britain’s Productivity Performance, 1870 - 1990 3. Monetary Policy and the Yield on High Yield (Junk) Bonds, 1910–1955 4. The International Financial Architecture in the First Half of the 20th Century 5. An Essay 6. Sudden Stops and Output Drops: Tales from the Gold Standard Years 7. Information Flows in 19th Century British Banking 8. Monetary Policy and Reserve Ratios over the Business Cycle 9. Tariffs and the Growth of Atlantic Trade 10. The Yield on Long Bonds in the Long Run 11. Another Essay

Edited by Caren Grown, American University, USA and Imraan Valodia, University of KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa Presenting original research on the gender equity dimension of taxation from eight country studies, this book demonstrates new methodologies in evaluating the gender impacts of taxation and makes recommendations for tax policies and reform.

Selected Contents: 1. Taxation and Gender Equality: A Conceptual Framework 2. Methodology and Comparative Analysis 3. Gender Equality and Taxation: The Argentine Case 4. Gender and Taxation in India: An Unequal Burden?

5. Gender Analysis of Taxation: The Case of Mexico 6. An Investigation into the Gender Dimensions of Taxation in Ghana 7. Gender and Taxation in Morocco 8. Gender and Taxation in South Africa 9. Gender and Taxation in Uganda 10. Gender and Taxation: A UK Case Study 11. Policy Issues and Conclusions

June 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45146-8: $160.00

April 2010: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-49262-1: $140.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415451468

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415492621

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

2nd Edition

Policy Makers on Policy

The New International Monetary System

The Mais Lectures

Essays in Honour of Alexander Swoboda

Edited by Forrest Capie and Geoffrey E. Wood, both at City University, London, UK

Edited by Charles Wyplosz, Graduate Institute of of International and Development Studies, Geneva.

From the first edition:

Edited by and with an introduction from Charles Wyplosz, this book brings together some of the key international people in the field of monetary policy, central banking and exchange rate regimes to discuss contemporary international monetary issues.

0 £ 8 5 .

’These writers offer tremendous insights into the information by bringing together the views of a broad range of leading policy makers and practitioners.’ - Business Horizons, 2002 This new edition offers new contributions from Mervyn King, Jean-Claude Trichet, Ernst Welteke, Otmar Issing, and Alastair Darling, and a new introduction putting these important contributions to the discussion of economic policy in the new context.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Forrest Capie and Geoffrey Wood Part 1 2. Reflections on the Conduct of Monetary Policy Gordon Richardson 3. Objectives of Monetary Policy: Past and Present Lord Robbins 4. The Fight against Inflation Geoffrey Howe 5. Monetary Policy in Britain and Europe Robin Leigh-Pemberston 6. Monetary Policy in Britain and Europe Eddie George 7. Financial and Monetary Integration: Benefits, Opportunities and Pitfalls Hans Tietmeyer Part 2 8. ’The British Experiment’ Nigel Lawson 9. The Economic Framework for New Labour Tony Blair 10.

The Conditions for Full Employment Gordon Brown Part 3 11. Benefits and Costs: Securing the Future for Social Security Peter Lilley 12. The Changing World of Work in the 1990s Kenneth Clarke Part 4 13. Some Presumptions of Economic Liberalisation Samuel Brittan 14. Markets, Governments and Virtues Jonathan Sacks Part 5 15. Monetary Policy: Practice Ahead of Theory Mervyn King 16. The Process of European Financial Integration JeanClaude Trichet 17. Reflections on European Monetary Policy Ernst Welteke 18. The ECB and the Euro - The First Five Years Otmar Issing 19. Maintaining Stability in a Global Economy Alistair Darling June 2010: 234 x 156: 258pp Hb: 978-0-415-57368-9: $135.00

0 £ 8 5 .

Selected Contents: Introduction Charles Wyplosz Part 1: How has the IMF Changed? 1. The Long-running Quest for IMF Reforms Michael Bordo and Harold James 2. The Future of the IMF and of Regional Cooperation in East Asia Yung Chul Park Part 2: Exchange Rate Regimes: Old Debate, New Answers 3. ‘Global Inflation’ and ‘The Proper Use of Policies under Fixed and Flexible Exchange Rates - A Personal Perspective on Two Themes of Alexander’s Research Hans Genberg 4. Financial Stability Under Fixed and Flexible Exchange Rates: A Theoretical Note Olivier Jeanne 5. Exchange Rate Regimes and Capital Mobility: How Much of the Swoboda Thesis Survives? Barry Eichengreen 6. Exchange Rate Regimes and External Adjustment: New Answers to an Old Debate Atish Gosh and Jeronimo Zettelmeyer 7. China’s Exchange Rate Impasse and the Weak US Dollar Ronald McKinnon and Gunther Schnabl Part 3: Central Banking: A Revolution Under Way? 8. Monetary Policy and Exchange Rates: Theory and Practice Stefan Gerlach and Cédric Tille 9. Central Banks’ Function to Maintain Financial Stability: An Uncompleted Task Charles Goodhart 10. Is Inflation Targeting Passé? Ulrich Kohli 11. It’s What They Do, Not What They Say: How to Infer the Stabilization Objectives of a Central Bank Michael Salemi 12. For the Celebration of Alexander Swoboda upon his Retirement Paul Volcker February 2010: 234 x 156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-56052-8: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415560528

0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415573689

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

ECONOMETRICS & QUANTITATIVE METHODS

ECONOMETRICS & QUANTITATIVE METHODS FORTHCOMING

An Introduction to Advanced Econometric Theory John Chipman, University of Minnesota Series: Routledge Advanced Texts in Economics and Finance When learning econometrics, what better way than to be taught by one of its masters. In this significant new volume, John Chipman, the eminence grise of econometrics, presents his classic lectures in econometric theory.

Starting with the linear regression model, least squares, Gauss-Markov theory and the first principals of econometrics, this book guides the introductory student to an advanced stage of ability. The text covers multicollinearity and reduced-rank estimation, the treatment of linear restrictions and minimax estimation. Also included are chapters on the autocorrelation of residuals and simultaneous-equation estimation. By the end of the text, students will have a solid grounding in econometrics.

Despite the frequent complexity of the subject matter, Chipman’s clear explanations, concise prose and sharp analysis make this book stand out from others in the field. With mathematical rigor sharpened by a lifetime of econometric analysis, this significant volume is sure to become a seminal and indispensable text in this area.

Selected Contents: 1. Linear Regression Model 2. LeastSquares and Gauss-Markoff Theory 3. Multicollinearity and Reduced-rank Estimation 4. Linear Restrictions 5. Computation of Percentage Points 6. Autocorrelation of Residuals 7. Simultaneous Equations Estimation December 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-32629-2: $193.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32630-8: $65.00 £ 0 15 .

9 £ 3 9 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415326308 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

FORTHCOMING

Mathematical Economics Arsen Melkumian, Western Illinois University, USA June 2010: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77686-8: $200.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77687-5: $56.95 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776875 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY £ 0 1 0 5 .

9 £ 3 1 .

3

4

ECONOMETRICS AND QUANTITATIVE METHODS

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS

Statistics Tables

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS

For Mathematicians, Engineers, Economists and the Behavioural Management Sciences

7th Edition

FORTHCOMING 2nd Edition

H.R. Neave For three decades, Henry Neave’s Statistics Tables has been the gold standard for all students taking an introductory statistical methods course as part of their wider degree in a host of disciplines including mathematics, economics, business and management, geography and psychology. The period has seen a large increase in the level of mathematics and statistics required to achieve these qualifications and the tables have helped several generations of students meet their goals.

All the features of the first edition are retained including the full range of best known standard statistical techniques, as well as less utilized methods that are hard to track down elsewhere. The explanatory introductions to each section have been updated and the new edition benefits from the introduction of a new section on experimental and observational studies. This should help the tables continue in their position as the prime statistical reference point for all students of mathematics, engineering and the social sciences.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Discrete Probability Distributions 3. The Normal Distribution 4. Continuous Probability Distributions 5. Analysis of Variance 6. NonParametric Tests 7. Correlation 8. Random Numbers 9. Quality Control 10. Experimental and Observational Studies 11. Miscellaneous May 2010: 234 x 156: 88pp Hb: 978-0-415-56346-8: $110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56345-1: $31.95 0 £ 7 0 .

9 £ 1 7 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415563451 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

FORTHCOMING 2nd Edition

Elementary Statistics Tables H.R. Neave May 2010: 246 x 174: 64pp Hb: 978-0-415-56348-2: $110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56347-5: $31.95 0 £ 7 0 .

9 £ 1 7 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415563475 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

Econometrics and Quantitative Methods eBooks Taylor & Francis Econometrics and Quantitative Methods eBooks are available as part of a subscription package or for outright purchase.

5th Edition

International Finance Maurice D. Levi, University of British Columbia, Canada The fifth edition of Maurice D. Levi’s classic textbook has been updated to incorporate the massive changes in the world of international finance of the past few years. In particular, the emergence of new markets is given broad coverage – particularly the rise to financial prominence of China and India and other growth economies in Asia and elsewhere. Key features of the book include:

International Economics Theo Eicher, University of Washington, USA, John H. Mutti, Grinnell College, USA and Michelle H. Turnovsky, University of Washington, USA Thought-provoking and clearly explained, the new edition provides students of international economics and international business with a rigorous explanation of global economic theory and policy, both current trends and historic developments. It explores key models through case studies and review questions, enabling students to challenge the reporting of economic events by press and government alike.

Key issues discussed include:

• the impact of globalization and the greater connectedness of national economies and the world economy as a whole • probably the best introduction to exchange rates available and how they directly impact upon firms as well as governments • the continued massive impact of multinational corporations on the global financial scene as well as the opportunities presented by e-commerce.

The material is interlaced with a wealth of supplementary material including real world case studies, review questions, examples and objectives. The result is the most authoritative survey of international finance currently available.

• the influence of transportation costs • economies of scale and the new economic geography • the evaluation of preferential trade agreements • Uuropean Economic and Monetary Union • the integration of international financial markets • international financial crises, China and other emerging economies.

Fully illustrated with tables and figures to allow students to visualise the issues discussed, the lively prose gives this book a refreshing approach. An accompanying website also provides context and coverage of the international financial crisis of October 2008, including the so-called ‘credit crunch’ and the collapse of some banking institutions.

Selected Contents: 1. An Introduction: Life in an International Economy Part 1: International Trade and Trade Policy 2. Why Do Nations Trade? Some Early Answers 3. Why Do Nations Trade? Some Later Answers 4. Trade and the Role of Factor Endowments 5. Scale, Competition and Trade 6. The Theory of Protection Tariffs and Other Barriers to Trade 7. Arguments for Protection and the Political Economy of Trade Policy 8. International Mobility of Labor and Capital 9. Regional Blocs: Preferential Trade Liberalization 10. Commercial Policy and the WTO 11. Trade and Growth Part 2: International Finance and Open Economy Macroeconomics 12. The Balance of Payments and the Exchange Rate 13. Fundamentals of Exchange Rate Systems 14. An Introduction to Modeling the Open Economy 15. Extensions of the Basic Open Economy Model: Policy Effectiveness and the Large Open Economy 16. International Capital Markets 17. Modelling International Capital Markets 18. Policy Under Fixed Exchange Rates 19. Policy under Flexible Exchange Rates and Extensions of the Mundell-Fleming Model 20. Perfectly Flexible Prices and Exchange Rate Dynamics 21. The International Monetary System: A Brief History 22. European Monetary Integration 23. International Financial Crises

Thoroughly updated and with a large amount of new information, this text will prove an indispensable guide to the inner workings of international finance to students of economics and business as well as professionals in the finance industry.

Selected Contents: Preface 1. The World of International Finance 2. An Introduction to Exchange Rates 3. Forward Exchange 4. Currency Futures and Options Markets 5. The Balance of Payments 6. Supply and Demand View of Exchange Rates 7. The Purchasing-Power Parity Principle 8. Interest Parity 9. Foreign Exchange Exposure and Risk 10. Accounting Exposure Versus Real Exposure 11. Operating Exposure 12. Hedging Risk and Exposure 13. Exchange Rate Forecasting and Speculation 14. Cash Management 15. Portfolio Investment 16. Capital Budgeting for Foreign Investment 17. The Growth and Concerns About Multinationals 18. International Dimensions of Long-Term Financing 19. Multinational Banking 20. Instruments and Institutions of International Trade 21. Asset-Based Theories of Exchange Rates 22. Alternative Systems of Exchange Rates 23. The International Financial System: Past, Present and Future 24. The Rise of the Asian Economies 25. Finance in Emerging Markets 26. Globalization May 2009: 246 x 189: 608pp Hb: 978-0-415-77458-1: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77459-8: $75.00 £ 0 1 0.

9 £ 3 9 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774598 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

May 2009: 246 x 189: 784pp Hb: 978-0-415-77285-3: $195.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77286-0: $75.00 £ 0 15 .

9 £ 3 9 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415772860 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

For more information, purchasing options and details about eContent for your library, please contact: UK and Rest of World online.sales@tandf.co.uk

United States, Canada and South America e-reference@taylorandfrancis.com

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS

FORTHCOMING

NEW

International Business

2nd Edition

Large Emerging Markets

International Business

Competitive Strategies

Strategy and the Multinational Company

Themes and Issues in the Modern Global Economy

Peter Enderwick, Auckland University of Technology, New Zealand

Debra Johnson, University of Hull, UK and Colin Turner, Heriot-Watt University, UK

The rise and continuing strong growth of emerging markets, and particularly the four largest emerging markets (LEMs) — Brazil, Russia, India and China — offer both opportunities and challenges for international business.

This new edition of International Business examines the impact of globalization on key aspects of the business environment. It offers a comprehensive overview of this phenomenon that is altering corporate strategy fundamentally, critiquing the complexities of globalization and its impact on international business.

International Business offers a holistic examination of the processes that influence the evolution of strategy in the modern global economy. It is divided into three sections: • impact of globalization: how globalization has driven the processes of regional integration and the emergence of transnational governance structures • environmental drivers: how international strategy is shaped and the emergence of internationalised businesses • resource issues: how resources can determine success in the global economy or impede firm evolution.

Featuring a wealth of new case studies, updated pedagogy and a fresh new design, this new textbook will prove essential reading for all those studying international business.

A companion website provides additional material for lecturers and students alike: www.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415437646 Selected Contents: Part 1: Globalization and the International Business Environment 1. Globalization and the Changing Business Environment 2. Regional Integration and Globalization 3. Governance Issues in an Integrating World Economy 4. Development and International Production Part 2: Enterprise Issues in the Global Economy 5. Multinationals: Conduits of Globalization 6. Globalizing Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises: The Emergence of Micronationals 7. The Global Trading Environment within Product Markets 8. The Global Trading Environment within Service Markets 9. Global Competition Issues 10. Culture and Ethics Part 3: Challenges for the Global Resource Base 11. Labour Issues in the Global Economy 12. The International Monetary System 13. The Global Economy as an Information Economy 14. Greening International Business: Boon or Bust? 15. Energy: The Case of a Global and Globalizing Industry 16. International Business in a Changing World

However, recently there has emerged a growing consensus that the increasing international competitiveness of these economies now presents major challenges for the world economy. These challenges are already evident in the form of record commodity prices, rising food costs, growing outward investment and acquisition by LEM firms, increased job insecurity and growing income inequality in developed nations, and demand for a restructuring of international institutions to reflect the shifting balance of economic power in the world economy. At the same time a stalling of world trade talks, a growing recession in the West and increased reliance on selective protectionism are all impacting on the prospects for emerging economies.

Large Emerging Markets: Competitve Challenges goes the next stage of analysis of LEMs. This important new text moves beyond discussing the mere potential of LEMs for international business to consider how they will impact on the very nature of international business and the structure and operation of the world economy. The rise of LEMs creates three sets of challenges: • for LEM-based enterprises as they seek to enhance their competitiveness and internationalize • for existing multinational firms as they increasingly incorporate LEMs into their strategies • for the rest of the world as it adjusts to accommodate the rise of LEMs. Illustrated with short cases and discussion questions in each chapter, this book will make for an outstanding text for courses in international business strategy and emerging markets.

December 2009: 234 x 156: 136pp Pb: 978-0-415-80514-8: $38.95 9 £ 2 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415805148 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

February 2010: 246 x 189: 460pp Hb: 978-0-415-43763-9: $175.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43764-6: $66.95 £ 0 10 .

9 £ 3 6 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415437646 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

John B. Cullen, Washington State University, USA and K. Praveen Parboteeah, University of Wisconsin, Whitewater, USA This book covers the same material and more when compared with other international business texts, yet it is priced for the student’s pocketbook.

A new international business text for a new and ever changing global environment.

With a unique chapter covering International E-Commerce, Cullen is written in a unique way. Issues link the chapters.

The logic is that to choose and implement strategies in international business, you need to understand the global, institutional, and cultural environment. In turn, you need to align functional strategies to support the more general multinational strategies. From the student’s point of view, the approach is designed to answer the questions of ’why do I really need to know all of this stuff?’

Log on to International Business’ companion website for student and instructor resources, featuring Lecture Notes, Lecture Slides, a TestBank, Practice Quizzes, Flash Cards, and useful links: www.cullenib.com.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Competing in the Global Marketplace 2. Strategy and the MNC Part 2: The Global Context of Multinational Competitive Strategy 3. Global and Regional Economic Integration: An Evolving Competitive Landscape 4. Global Trade and Foreign Direct Investment 5. Foreign Exchange Markets 6. Global Capital Markets Part 3: The Institutional and Cultural Context of Multinational Competitive Strategy 7. Culture and International Business 8. The Strategic Implications of Economic, Legal, and Religious Institutions for International Business Part 4: Multinational Operational and Functional Strategies 9. Entry Strategies for MNCs 10. International Marketing and Supply-chain Management for MNCs 11. Financial Management for MNCs 12. Accounting for Multinational Operations 13.

Organizational Structures for MNCs 14. International Human Resource Management 15. E-commerce and the MNC Part 5: Ethical Management in the International Context 16. Managing Ethical and Social Responsibility in an MNC July 2009: 8-1/2 x 11: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-80057-0: $89.95 0 £ 4 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415800570 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

5

6

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

International Networking for Development

Building Big Business in Russia

Intellectual Property and Newly Emerging Global Economies

Fabienne Fortanier, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands and Rob van Tulder, Rotterdam School of Management, the Netherlands This book assesses the effectiveness of the ’political network strategies’ of developing countries. It provides insights into the effects of globalization on development and strategic lessons for policy makers.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction – Setting the Scene Introduction: Development in an Inter-Connected World 2. The Impact of Global Actors on Development: A Trade-Off Between Costs and Benefits 3. An International Network Approach Part 2: International Networks of States Introduction: A Network Approach to International Relations 4. Bilateral and Regional Trade and Investment Agreements 5. Bargaining in International Organizations: The World Bank, the IMF and the WTO 6. Informal State Networks Aimed at Development: OPEC, Cairns, G77.

Conclusion: International Networks of States in Action Part 3: International Networks of Firms Introduction: A Network Approach to International Business 7. Patterns of Firm Networks: Macro Level – FDI and Trade 8. Patterns of International Firm Networks: Micro Level – D&B, Cases.

Conclusion: International Firms Networks in Action Part 4: Networks of States and Firms in Interaction Introduction: A Network Approach to International Political Economy 9. The Effects of Interaction on Development: The Effectiveness of International Network Strategies for Development 10. Policy Recommendations: Dealing With FDI and Development in the Future June 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-33915-5: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33916-2: $49.95 0 £ 8 5 .

9 £ 2 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415339162 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

FORTHCOMING 2nd Edition

Understanding International Art Markets Edited by Iain Robertson, Sotheby’s Institute of Art, UK This new edition of Understanding International Arts Markets is fully updated with new economic data and market coverage to enhance the reader’s understanding of international arts markets and their continued importance in the international economy.

November 2010: 234 x 156: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-56102-0: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56103-7: $56.95 £ 0 1 0 5 .

9 £ 3 1 .

The Impact of Informal Corporate Governance Practices Yuko Adachi, Sophia University, Japan

Ruth Taplin and Alojzy Nowak

Series: BASEES/Routledge Series on Russian and East European Studies

Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia

This book examines the development of big business in Russia since the early 1990s, explaining how post-Soviet enterprises - many of which made little sense as business units - were restructured into functional firms. It includes detailed case studies of three leading companies: Yukos Oil Company, Siberian (Russian) Aluminium and Norilsk Nickel.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Russia’s Corporate Governance Abuses 3. Turning Post-Soviet Enterprises into Business Firms 4. Yukos: Building a Coherent Vertically Integrated Company 5. SibAl (RusAl): Regional Smelter to a Leading World Company 6. Norilsk Nickel: Development of a Former State Concern February 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46339-3: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415463393

FORTHCOMING

Economic Liberalisation and Turkey Sübidey Togan, University of Bilkent, Turkey Series: Routledge Political Economy of the Middle East and North Africa This book examines the impact of economic liberalisation in Turkey and its approach to the elimination of barriers to trade. The experience of Turkey, its approach to liberalisation and its measures to eliminate barriers to trade serve as a useful model for other neighboring countries of the European Union.

Selected Contents: 1.Overview Ruth Taplin 2. High Tech and Societal Innovation in China and India: Prospects and Strategies Bernard Arogyaswamy 3. South Korea: The Patent Prosecution Highway – A Model for IP Protection and Enforcement Soo Hee Lee and Heesun Kim 4. Taiwan’s Nanotechnology Sector Renews Global Competitiveness Chyi Yih Luan 5. Latin America: Argentina’s Agribusiness Development Gallo, Roberto Feeney and Jeffrey Steagall 6. African Intellectual Property and Economic Growth Dario Tanziani and Ms. Nthabiseng Phaswana 7. The Financial Crisis and Prospects for Recovery, the Case of Poland and Central and Eastern Europe Alojzy Nowak and Bernard Arogyaswamy 8. Turkey, the EU, IP and Economic Growth Erhun Kula and Selin Ozoguz June 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-55960-7: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415559607

FORTHCOMING

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Liberalization of Trade in Goods 2. The Foreign Trade Regime and Trade Liberalization in Turkey 3. Standards, Conformity Assessment and Technical Barriers to Trade Part 2: Liberalization of Services 4. Liberalization of Telecommunications Services 5. Electricity Sector Policy Reform 6. Policy Reform in the Natural Gas Sector 7. Liberalization of Banking Services 8. Maritime Freight Transport Sector Policy Reform 9. Policy Reform in the Road Freight Transport Sector Part 3: Quantifying the Impact of Economic Liberalization 10. Impact of Economic Liberalization April 2010: 234 x 156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-49595-0: $155.00

This book argues that intellectual property (IP) development and innovation are fundamental to economic growth, especially in newly emerging economies which often hold vast reserves of natural resources and human knowledge that remain unprotected. It sheds light on countries that are gradually realising this situation, with examples from many parts of the world, including Europe, Latin America and especially Asia, where a great deal is being made of innovation and intellectual property to stimulate economic growth.

Understanding Innovation The Case of Japan and China Cornelia Storz, Johann Wolfgang Goethe University, Frankfurt, Germany and Sebastian Schäfer Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia April 2010: 234 x 156 Hb: 978-0-415-55455-8: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415554558

0 £ 9 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415495950

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415561037 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS

Routledge Studies in Defence and Peace Economics Jurgen Brauer and KeithHartley, University of York, UK FORTHCOMING

Economic Development and Military Security The Case of South Asia Somnath Sen, University of Birmingham, UK The challenges of economic development become harder to achieve if poor countries also face military threats, either from external sources (such as the arms race between India and Pakistan) or from internal sources (conflicts and civil wars in Kashmir, Nepal and Sri Lanka).

This book examines the relationship between economic and military security in developing countries. Set in the context of South Asia, focusing on India and Pakistan: two of only a dozen or so countries which have the capability to produce nuclear weapons, it is the product of detailed analytical research.

July 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-39513-7: $130.00 0 £ 6 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415395137

FORTHCOMING

Economics of Defence Policy Keith Hartley, University of York, UK This book identifies the typical questions raised by economists when studying defence policy, shows how simple economic analysis can be used to answer these questions and provides a critical evaluation of defence policy.

Selected Contents: 1. Economics and Defence Policy: An Overview 2. How Do Economists Analyse Defence?

3. Defence Budgets: Evaluating Efficiency 4. The Determinants of Defence Expenditure 5. The MilitaryIndustrial-Political Complex: Economics and Public Choice 6. Equipment Procurement Policy 7. Personnel Policy 8. The National Defence Industrial Base 9. The Economics of Military Alliances: NATO 10. European Defence Policy: The EDEM and EDTIB 11. Evaluating International Collaborative Projects 12. The Economics of Conflict 13. The Political Economy of Arms Control and Disarmament 14. The Economics of New Threats: Terrorism and Homeland Security May 2010 Hb: 978-0-415-27132-5: $140.00 0 £ 7 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415271325

JOURNALS OF RELATED INTEREST

FORTHCOMING

International Journal of the Economics of Business

Networked Activisms and Regionalism

Editors: Eleanor J. Morgan, University of Bath, UK North American Editor: H. E. French III, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA Volume 17, 2010, 3 issues per year Print ISSN: 1357-1516 Online ISSN: 1466-1829 International Journal of the Economics of Business presents original, peer reviewed research in economics that is clearly applicable to business or related public policy problems or issues. The term ëbusiness’ is used in its widest sense to encompass both public and private sectorógovernmental, private non-profit and cooperative organizations, as well as profit-seeking enterprises. www.tandf.co.uk/journals/cijb

China Economic Journal THE OFFICIAL JOURNAL OF THE CHINA CENTRE FOR ECONOMIC RESEARCH (CCER) AT PEKING UNIVERSITY Editor: Feng Lu, China Center for Economic Research, Peking University, China Volume 3, 2010, 3 issues per year Print ISSN: 1753-8963 Online ISSN: 1753-8971

Global Economic Review Perspectives on East Asian Economies and Industries THE INTERNATIONAL SCHOLARY JOURNAL OF THE INSTITUTE OF EAST AND WEST STUDIES AT YONSEI UNIVERSITY Editor: Kap-Young Jeong, Yonsei University, Korea Volume 39, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 1226-508X Online ISSN: 1744-3873

International Economic Journal THE INTERNATIONAL SCHOLARY JOURNAL OF THE KOREA INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC ASSOCIATION (KIEA) Managing Editor: Jaymin Lee, Yonsei University, Korea Volume 24, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 1016-8737 Online ISSN: 1743-517X

Journal of Chinese Economic and Business Studies THE INTERNATIONAL SCHOLARY JOURNAL OF THE CHINESE ECONOMIC ASSOCIATION UK(CEA-UK) Editor-in-Chief: Xiaming Liu, University of London, UK Volume 8, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 1476-5284 Online ISSN: 1476-5292

The Journal of International Trade & Economic Development An International and Comparative Review Included in the Social Sciences Citation Index® Editors: Pasquale M. Sgro, Deakin Business School, Australia Bharat R. Hazari, City University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong North American Editor: David E.A. Giles, University of Victoria, Canada Volume 19, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 0963-8199 Online ISSN: 1469-9559

New Zealand Economic Papers

FORTHCOMING

The Economics of UN Peacekeeping

THE INTERNATIONAL SCHOLARY JOURNAL OF THE NEW ZEALAND ASSOCIATION OF ECONOMISTS Editor-in-Chief: Ananish Chaudhuri, University of Auckland, New Zealand Volume 44, 2010, 3 issues per year Print ISSN: 0077-9954 Online ISSN: 1943-4863

Nadège Sheehan, Rutgers University, New Jersey This book offers a comprehensive analysis of the economics of peacekeeping, considering expenditures, gains obtained through participation in missions and alternative cost-effective choices for producing and financing UN peacekeeping operations.

Visit www.informaworld.com/econ for full details of the entire economics range of journals

December 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56746-6: $140.00 0 £ 8 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415567466

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

Power and Resistance Across Borders Rosalba Icaza, Institute of Social Studies, the Netherlands Series: Routledge Studies in Governance and Change in the Global Era Networked Activisms and the Making of Regionalisms draws renewed attention to the role that citizens across borders have played to advance more democratic and socially sustainable alternatives to contemporary marketled regionalisms.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Understanding Networked Activisms on Regionalisms in the Global South 1. Civic Action and Resistance Turns Regional 2. To be and/or not to be: Power & Resistance of Networked Activisms 3. Mexico in the Global and Regional Economies: ’So far away from God and so close to the US’ 4. Mexico in the Political Economy of Regionalization: Lessons to other Economies in the South 5. Global and Regional Governance: Privatization, Decentralization and Regionalization 6. Regionalism and Development: Who benefits, who doesn’t? 7. Regionalism and Democracy: Who participates and how, who doesn’t?

December 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57515-7: $140.00 0 £ 8 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415575157

FORTHCOMING

The Governance Gap Edited by Georgette Gagnon, Audrey Macklin and Penelope Simons, University of Toronto, Canada Series: Routledge Studies in Governance and Change in the Global Era This impressive book examines human rights in war zones - especially where the interests of international corporations seem to be placed ahead of individuals’ rights. Respected academics examine the track records of household name corporations with revealing results.

August 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-33470-9: $130.00 0 £ 6 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415334709

7

8

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS

Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy In an increasingly interdependent world, many of the most important issues are driven by economic forces. This series applies newly developed economic techniques to some of the most pressing contemporary problems. The aim of the series is to demonstrate the relevance of modern economic theory to the modern world economy, and to provide key reading for researchers and policy-makers.

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Freight Transport and the Modern Economy

Financial Liberalization and Economic Performance

Michel Savy, University of Paris 12. and June Burnham, University of Middlesex, London

Brazil at the Crossroads Luiz Fernando de Paula, State University of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil

This book presents the transport of freight as a system, mixing information and theory, so as to show how it itself functions and its strong influence on a wide economic and social environment.

This book assesses the determinants and impacts of financial liberalisation in Brazil considering its two dimensions: the opening up of the balance of payments capital account, and the penetration by foreign bank of the domestic banking sector.

Selected Contents: 1. The Nature of Transport 2. The Mobility of Goods 3. The Production of Transport 4. The Freight System: The Role of Companies 5. The Freight System: The Role of the Public Authorities 6. Conclusion: The Future of Freight Transport

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Capital Account Liberalization and Capital Controls in Brazil 2. Capital Account Liberalization, Capital Controls and Exchange Rate Regime: Theoretical and Empirical Evaluation 3. Capital Controls and Capital Account Liberalization in Brazil: Determinants and Characteristics 4. The Debate on Capital Account Convertibility and Capital Controls in Brazil 5. The Impact of Capital Account Liberalization 6. External Financial Fragility and Speculative Attacks: An Analysis of the 1998-99 Brazilian Currency Crises Part 2: Foreign Bank Entry and the Brazilian Banking Sector 7. The Internationalization of Banks: Patterns and Strategies 8. Determinants of Foreign Banks Entry in Latin America and Brazil 9. Some Features of the Recent Foreign Banks Wave in Brazil 10. The Impacts of Foreign Banks Entry in the Brazilian Banking Sector Part 3: Summary and Perspectives 11. Economic Policies in Brazil: Is there an Alternative?

12. Conclusion

August 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57750-2: $140.00 0 £ 8 5 .

FORTHCOMING

Cartelization, Antitrust and Globalization in the US and Europe Mark S. LeClair, Fairfield University, USA

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415577502

NEW

Cost-Benefit Analysis of MultiLevel Government

This book provides a comprehensive examination of the history of cartels in the U.S. and Europe and the development of significant new antitrust tools, evaluating how economic forces and globalization have altered the structure of collusion.

The Case of EU Cohesion Policy and of US Federal Investment Policies

Selected Contents: 1. The Development of Antitrust Policy in the U.S. and the E.U. 2. Models of Cartel Behavior 3. The Historical Background – Early Cartels and the Phasing in of Antitrust Law 4. Globalization, Collusion and the Need for Antitrust Reform 5. The Modern Face of Collusion – Recent Cases in the U.S. and E.U. 6. Potential Reforms of Antitrust Law as it is applied to Cartels

In this book, Alessandro Ferrara focuses on the provision of public investment and level of governmental intervention in Europe and the USA with particularly reference to the EU Cohesion Policy and the US Federal Investment Policies.

Alessandro Ferrara, European Commission, Belgium

May 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-46009-5: $150.00 0 £ 8 0 .

June 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57343-6: $145.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415573436

FORTHCOMING

Global Politico-Economic Crises

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. The Economic Theory of Shadow Pricing Part 2: Case Studies 2. The Cohesion Policy of the European Union 3. The Federal Investment Policies of the United States of America Part 3: The New Theoretical Framework 4. The Case for EU Intervention: Discussion 5. The Case for EU Intervention: Formalisation 6. The Impact of EU Intervention 7. Welfare Weights 8. Social Discount Rates 9. Shadow Wage Rates Part 4: Theoretical Insights and Policy Implications 10. Theoretical Insights and Extensions 11. Insights and Methodological Directions for the Case Studies

The pragmatic approach

January 2010: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-56821-0: $145.00

Keiichiro Komatsu, Komatsu Research & Advisory, UK

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415568210

0 £ 9 0 .

This book examines the threats to the world economy arising in the wake of the tragedy of 11th September 2001 and the preceding Asian financial crisis of 1997.

The author makes the point that a distinctive “1990stype” global capitalist system was the victim of these attacks, so that an appreciation of the peculiarities of this system is essential to an examination of the specific threats that it is likely to face in future and the policy measures necessary to deal with them.

As an international relations specialist working for a Japanese trade organization both in Britain and Japan itself, the author has a somewhat uniquely privileged vantage point from which to observe, analyze and evaluate the future tendencies and dangers of the new global system. The book cuts across economics and politics and as such will be of use to a wide audience within both of these disciplines.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415460095

FORTHCOMING

Intellectual Property Rights in Contemporary Capitalism Edited by Birgitte Andersen, Birkbeck College, University of London, UK This book is a timely contribution to an important debate on the increased, changed or new scope of Intellectual Property Rights in the light of Contemporary Capitalism and focusing on evidence from sector studies as well as inter-disciplinary theory-perspectives.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Birgitte Andersen 2. The Political Economy of Patent Policy Reform in the United States F.M. Scherer 3. Forgetting History is Not an Option: Intellectual Property, Public Policy and Economic Development in Context Christopher May and Susan Sell 4. The New Role and Status of IPRs in Contemporary Capitalism Benjamin Coriat 5. The Value of IPRs Christine Greenhalgh and Mark Rogers 6. The International Enclosure Movement Peter Yu 7. Information Society: Consequences of Expanding the Intellectual Property Domain Ed Steinmueller 8. Cultural Diversity in an Era of Corporate Dominance: A Clash of Rights Fiona Macmillan 9. Global Brands and Corporate Dominance in Consumer Goods Teresa da Silva Lopes 10. The Discovery of Invention: Gene Patents and the Question of Patentability Johanna Gibson 11. Looking at Vuitton: Negotiating Value and Price of Counterfeit Merchandise Gard Hopsdal Hansen and Henrik Kloppenborg Moeller 12. The Impact of Free Downloading and File Sharing on Music CD and MP3 Pay-markets Birgitte Andersen and Marion Frenz 13. A Note on IPR Policy Making in the Era of Contemporary Capitalism Zeljka KozulWright February 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-48346-9: $150.00

June 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-47766-6: $130.00

0 £ 8 0 .

0 £ 7 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415483469

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415477666

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS

FORTHCOMING

NEW

The Political Economy of Integration

Turkey and the Global Economy

The Experience of Mercosur

Neo-Liberal Restructuring and Integration in the Post-Crisis Era

Jeffrey W. Cason, Middlebury College, USA This book assesses South America’s most ambitious attempt at economic integration, Mercosur, explaining the main—and inherent—weaknesses of the integration effort, through explicit comparison with the European experience with integration.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Understanding Integration: The European Model and a South American Case 2. A Long-Standing Dream: Historical Experience with Integration in Latin America 3. The Launching Of Mercosur 4. Mercosur’s Day in the Sun: Ambition Meets its Match 5. Mercosur in Slow-Motion Crisis 6. The Future of Mercosur and the Challenges of Economic Integration in the Developing World June 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77885-5: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415778855

FORTHCOMING

The Role of ’Informal’ Economies in the Post-Soviet World The End of Transition?

Peter Rodgers, Aston Business School, UK, John Round, University of Birmingham, UK and Colin C. Williams, University of Sheffield, UK Based on extensive ethnographic and quantitative research, this book shows that the economies that operate across post-Soviet spaces are far from the textbook idea of a market economy and focuses on entrepreneurship, education and corruption.

0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415567213

Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Economies Since the financial crisis of 2000 and 2001 the Turkish economy has undergone considerable change and some improvement. This book gives a detailed examination of the neo-liberal restructuring that has taken place and the challenges the economy still faces, providing a comparative perspective on recent reforms and the position of Turkey in the global economy.

Selected Contents: 1. The New Phase of Neoliberal Restructuring in Turkey, An Overview 2. The Turkish PostCrisis Development Experience: A Comparative Perspective 3. Turkey’s Post-Crisis Budgetary Performance 4. A Comparative Perspective on the Conduct of Monetary Policy in Turkey in the Pre- and Post-Crisis Periods 5. Transformation of Financial Markets in the Aftermath of Recent Crises in Turkey 6. Recent Privatization Experience of Turkey: A Reappraisal 7. Investment and Growth in Turkey 8. Industrial Restructuring and Technology Policy in Turkey 9. Foreign Trade, Foreign Investment and the European Union 10. Can Small and Medium Enterprises Rescue the Periphery from Economic Decline? 11. Dilemmas of Restructuring in Turkish Agriculture 12. Labor Market Adjustment and Unemployment in the Post-Crisis Era 13.

Different Modes of Social Exclusion in Turkey 14. Turkey’s Status in the World in Terms of Governance and Development 15. Turkish Economy at a New Stage of Integration into the Global Economy: Towards a Synthesis and the Challenges Ahead September 2009: 234 x 156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-47561-7: $144.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415475617

Selected Contents: Part 1: Overview 1. The Collapse of the Soviet Union and the Move Towards the Market Part 2: (Re)Theorising Transition 2. Transition or Transformation?

3. Which Way to the Market? 4. The Theoretical Role of Informal Economies in Transition Economies Part 3: The Lived Experience of ‘Transition’ 5. The Scale of Russia and Ukraine’s Informal Economies 6. The Everyday Nature of Corruption 7. The Relationships between Formal and Informal Work 8. The Workplace: Finding and Keeping a Job 9. Getting an Education 10. Surviving in Transition Economies Part 4: Can a Market Economy Develop?

11. The Barriers to Transition 12. Conclusions May 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56721-3: $145.00

Edited by Ziya Onis, Koc University, Turkey and Fikret Senses, Middle East Technical University, Turkey

ASIAN ECONOMICS

ASIAN ECONOMICS FORTHCOMING

Finance in Asia Institutions, Regulation and Policy Qiao Liu, Paul Lejot and Douglas Arner, all at University of Kong Kong Series: Routledge Advanced Texts in Economics and Finance Asia’s demand for secondgeneration financial institutions and markets needs to be met in order for the region’s further development to be sustained.

This book provides a compelling, fact-based assessment of current practices and regulations in Asia’s financial institutions and markets and carefully documents the exciting opportunities and challenges that lie ahead in the region’s financial systems.

Selected Contents: 1. Asia’s Economies at the Crossroads 2. Imperatives for Financial Development in Asia 3. Brief History of Asian Financial Systems 4. Understanding Asia’s Financial Institutions 5. Understanding Asia’s Financial Markets 6. New Opportunities and Challenges 7. Asian Financial Markets: Regulation 8. Financial Transactions in Asia 9. Strategies and Roadmap for Development November 2010: 246 x 174: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-42320-5: $193.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42319-9: $61.00 £ 0 15 .

9 £ 3 6 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415423199 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

FORTHCOMING

The Everyday Impact of Economic Reform in China

International Economics eBooks Taylor & Francis International Economics eBooks are available as part of a subscription package or for outright purchase.

ALSO AVAILABLE

The Economics, Finance, Business and Industry eCollection.

For more information, purchasing options and details about eContent for your library, please contact: UK and Rest of World online.sales@tandf.co.uk

United States, Canada and South America e-reference@taylorandfrancis.com

Managers, Workers and Households Ying Zhu and Michael Webber, both at University of Melbourne, Australia and John Benson, University of South Australia Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia Examining the effects of economic reform on everyday life in China, especially on the implications for individual households and families, this book explores how changes in the employment relationship have affected the livelihood strategies of households.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Economic Reform and its Impact on Managers and Workers 3. Changing Management 4. Human Resource Management and Employment Relations 5. The Challenges and New Roles for Trade Unions 6. Implications for Workers 7. Household Livelihood Strategies 8. Conclusion March 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-42841-5: $150.00 0 £ 7 5 .

eBooks www.ebooksubscriptions.com

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415428415

9

ASIAN ECONOMICS

10

FORTHCOMING

NEW

FORTHCOMING

Economic Developments in Contemporary China

Innovation in China

The Challenge of Labour in China

A Guide

Shang-Ling Jui, SAP Labs, China

Ian Jeffries, Swansea University, UK

Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series

The Chinese Software Industry

Chris King-chi Chan, Hong Kong Polytechnic University

A key question for China is whether it can progress from being a traditional centre of manufacturing to a centre for innovation. Identifying the current strengths and weaknesses of the industry this book defines the challenges for China in its transition from ’Made in China’ to ’Innovated in China’.

Series: Guides to Economic and Political Developments in Asia This book provides a detailed overview of contemporary economic and political developments in China. Key topics include the continued growth of the market, the reform of state owned enterprises, human rights and China’s international relations with its neighbours and with the international community more widely.

February 2010: 234 x 156: 1280pp Hb: 978-0-415-47866-3: $155.00

Series: China Policy Series China’s economic success has been founded partly on relatively cheap labour, especially in export industries. In recent years, however, there has been growing concern about wages and labour standards in China. This book examines how wages are bargained, fought over and determined in China, exploring how the pattern of labour conflict has changed over time since the 1970s.

June 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55703-0: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

0 £ 9 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415478663

NEW

China’s Trade Unions - How Autonomous Are They?

A Survey of 1811 Enterprise Union Chairpersons Masaharu Hishida, Hosei University, Japan, Kazuko Kojima, University of Tsukuba, Japan, Tomoaki Ishii, Meiji University, Japan and Jian Qiao, China Institute of Industrial Relations, China Series: China Policy Series This book examines the status of trade unions in contemporary China, exploring the degree to which trade unions have been reformed as China is increasingly integrated into the global economy. With a wealth of detailed empirical research data, this book discusses the key question of how autonomous China’s trade unions are.

Selected Contents: Preface 1. Trade Unions and Corporatism under the Socialist Market Economy in China 2. Direction of Trade Union Reforms and Corporatism in PRC: Based on a Survey of Primary Trade Union Chairmen 3. Between the Party-State, Employers and Workers: Multiple Roles of the Chinese Trade Union during Market Transition 4. The Morphogenesis of the Communist Party of China: Organizational Issues December 2009: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-49016-0: $150.00 0 £ 8 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415490160

Selected Contents: 1. Twenty Years of Software Development in China 2. Software Industrialization and Globalization: Opportunities and Challenges for China 3. On the Road towards Innovated-in-China: Examples from SAP Labs China 4. From Made-in-China to Innovated-in-China: Which Microeconomic Factors are Still Needed? 5. Factors Influencing the Transition: Education and Intellectual Property Protection

Sustainable Reform and Development in Post-Olympic China Shujie Yao, University of Nottingham, UK, Bin Wu, Dylan Sutherland and Stephen Morgan Series: Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy May 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55956-0: $140.00 0 £ 8 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415559560

FORTHCOMING

Looking for Work in PostSocialist China Feng Xu

January 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56456-4: $140.00

Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series

0 £ 8 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415564564

June 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55968-3: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

FORTHCOMING

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415559683

The Dynamics of Asian Labour Markets

FORTHCOMING

Balancing Control and Flexibility

Public Procurement in China

Edited by John Benson and Ying Zhu, University of Melbourne, Australia

A Long March Towards Integration into the Global Trading System

Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia

Ping Wang, University of Nottingham, UK

December 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55111-3: $130.00

Owing to its massive state sector, public procurement in China is a critical element of public policy and is increasingly important in international trade negotiations. This book examines China’s public procurement regime, exploring the current legal framework, its development since 1978, and assessing the impact of WTO membership.

0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415551113

FORTHCOMING

Financing Reform in China’s Rural Economy Zhao Yuepeng, University of Cambridge, UK

FORTHCOMING

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415557030

Series: Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy Based on a micro-study of three villages with dissimilar economic characteristics in Jiangxi province of China, this book investigates the sources of finance in rural areas and the different types of credit that farmers demand. It discusses the importance of innovative institutional arrangements in rural China and the new instruments that give farmers access to formal rural financial markets and effective utilization of credit.

Series: China Policy Series

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Public Procurement in China 2. The Tendering Law and its Implementing Regulations 3. The Government Procurement Law and its Implementing Regulations 4. Procurement of Chinese State Enterprises: To what Extent is it Regulated? 5. Electronic Procurement in China 6. Public Procurement in China’s WTO Accession and other Trade Instruments China Participated 7. China’s GPA Accession: Challenges for International Regulation and Domestic Reform 8. China’s Long March to the Integration into Global Public Procurement Regime: The Way Forward May 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46276-1: $135.00 0 £ 7 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415462761

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Literature Reviews & Comparison of Rural Financial Systems in Other Countries 3. Rural Financial Institutions in China 4. Fieldwork Description 5. Research Findings in village One 6. Research Findings in village Two 7. Research Findings in village Three 8. Reforms of Rural Credit Cooperatives 9. Conclusion May 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-54793-2: $140.00 0 £ 8 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415547932

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

ASIAN ECONOMICS

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

The East Asian Computer Chip War

Doing Business in India

The Legal and Regulatory Aspects of Islamic Banking

Ming-Chin Monique Chu Series: Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy August 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-56552-3: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415565523

FORTHCOMING

Worker Identity, Agency and Economic Development Women’s Empowerment in the Indian Informal Economy Elizabeth Hill, University of Sydney, Australia Series: New Political Economy This book makes an important contribution to the fields of development economics, political economy and gender studies analysing the capacity of the Indian informal economy to deliver socio-economics security and well being to workers.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Unravelling the Informal Sector Debate 3. Reconceptualising Labour in the Informal Sector Debate 4. Exploring a Labour-Focused Strategy for Productivity and Well Being in the Informal Economy: Background and Method 5. Mapping ‘Problems’: Work-Life Experience in the Indian Informal Economy 6. Interventions for Work-Life Improvement: The Case of the Self Employed Women’s Association 7. The Moral Dynamics of Union Membership 8. Agency, Freedom and Economic Development 9. Public Actions for Economic Development 10. The Politics of Economic Development 11. Conclusion

Edited by Pawan S. Budhwar, Aston Business School, UK and Arup Varma, Loyola University, USA Considering the immense interest of both the academics and practitioners in the growth and developments in Indian economy, there is an urgent need for a comprehensive guide to provide useful information on doing business in the Indian context. This book covers a wide range of issues and topics useful for investors, organisations and managers who are already doing business, or intend to start one, in India.

Written by academic experts in their respective fields, this book presents key information on the following topics: geography, politics, the legal system, a brief historical background, the economy and economic factors, national infrastructure, regulatory environment (convertibility of local currency, sectors open to foreign investors, extent of foreign ownership allowed), how to negotiate in India, privatisation, hot sectors for investors, incentives for foreign investors, competitive environment, advertising and marketing, promotion, distribution, conducting/ implementing business (i.e. strategies for investing in India, mode of entry), possible business structures, culture/business customs/ practices/ etiquette and greetings/ gestures/ conversation and related issues.

Apart from practitioners, it also provides excellent references for students and researchers in the fields of International Management, International HRM, CrossCultural Management, Business Communication and Asian Business Studies.

The Ebb and Flow of Indian Professionals in Southeast Asia

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Indian Business Context Introduction Pawan Budhwar and Arup Varma 2. Economic Environment and Challenges Raman Agarwal 3. Political and Legal Framework and the Hurdles Debi Saini 4. SocioCultural Context and Business in India E.S. Srinivas and Pawan Budhwar 5. Cronism and Corruption in India Naresh Khatri 6. Indian Infrastructure Devendra Kodwani Part 2: Conducting Business in India 7. Entry Modes and Dynamics Vikas Kumar 8. Marketing and Distribution Strategies for India Ravi Shankar and Pinaki Dasgupta 9. Banking and Financial Institutional Raman Agarwal 10. Taxation System 11. Management of Human Resources Pawan Budhwar and Arup Varma 12. Conflict Management and Negotiation Jacob D. Vakkayil Part 3: India and the World 13. Outsourcing and Offshoring to India Charmi Patel and Pawan Budhwar 14. Learning from Successful Indian Companies Jyotsna Bhatnagar and Ashok Som 15.

Living in India - Western and Indian Commercial thinking and Expartiates Working in India Arup Varma, Bhaskar Das Gupta and Pawan Budhwar 16. Success of Indian MNCs Overseas Mohan Thite and Bhaskar Das Gupta

Faizal bin Yahya, National University of Singapore and Arunajeet Kaur, Institute of Southeast Asian Studies, Singapore

April 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77754-4: $140.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77755-1: $42.95

Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415777551 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

May 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56609-4: $135.00 0 £ 8 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415566094

FORTHCOMING

The Migration of Indian Human Capital

0 £ 8 5 .

9 £ 2.

This book examines the trends and motivations of human capital flows from India to Southeast Asia.

Focusing in particular on Malaysia, Singapore and Thailand, the three largest ASEAN trading partners with India, the book provides an analysis of Indian labor in a variety of sectors including the information technology (IT) sector, academia, banking, oil and gas.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Historical Mobility of Indian Human Capital 2. Rise of Knowledge Based Economies 3. Global Talent Crunch 4. India Rising and Human Capital Flows 5. Southeast Asia – Shortage of Talented Individuals 6. Singapore – Low Fertility Levels & Education 7. Singapore – Foreign Talent 8. Malaysia 9. Thailand 10. Conclusion August 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48108-3: $130.00

Series: Routledge Research in Finance and Banking Law ’This book should be essential reading for anyone with an interest in the fastest growth area of banking. Dr. Aldohni has done an excellent job.’ Andrew Campbell, University of Leeds, UK The book examines the historical genesis of Islamic banking, looking at how it has developed in Muslim countries before going on to consider the development of Islamic banking in the UK and the legal position of Islamic banks within English law. The book explores company, contract, and tax law and traces the impact it has had on the development of Islamic banking in the UK, before going on to argue that the current legal and regulatory framework which affects the Islamic banking sector has often had a negative impact on Islamic banking in the UK. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Historical and Ideological Background of Islamic Banks 3. Legal Analysis of the English Legal System in Comparison to the Islamic Legal System 4. The Legal Description and Classification of Islamic Banks under the English Law 5. Islamic Banks in Practice: The Operational Aspects of Islamic Banking 6. The Banking Regulatory and Supervisory System in the United Kingdom 7. The Application of Islamic Banking under the Conventional Banking Regulation of the United Kingdom: Fit or Conflict? 8. Islamic Banking in Malaysia, the Malaysian Case Study: A Legal Analysis 9. Concluding Remarks and Recommendations February 2010: 234 x 156: 342pp Hb: 978-0-415-55515-9: $125.00 0 £ 7 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415555159

FORTHCOMING

The Economics of Urban Migration in India Vegard Iversen, University of Manchester, UK Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series Presenting new research on rural-urban migration in developing countries, this book combines novel economic theories with empirics, and focuses on the social dimensions of such movement.

Selected Contents: 1. Background, Motivation and Literature Review 2. Social Boundaries in Migration Events: The Role of Kin, Caste and Religion 3. Segmentation and Social Network Multipliers in Rural Urban Migration 4. Networks in the Traditional Economy: Empirics 5. Concluding Remarks

0 £ 7 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415415392

Asian Economics eBooks Taylor & Francis Asian Economics eBooks are available as part of a subscription package or for outright purchase.

For more information, purchasing options and details about eContent for your library, please contact: UK and Rest of World online.sales@tandf.co.uk

United States, Canada and South America e-reference@taylorandfrancis.com

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

Abdul Karim Aldohni, Newcastle University, UK

March 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-41539-2: $125.00

0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415481083

A Comparative Look at the United Kingdom and Malaysia

eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

eBooks www.ebooksubscriptions.com

11

12

EUROPEAN ECONOMICS

EUROPEAN ECONOMICS

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

The Economics of Urban Property Markets

International Trade, Consumer Interests and Reform of the Common Agricultural Policy

An Institutional Economics Analysis

Routledge Studies in the European Economy The widening and deepening of the European Union (EU) has led to a considerable interest in the European economy. Europe is now, without doubt, one of the most significant areas of the world economy, rivalling North America and East Asia. However, the next decade is clearly going to witness further significant changes in Europe, both inside and outside the EU. This series provides the economic background essential to understanding such changes. It includes studies of individual countries and wider regional studies

Paschalis Arvanitidis, University of Thessaly, Greece Innovative and cutting-edge, this book is a cohesive analysis and synthesis of a wide range of factors that determine the regional development of cities.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Property Market and Urban Dynamics: A Conceptual Framework 2. Philosophies of Social Sciences and Analytical Frameworks in Economic Thought 3. Urban Economic Transformation and Property Market Analysis 4. Methodological Developments I: Philosophical Position and Conceptual Framework 5. Methodological Developments II: The Research Approach Part 2: The Madrid Property Market: An Illustrative Case Study Analysis 6. A Property Market Approach to Urban Economic Growth 7. The Wider Institutional Environment of Madrid 8. The Property Market as Institution Part 3: Synthesis 9. Overview and Conclusions May 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-42682-4: $140.00 0 £ 7 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415426824

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Economic Governance in the EU

Global Population Ageing and Migration in Europe

Implementing Policies with the Financial and Coordination Modes

Bo Malmberg, Stockholm University, Sweden, Kristof Tamas, David Bloom, Harvard University, Rainer Munz and David Canning

Willem Molle, Erasmus School of Economics, the Netherlands This book sets out a systematisation of the theoretical and conceptual underpinnings of the financial and coordination methods used in EU Economic Governance, offering an empirical investigation into a range of European policy processes.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Intro 1. Introduction Part 2: General Aspects 2. Definitions 3. Horizontal Coordination 4. Vertical Coordination 5. Network Coordination 6. Overall Architecture 7. Budget; General 8. Budget Implementation Aspects 9. Comparison of Various Governance Methods Part 3: Case Studies 10. Competitiveness (IM, Innovation; Allocation) 11. Stabilisation (EMU and SGP) 12. Cohesion (Redistribution) 13. Environment (Sustainability) 14. Employment and Social Protection 15. External (Aid, etc) Part 4: Conclusions, Outlook 16. Evaluation; Conclusions September 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56544-8: $145.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415565448

Edited by Susan Mary Senior Nello and Pierpaolo Pierani, both at University of Siena, Italy This new volume brings together some of the bestknown agricultural economists in Europe to discuss pressing issues regarding the reform of the CAP, such as EU agricultural, trade and development policies and the role of the WTO. Selected Contents: Foreword Giuseppe Barbero 1. Introduction Susan Senior Nello and Pierpaolo Pierani 2. A CAP for the Whole Community John S. Marsh 3. Consumers and the Political Economy of European Agricultural and Food Policies Johan F.M. Swinnen, Martha Negash and Thijs Vandemoortele 4. Sustainable Food Consumption and Government Responsibility Stefan Tangermann 5. Pillar II: A Real Improvement of the CAP? Ulrich Koester and Susan Senior Nello 6. Mountain Regions as Natural Laboratories for the Evaluation of Agricultural Policies Geremia Gios and Roberta Raffaeli 7. The UK Rebate, the Budget and the post-2013 CAP Faced with Fiscal Federalism Louis-Pascal Mahé, Hugo Naudet and Marie-Alix Roussillon-Montfort 8. Multilateral Trade Negotiations and the CAP Giovanni Anania 9. Conclusions: Pointers to a Future CAP Kenneth J. Thomson April 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57019-0: $145.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415570190

FORTHCOMING

The Political Economy of the European Social Model

’A masterful overview of past trends and future projections that demonstrates the major significance of demographic ageing and international migration across the globe’ - John Stillwell, University of Leeds, UK

Philip B. Whyman, University of Central Lancashire, UK, Mark Baimbridge, University of Bradford, UK and Andrew Mullen, Northumbria University, UK

This book focuses on the extent European external policies should be reconsidered in the light of current demographic challenges, focusing on current demographic trends, an analysis of demographic transitions and European migration policies.

’Offers a long overdue critical account of the economic and social integration process of the EU – a major reference for academics and students alike’ - Christian Schweiger, Durham University, UK

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Underlying Demographic Trends and Patterns 3. Research Background 4. Forecasting Global Income Growth 5. Forecasting Net Migration 6. The Political Demography of Global Population Aging 7. Policy Challenges in a Growing Global Economy 8. Migration Trends, Current Population, Demographic Outlook: Will there be Sufficient Labour in Europe? 9. The Causes and Effects of International Migration 10. The Development of a Common European Asylum and Migration Policy 11. Current European Union Migration and Development Policies 12. Migration and other External Policy Areas 13. Population Complementarities and Balanced Migration Inflows and Outflows 14. Assessing the Qualitative Aspects: Qualification and Skills 15. A Way Forward: Skill Formation, Manpower Planning and Migration Policy Development 16. Conclusions and Policy Recommendations

This book seeks to analyse the development of the EU arguing that the the principle of free movement of capital, goods, services and people is fundamentally at odds with the creation of an interventionist regime.

July 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55123-6: $130.00

June 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-47629-4: $140.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415551236

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415476294

Selected Contents: 1. The European Social Model Part 1: Foundations of a Neo-liberal EU 2. International Political Economy of a Social Europe 3. The EU as a Neo-liberal Project 4. National Attempts to Construct a Social Model 5. EU Attempts to Construct a Social Model Part 2: The Neoliberalisation of EU Policy 6. Operation of Economic Policy 7. Fiscal Federalism: A Missed Opportunity 8. Social Partnership and Labour Market Flexibility 9. Social Policy Part 3: What Future for a Social Europe? 10.

Neoliberalisation and Enlargement: Incompatible Goals?

11. The Lisbon Agenda 12. Rival Visions of Europe 13.

National Economic Alternatives

0 £ 7 5 .

0 £ 8 0 .

European Economics eBooks Taylor & Francis Industrial, Labour and Business Economics eBooks are available as part of a subscription package or for outright purchase.

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

For more information, purchasing options and details about eContent for your library, please contact: UK and Rest of World online.sales@tandf.co.uk United States, Canada and South America e-reference@taylorandfrancis.com

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

eBooks www.ebooksubscriptions.com

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS

EUROPEAN ECONOMICS

FORTHCOMING

Regional Development in Central and Eastern Europe Development Processes and Policy Challenges Edited by George Gorzelak, University of Warsaw, Poland, John Bachtler, EPRC, University of Strathclyde, UK and Maciej Smetkowski, University c of Warsaw, Poland Series: Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe Series Provides an up-to-date assessment of the main processes and dilemmas of regional development and regional policy in the new European Union member states in Central and Eastern Europe, highlighting the difficulties of balancing the demands for rapid growth and development with the need for restructuring and development to conform to EU common policies.

March 2010: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-57136-4: $155.00 0 £ 9 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415571364

FORTHCOMING

European Prudential Banking Regulation and Supervision The Legal Dimension Larisa Dragomir, World Savings Banks Institute, Belgium Series: Routledge Research in Finance and Banking Law The current financial crisis and the financial market events in 2007-2009 have spurred renewed interest and controversy in debates regarding financial regulation and supervision. This book takes stock of the developments in EU legislation, case law and institutional structures with regards to banking regulation and supervision, which preceded and followed the recent financial crisis.

It does not merely provide an update, but anchors these developments into the broader EU law context, challenging past paradigms and anticipating possible developments. The author provides a systematic analysis of the interactions between the content of prudential rules and the mechanisms behind their production and application European Prudential Banking Regulation and Supervision includes discussions of the European banking market structure and of regulatory theory that both aim to circumscribe prudential concerns. It scrutinises the content of prudential norms, proposes a qualification of these norms and an assessment of their interaction with other types of norms (corporate, auditing and accounting, consumer protection, competition rules). It also features an analysis of the underpinning institutional set-up and its envisaged reforms, focusing on the typical EU concerns related to checks and balances. Finally, the book attempts to revive the debate on supervisory liability, in light of the developments discussed.

DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS FORTHCOMING

Economics of Agricultural Development 2nd Edition George W. Norton and Jeffrey Alwang, both at Virginia Tech, USA and William A. Masters, Purdue University, USA Series: Routledge Textbooks in Environmental and Agricultural Economics The globalization of goods, services and capital for agriculture is fundamental to the future of developing countries and has major implications for the fight against poverty and sustainability of the environment. In recent years, agriculture has once again returned to a position of centre stage as food price volatility has led countries to re-examine their development strategies.

This new edition of the essential textbook in the field builds on the 2006 original and reflects the following developments: • the increased impact of climate change • issues affecting agricultural markets such as bio-fuels, the rise in farm prices and energy costs • the move to higher valued agricultural products.

The book contains a wealth of real world case studies and is now accompanied by a website that includes powerpoint lectures, a photo bank and a large set of discussion and exam questions.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Dimensions of World Food and Development Problems 1. Introduction 2. Poverty, Hunger and Nutitition 3. Economics of Food Demand 4. Population Part 2: Development Theories and the Role of Agriculture 5. Economic Transformation and Growth 6. Development Theories and Growth Strategies Part 3: Agricultural Systems and Resource Use 7. Agriculture in Traditional Societies 8. Agricultural Systems and Their Determinants 9. Resource Use and Sustainability 10. Human Resources, Family Structure, and Gender Roles Part 4: Getting Agriculture Moving 11. Theories and Strategies for Agricultural Development 12. Research, Extension, and Education 13. Land and Labour Markets 14. Input and Credit Markets 15. Pricing Policies and Marketing Systems Part 5: Agricultural Development in an Interdependent World 16. Agriculture and International Trade 17. Trade Policies, Negotiations and Agreements 18. Macroeconomic Policies and Agricultural Development 19. Capital Flows, Foreign Assistance, and Food Aid 20. Lessons and Perspectives April 2010: 234 x 156: 476pp Hb: 978-0-415-49264-5: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49424-3: $59.50 0 £ 8 0 .

9 £ 3.

This book will be of great value to all those interested in financial stability matters (practitioners, policy-makers, students, academics), as well as to EU law scholars.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415494243 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

March 2010: 234 x 156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-49656-8: $125.00 0 £ 7 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415496568

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

FORTHCOMING

Latin American Economic Development W. Charles Sawyer, Texas Christian University, USA and Javier A. Reyes, University of Arkansas, USA Latin American Economic Development provides the most up to date exploration of the economy and economics of Latin America, with a focus on why the continent can be considered to have underperformed, how the various Latin American economies function and the future prospects for the region.

Topics discussed include: • the continued importance of primary commodities and the balance between agricultural and industrial development • the key issues of international trade and finance, the influence of the World Bank and continuing poverty • microeconomic and macroeconomic factors and a comparative study of the various economic systems.

Latin America has been at the forefront of the world news in recent times and the re-emergence of populist regimes, nationalization and fast growth in countries such as Brazil and Mexico all have a strong impact on the economic climate as much of the continent approaches two hundred years of independence.

April 2010: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-48613-2: $130.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49733-6: $65.00 0 £ 8 0 .

9 £ 3 6 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415497336 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

13

14

DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Overseas Research II

The Political Economy of Africa

Transition Economics

A Practical Guide Christopher B. Barrett, Cornell University and Jeffrey Cason, Middlebury College, USA

Edited by Vishnu Padayachee, University of KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa

Researchers in developing countries often find that the particular country in which they work presents a range of unforeseen challenges. Indeed, their ability to carry out effective scholarship is often highly dependent on these factors. The great differences between working in countries as varied as India, China, Bolivia and Kenya can often come as a shock to the system. An ability to negotiate a bewildering array of cultural and logistical obstacles is therefore essential.

Overseas Research: A Practical Guide distils essential lessons learned by scores of students and scholars who have collected data and done fieldwork abroad. The authors fill the reader in on the many crucial pieces of advice: how to prepare for the field, how and where to find funding for one’s fieldwork, issues of personal safety and security, and myriad logistical and relational issues that often define one’s research experience abroad. As Barrett and Cason suggest, ’Fieldwork is a sequence of decisions, some about the conduct of research, some about the conduct of life.’ The book focuses new field researchers’ attention on that productive intersection, and includes many real-life accounts from experienced professionals whose own work abroad can inform those facing the field for the first time.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Indentifying a Site and Funding Source 3. Predeparture Preparations 4. Setting Up to Live and Work 5. The Logistics of Fieldwork 6. Safety and Security Matters 7. The Challenges of the Field 8.

Knowing When to Go Home 9. Pulling It All Together: The Postpartum 10. Epilogue: It’s Never Over

Gerard Turley, National University of Ireland, Galway and Peter Luke, London South Bank University, UK

The Political Economy of Africa addresses the real possibilities for African development in the coming decades when seen in the light of the continent’s economic performance over the last half-century. This involves an effort to emancipate our thinking from the grip of western economic models that have often ignored Africa’s diversity in their rush to peddle simple nostrums of dubious merit.

0 £ 8 0 .

9 £ 2 9 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415778343 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

Treating its subject matter thematically, the book concentrates on transition since the breakdown of the socialist systems. The very different initial conditions facing the various countries are fully explored before a detailed analysis of the comparative institutions political, legal and financial.

The book includes a wealth of pedagogical features and emphasizes in particular the following sectors: • labour market conditions, education and training • the financial sector and banking

The book addresses the seemingly intractable economic problems of the African continent, and traces their origins. It also brings out the instances of successful economic change, and the possibilities for economic revival and renewal. As well as surveying the variety of contemporary situations, the text will provide readers with a firm grasp of the historical background to the topic. It explores issues such as:

• entrepreneurship.

Case studies cover all the major transition economies, not just in Europe, but Vietnam, African countries such as Mozambique and Angola and perhaps the most important transition economy of all, the People’s Republic of China.

July 2010: 246 x 174: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-43881-0: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43882-7: $65.00

• employment and poverty

£ 0 1 0.

• social policy and security

9 £ 3.

• structural adjustment programs and neo-liberal globalization

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415438827 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

• majority rule and democratization • taxation and resource mobilization.

It contains a selection of country specific case studies from a range of international contributors, many of whom have lived and worked in Africa. The book will be of particular interest to higher level students in political economy, development studies, area studies (Africa) and economics in general.

FORTHCOMING

Law and Development in Asia Edited by Gerald McAlinn, Keio University, Japan and Caslav Pejovic, Kyushu University, Japan Series: Routledge Law in Asia

April 2010: 234 x 156: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-48038-3: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48039-0: $61.00

This book presents a comprehensive overview of the key issues relating to law and development in Asia. It discusses the different models of law and development, and shows how development has worked out in practice in a range of Asian countries, including Japan, Korea, China, Thailand, Singapore, India and Mongolia.

£ 0 1 0.

March 2010: 234 x 156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-77833-6: $130.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77834-3: $53.95

This book is designed to be the core textbook for undergraduate courses in transition economics and comparative economic systems.

9 £ 3 6 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415480390 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

FORTHCOMING

The Political Economy of East Asian Development Against the Orthodoxy Jeffrey Henderson, University of Bristol, UK This book brings together benchmark essays in the field of global political economy, covering the key politicaleconomic issues of East Asian development: the relation between the state and markets; the changing nature of economic governance and its relation to inequality; and the rise of China and its international consequences.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Making Sense of East Asian Development 1. On the Making of the East Asian Miracle 2. The Role of the State in the Economic Transformation of East Asia 3. Danger and Opportunity in the Asia Pacific 4. The Economic Crises of the late 1990s 5. Governing Growth and Inequality: The Relevance of Strategic Economic Planning 6. The Limits of Industrialisation in Malaysia (with Richard Phillips) 7. China and the Coming Global-Asian Era. Conclusion: East Asia in the 21st Century

Selected Contents: Preface Toshiyuki Kono 1. Law and Development in a Time of Multiple Visions David M. Trubek 2. Law and Development Orthodoxies and the Northeast Asian Experience John Ohnesorge 3. Japanese Law and Asian Development Tom Ginsburg 4. Law and Development: Korean Contemporary History in Retrospect Chang Hee Lee 5. Neo-Liberalism, Foreign Investment and the International Law of Development M. Sornarajah 6. Emergence of Private Rights in the Resolution of Foreign Investment Disputes Gerald Paul McAlinn 7. Soft-law Approach in Labour Law in Asia Shinichi Ago 8. The Politics of Law, Development and Constitutionalism in Thailand Andrew Harding 9. Thailand and Legal Development: Challenges Ahead Lawan Thanadsillapakul 10. Mongolia’s Constitutional Crisis and the Rule of Law in Post-Soviet Societies Sumiya Sukhbataar 11. Contextualising Debates about Legal and Judicial Reform in Asia: Case Studies of Recent Trends in Singapore and India Michael Ewing-Chow and Arun Thiruvengadam 12. The Success of Law and Development in China Connie Carter February 2010: 234 x 156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-57603-1: $155.00 0 £ 9 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415576031

May 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-54791-8: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54792-5: $47.95 0 £ 9 0 .

9 £ 2 4 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415547925

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS

Agrarian Angst and Rural Resistance in Contemporary Southeast Asia Edited by Dominique Caouette, University of Montreal, Canada and Sarah Turner, McGill University, Canada Series: Routledge ISS Studies in Rural Livelihoods ’Highly informative and relevant in a time of major changes in the Southeast Asian landscape.

Policymakers and academics trying to understand the intricate balance between economic growth and agragarian resistance should read this book.’ - Roland Cheo, National University of Singapore ’The work of anthropologists, geographers, media analysts, political scientists, and sociologists who weave together both their engagement with social science debates and their deep knowledge of countries in Southeast Asia, this book enhances our knowledge, understanding, and appreciation of resistance not only in that region but among subordinate people around the globe.’ - Ben Kerkvliet, Emeritus Professor, The Australian National University ’Judging by the impressive quality of the essays assembled here, the study of agrarian resistance in Southeast Asia is in very good hands indeed. Thirty years of technical, political, demographic, and social change have been fully and coherently theorized in this new assessment. It’s gratifying to see earlier work (including one’s own!) superceded in such style.’ - James C. Scott, Yale University, USA This book examines contemporary forms of rural resistance to agrarian reforms in Southeast Asia, adopting a multi-scalar approach, focusing on Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Vietnam and Thailand.

Selected Contents: 1. Shifting Fields of Rural Resistance in Southeast Asia Sarah Turner and Dominique Caouette 2. Rural Resistance and the Art of Domination Dominique Caouette and Sarah Turner 3. ’Weapons of the Week’: Selective Resistance and Agency among the Hmong in Northern Vietnam Sarah Turner and Jean Michaud 4. ‘Now the Companies have Come’: Local Values and Contract Farming in Northern Thailand Andrew Walker 5. Resisting Local Inequities: Community-Based Conservation on Palawan Island, the Philippines Wolf Dressler 6. Oil Palm and Resistance in West Kalimantan, Indonesia Lesley Potter 7. Development and its Discontents: The Case of the Pak Mun Dam in Northeastern Thailand Erik Kuhonta 8. StateSociety Relations and the Diversity of Peasant Resistance in Vietnam Tran Thi Thu Trang 9. Indonesia’s Agrarian Movement: Anti-Capitalism at a Crossroads Vu Tuong 10. Paradigm Shift: The ‘September Thesis’ and Rebirth of the ‘Open’ Peasant Mass Movement in the Era of Neoliberal Globalization in the Philippines Jennifer C. Franco and Saturnino M. Borras Jr 11. Is Rice Non-Negotiable?

Malaysian Resistance to Free Trade with the United States Sandra Smeltzer 12. Scaling-Up Rural Resistance Globally Dominique Caouette 13. The Persistence of Resistance: Analyzing Responses to Agrarian Change in Southeast Asia Tim Forsyth

Routledge Studies in Development Economics This series presents accounts of the present position of, and future prospects for, developing countries in terms of their economics and potential for export led growth.

FORTHCOMING

Reform and Development in China What Can China Offer the Developing World Edited by Yang L. Yao, Ho-Mou Wu and Justin Yifu Lin, all at Peking University, China This new collection brings together key researchers in the field and asks why it is that China has adopted the right policies for economic growth and what lessons that China can offer other developing countries.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Overview 1. Reform, Development Strategy and Economic Growth Justin Lin 2. Chinese Economic Reform in an International Perspective Ross Garnaut 3. How Unique is China’s Growth Experience Peter Nolan 4. International Linkages and Economic Growth Magnus Blomstrom Part 2: Topics on Growth and Reform 5. Productivity and Economic Growth Tom Rawksi 6. Managing China’s Economy in an Age of Globalization Gang Yi 7. Trade, FDI and Technological Progress Christer Ljungwall 8. Property Rights in a Transitional Economy David Li 9. Market-Preserving Federalism Yingyi Qian 10. Law and Economic Growth Linda Yueh 11. Market Integration Across Regions Mary-Francoise Renard 12. Industrial Policies Xinqiao Ping 13. Labour Mobility and Urbanization Fang Cai 14. Economic Development and Income Distribution Shujie Yao 15. Fighting Poverty Min Tang 16. Raising Agricultural Productivity Xiwen Chen 17. Grain Sufficiency Feng Lu 18. Population Policy Yi Zeng 19. The Erosion and the Rebuilding of the Social Safety Net Shaoguang Wang 20. International Aid: Chinese Style Daojiong Zha 21. What Challenges does the Chinese Experience offer to the Mainstream Economics Gary Jefferson Part 3: The Political Economy of Reform 22. The Political Logic of Economic Reform Susan Sheik 23. How was Gradualism Succeeded in China? Gang Fan 24. Regional Competition and Economic Reform Jun Zhang 25. Adaptation and Innovation: Communist Party and Economic Reform Zhiyuan Cui 26. Government Reform Xiaomin Shi 27. Proactive Regulation Chenggang Xu 28. Pragmatism as a Reform Strategy Yang Yao March 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55948-5: $130.00

FORTHCOMING

Labour Standards, Development and Trade Göte Hansson, Lund University, Sweden Labour standards in international trade are a hotly debated issue in both international trade policy debates and international trade theory. This book gives new insights into this long-standing issue, exploring the historical background and providing an up-to-date analysis of working conditions and their relation to international economic relations.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Human Rights Based Labour Standards 2. Basic Trade Uniuon Rights 3. Child Labour 4. Forced Labour 5. Discrimination in Employment Part 2: Non-Human Rights Based Labour Standards 6. Hours of Work 7. Wages 8. Health and Safety Standards Part 3: Policy Measures in the Struggle for Improved Working Conditions 9. Policies in a World with Free Capital Movement 10. Trade Sanctions 11. Foreign Aid Part 4: Conclusions 12. Summary and Policy Considerations May 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-18080-1: $130.00 0 £ 6 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415180801

FORTHCOMING

Credit Cooperatives in India Past, Present and Future Biswa Swarup Misra, Xavier Institute of Management, India Cooperatives in India make up one of the largest rural financial systems in the world. This book deals with the traditional banking system in the developing economy of India and its evolution over time. It shows that cooperatives occupy an important place in India’s financial edifice as they play a key role in the multiagency framework for rural credit delivery.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Evolution of Credit Cooperatives in India 3. Revitalising Primary Credit Cooperative in India 4. District Central Cooperative Banks: Reorienting the Middle Tier in the Cooperative Edifice of India 5. The Role of State Cooperative Banks in the Indian Cooperative Structure 6. Interdependence in the Cooperative Credit Structure in India 7. Impact Analysis of Credit Extended by Cooperatives 8. Redesigning the Cooperative Edifice in India April 2010: 216 x 138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-56699-5: $125.00 0 £ 7 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415566995

0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415559485

July 2009: 234 x 156: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-54838-0: $125.00 0 £ 7 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415548380

FORTHCOMING 2nd Edition

Development Economics in Action A Study of Economic Policies in Ghana Tony Killick, Overseas Development Institute, UK In this classic development economics volume, now available from Routledge with a new introduction and postscript, Tony Killick focuses on the development policies followed by Ghana between 1961 and 1972.

March 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-47383-5: $150.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415473835

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

15

16

DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS

FORTHCOMING

NEW

FORTHCOMING

Agri-Food Systems and Economic Development

Economic Transitions to Neoliberalism in MiddleIncome Countries

Energy, Bio Fuels and Development

Policy Dilemmas, Economic Crises, Forms of Resistance

Edited by Edmund Amann, University of Manchester, UK, Werner Baer, University Of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, USA and Don Coes, University of New Mexico, USA

Edited by Spencer Henson, University of Guelph, Canada and Steven Jaffee This book draws on a three-year programme of research undertaken in sub-Saharan Africa, looking at the role of donor interventions in the context of African smallholder participation in higher-value markets for agricultural and food products.

Selected Contents: Section 1: Emerging Context 1. Potential Opportunities from High-Value Markets Spencer Henson and Steven Jaffee 2. The Spectre of Smallholder Exclusion Spencer Henson and Steven Jaffee 3. The Level and Nature of Donor Response Luz Diaz Rios, Steven Jaffee and Spencer Henson Section 2: Conceptualizing the Inclusion and Exclusion of Smallholders 4. The Process of Inclusion and Exclusion of Smallholders into Higher-Value Markets: A Conceptual Framework Spencer Henson and Steven Jaffee 5. Assessing the Propensity of Buyers to Source from Smallholders Spencer Henson and Steven Jaffee 6. Promoting the Inclusion of Smallholders: The Views of Practitioners Spencer Henson, Steven Jaffee, John Cranfield, Jose Blandon and Paul Siegel Section 3: Case studies 7. Mainstream Horticultural Products for High-End Market Segments Steven Jaffee, John Humphrey, Julius Okello, Michael Jensen, Spencer Henson, and John Lamb 8. Supplying the European Market for ‘Ethnic’ Fruits and Vegetables Luz Diaz Rios, Ramatu Al-Hassan, Johnny Mugisha, Sean Field, Steve Jaffee and Spencer Henson 9. Trade in Spices: The Case of Vanilla from Uganda Spencer Henson, Steven Jaffee and Gabriel Elepu 10. Trade in Natural Products: The Case of Honey Ramatu Al-Hassan, Gabriel Elepu, Michael Jensen, Spencer Henson, and Paul Siegel 11. Upgrading in the Speciality Coffee Sector Daniele Giovannucci, Luz Rios Diaz and Steve Jaffee Section 4: Synthesis 12. Promoting Smallholder Inclusion in HigherValue Markets Steve Jaffee and Spencer Henson September 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49695-7: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415496957

FORTHCOMING

Economic Partnership Agreements and Development EU Trade Policy Towards Africa, the Caribbean and the Pacific Edited by Oliver Morrissey, University of Nottingham, UK This volume assesses economic partnership agreements between the EU and Africa, the Caribbean and the Pacific, focusing on specific concerns such as legal commitments, adjustment costs, impacts on poverty and food security, and regulatory reforms.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Oliver Morrissey 2. Content Analysis of EPAs Mareike Meyn 3. EPA Negotiations: An African Perspective Addis Ababa 4. Assessing the Economic Impact of EPAs Addis Ababa 5. Trade and Welfare Effects on ACP Imports Oliver Morrissey and Evious K.Zgovu 6. Adjusting to EPAs: The Case of Mauritius Chris Milner, Oliver Morrissey and Evious K. Zgovu 7. EPAs and Poverty: A GE Analysis for Uganda Ole Boysen and Alan Matthews 8. EPAs, Trade and Households: A GE Analysis for Kenya Jane Kiringai 9. EPAs and Food Security Alan Matthews 10. Trade Facilitation, Investment and Regulatory Reform Chris Milner, Oliver Morrissey and Evious K. Zgovu 11. Monitoring EPAs for Promoting Development Sanoussi Bilal 12. Analysing the Effects of Evolving Policy: The Case of EPAs Christopher Stevens

Comparing Brazil and the United States

Edited by Alfredo Saad-Filho, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, UK and Galip L. Yalman, Middle East Technical University, Turkey ’While presenting a powerful analysis of the global structural transformations involved in the transition to neoliberalism, this volume avoids the trap of seeing this transformation as a primarily homogenising force. On the contrary global neoliberalism has reconstituted the economic and social institutions of capitalism differently in each country and region. It is precisely these differences that constitute one of the strengths of neoliberalism. This book is the definitive exploration of neoliberal transitions in a range of the most important middle income countries.’ Terrence McDonough, National University of Ireland, Galway This book argues that neoliberalism is the contemporary form of capitalism, focusing on a materialist understanding of its workings as a modality of social and economic reproduction, and its everyday practices of dispossession and exploitation.

Selected Contents: Introduction Alfredo Saad–Filho and Galip L. Yalman Part 1: Neoliberalism and Globalisation 1. Neoliberalism as Financialisation Ben Fine 2. The Continuing Ecological Dominance of Neoliberalism in the Crisis Bob Jessop 3. Globalisation as a Crisis Form Ergin Yildizoglu 4. Cultural Political Economy of Neoliberalism: The Production and Negotiations of ‘Competitiveness’ as Hegemonic Logic(s) Ngai-Ling Sum 5. Socially Responsible Investment and Neoliberal Discipline in Emerging Markets Susanne Soederberg 6. Global Unions and Global Capitalism: Contest or Accommodation? Seyhan Erdogdu 7. Neoliberalism and the Politics of War: The Case of Iraq Filiz Zabçi Part 2: Country Experiences 8. Neoliberal Transformation in Turkey: State, Class and Discourse Pinar Bedirhanoglu and Galip L. Yalman 9. Neoliberalism, Industrial Restructuring and Labour: Lessons from the Delhi Garment Industry Alessandra Mezzadri 10. The Developmental State and the Neoliberal Transition in South Korea Hae-Yung Song 11. Korean Left Debates on Alternatives to Neoliberalism Seongjin Jeong 12. China and the Quest for Alternatives to Neoliberalism Dic Lo and Yu Zhang 13. Globalisation, Neoliberalism, Labour, with Reference to South Africa Henry Bernstein 14. Social Class and Politics in Brazil: From Cardoso to Lula Armando Boito 15. Is There an Acceptable Future for Workers in Capitalism?

The Case of Latin America Alejandro Valle Baeza 16. Progressive Third World Central Banking and the Case of Venezuela Al Campbell and Hasan Cömert 17. Transition to Neoliberalism and Decentralisation Policies in Mexico Aylin Topal

Bringing together leading academics and researchers from the UK, the USA and Latin America, this book examines the economic and environmental implications of attempts to diversify energy sources away from fossil fuels in the US and Brazil.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Introduction Section 1: Energy Shocks, Policy Change and the Emergence of Biofuels 2. Oil Shocks in Brazil and in the United States Tiago Cavalcanti and João Tovar Jalles 3. Energy and Income Distribution in Brazil’s Development Process Edmund Amann and Werner Baer 4. Energy Restrictions to Growth: The Past, Present and Future Energy Supply in Brazil Adilson de Oliveira and Eduardo Pontual Ribeiro 5. Oil Prices and Inflation in Brazil: Exchange Rate vs. Inflation Targeting Claudio A.C. Paiva 6. Energy Independence and Economic Efficiency in Brazilian Trade Donald V. Coes 7. The Role Played by the BNDES in Funding Energy Investments in Brazil Ricardo Cavalcante and Simone Uderman 8. Energy and the Brazilian Regional System Eduardo Haddad and Geoffrey Hewings Section 2: Biofuels and their Economic, Social and Environmental Impacts 9. The Economics of U.S. Corn-based Ethanol Robert Hauser 10. The Journey to NextGeneration of Bio-economy: The U.S. Perspective Hans P. Blaschek 11. Integrated Life-cycle Analysis of Sustainable Biofuels Jurgen Scheffran 12. Understanding the Impact of Food Policy on the Brazilian Poor Mary Arends-Kuenning 13. The Impact of Agriculture-based Energy Sources on Land Use in Brazil Carlos Jose Caetano Bacha 14. Fossil-Fuels, BioFuels, and Food: Ranking Priorities Guilherme Leite da Silva Dias and Joaquim Jose Martins Guilhoto 15. The Impact of Sugar Cane Expansion on the Cerrado Charles Mueller and Geraldo Bueno Martha Jr 16. The Viability of the Biodiesel Program as an Instrument of Social Inclusion Marcos Holanda and Bruno Moreira Wichmann 17. Climate Change and Energy Use in the Long-Run Growth in Brazil Carlos Azzoni, Eduardo Haddad and Fabio Kanczuk Section 3: Conclusions and Future Perspectives 18. Conclusions and Future Perspectives Edmund Amann, Werner Baer and Joseph Love November 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56720-6: $145.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415567206

December 2009: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49253-9: $135.00 0 £ 8 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415492539

April 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55403-9: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415554039

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS

NEW

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Latecomer Development

The Multinational Enterprise in Developing Countries

Towards New Developmentalism

Local versus Global Logic

Market as Means rather than Master

Edited by Rick Molz, Concordia University, Canada, Catalin Ratiu, Concordia University, Canada and Ali Taleb, HEC, Montreal

Edited by Shahrukh Rafi Khan and Jens Christiansen, both at Mount Holyoke College, USA

States, Knowledge and Economic Growth Banji Oyelaran-Oyeyinka and Padmashree Gehl Sampath, both at United Nations University, the Netherlands ’This is an interesting book on an important set of issues – the nature and determinants of invention and innovation – applied to the development process. It is equally useful for assessing growth possibilities for the already developed nations as many of their advisors and policy-makers simply extrapolate from past success rather than evaluate and learn from it. The book provides an extensive summary of the debates on the importance and determinants of technological change for development, putting increase emphasis on the role of the state and of institutions in development, especially for the most lagging countries.’ - Michael Bradfield, Dalhousie University, Canada ’This book achieves two elusive goals. First, it creates a novel framework from two bodies of scholarship; the economics of innovation and learning, and development economics. From this framework and using new empirical data collected in a variety of African and Asian countries, the authors enrich our understanding of how latecomers learn and innovate to create wealth through knowledge accumulation. In addition, the book points to the heterogeneity of knowledge and capabilities accumulation that distinguish latecomers and in turn suggests a new way of understanding latecomer economies. This thoughtful and path making book deserves to be read by all innovation and development scholars, policy makers and students alike.’ - Alice Amsden, MIT, USA This book argues that economic development is largely driven by innovation, concentrating on the dynamics of process, product and organizational changes and how they are embedded within specific and varied contextual institutions.

Selected Contents: Part 1 1. Innovation, Knowledge and Technology in Late Development Part 2 2. The Generation and Growth of Knowledge in Late Development 3. Technological Capability and Development 4. Innovation, Institutions and the Role of Policy 5. Advanced Knowledge Infrastructure for Economic Development Part 3 6. India and China within Global Reach? 7. Systemic Collaboration and State Support: Evidence from South Africa and Malaysia 8. Rough Road to the Market: Constrained Innovation and Entrepreneurship in Nigeria, Ghana and Bangladesh Part 4 9. Conclusions and Policy Suggestions

This book focuses on the uneasy interaction between a developing country traditional logic and Multinational Enterprise (MNE) economic logic, offering multidisciplinary perspectives from South America, Africa, Asia, Europe and North America.

Selected Contents: Section 1: Theoretical Background 1. The Differential Logics of the Local and the Global: Challenges to Multinational Enterprise in Developing Countries Rick Molz, Catalin Ratiu and Ali Taleb 2. A MultiTheoretical Conceptualization of Multinational Corporation Expansion in Developing Countries: A Model and Preliminary Evidence Rick Molz, Claude Marcotte, Mehdi Farashahi, Taïeb Hafsi, Li Yan, Sid Ahmed Soussi and Sergio Janczak 3. Interaction between the Rational Logic of Transnational Enterprises and the Institutional Logic of Emergent Countries: A Local/Global Dynamics Analysis Sid Ahmed Soussi Section 2: Transnational-Level Conceptual/Empirical Studies 4. Entrepreneurship, Globalization and Knowledge Transfer to Emerging Countries Claude Marcotte 5. Business Groups and Corporate Governance in Emerging Markets Natalya Totskaya 6. Regionalization of Strategic Practices Gwyneth Edwards 7. Generation X Women Professionals in the Global Workforce Pamela Lirio 8. Behavior of MNEs in Developing Countries: Towards a ’Smart Partnership’ Rabia Naguib 9. The Globalization of Status-Based Discrimination: Evidence from Developing Country MNEs Alex Bitektine and Helena Barnard Section 3: Developing Country-Level Conpectual/Empirical Studies 10. A Comparison of Foreign Acquisitions in the Brazilian Hydro Electric Industry: What Determines Success? Marcos Bosquetti, Rick Molz and Taïeb Hafsi, 11. Environment, Strategy and Leadership Patterns as Determinants of Performance: A Cameroon Perspective Taïeb Hafsi and Bernard Gauthier 12. West Meets East: A Cultural Fit of Goal Setting Theory to the Filipino workforce Pamela Lirio Section 4: Closing the Loop: The Future for MNEs in and from Developing Countries 13. Internalization Patterns and Performance: The Case of Multinationals from Developing Countries Venturing in Developed Countries Ali Taleb 14. Multinational Strategies and Sustainability: Fostering Subsidiary Initiative Catalin Ratiu and Rick Molz 15. The Challenges of Developing Competitive Advantage from Local and the Differential Logics Rick Molz, Catalin Ratiu and Ali Taleb June 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49252-2: $150.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415492522

December 2009: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56011-5: $145.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415560115

Microfinance A Reader Edited by David Hulme and Thankom Arun, both at University of Manchester, UK This timely book, written by one of the major players in the UK in development economics explores, amongst others, topics such as microfinance and poverty reduction, microinsurance and regulating, and supervising microfinance institutions.

January 2009: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-37532-0: $145.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415375320

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

Drawing on the work of early developmentalists, with new contributions from Robert Wade and Ha Joon Chang, this book sets the agenda for new developmentalism covering issues such as industrial policy, technology, competition, growth and poverty.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Setting the Agenda 1. The Market as Means Rather than Master: The Crisis of Development and the Need to Re-Think the Role of Government Robert Wade 2. Hamlet without the Prince of Denmark: How Development has Disappeared from Today’s ‘Development’ Discourse Ha-Joon Chang 3. The Economics of Failed, Failing, and Fragile States: Productive Structure as the Missing Link Erik S. Reinert, Yves Ekoué Amaïzo, and Rainer Kattel Part 2: Constricting the Policy Agenda and Resources for an Alternative Approach 4. The Pernicious Legacy of the Rent-Seeking Paradigm Helen Shapiro 5. Cementing Neo-Liberalism in the Developing World: Ideational and Institutional Constraints on Policy Space Ilene Grabel 6. Domestic Resource Mobilization for a NewDevelopmentalist Strategy: Fiscal Policy Space in Latin America Luis Abugattas and Eva Paus Part 3: Building Capacity in the Context of Economic Globalization 7. Investment Treaties as a Constraining Framework Gus Van Harten 8. Volatility and Crisis in Catching-Up Economies: Industrial Path-Through under the Stickiness of Technological Capabilities and ’The Red Queen Effect’ Mario Cimoli and Gabriel Porcile Part 4: Social Justice: Making Production Structures Poverty, Gender, and Environment Sensitive 9. Climate and Poverty Resilient Development: Can Foreign Direct Investment Play a Positive Role? Lyuba Zarsky 10. TBA Gunseli Berik Part 5: Case Studies in Pro-Active Government 11. Policies for Industrial Learning in China and Mexico Kevin P. Gallagher and M. Shafaeddin 12. Enhancing the Developmental Impact of Growth in Africa: Challenges and Opportunities Leonce Ndikumana Conclusion 13. Towards New Developmentalism Shahrukh Rafi Khan August 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77984-5: $145.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779845

17

DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS

18

NEW

The Comparative Political Economy of Development

NEW

Land Reform in Developing Countries

Africa and South Asia

Michael Lipton, University of Sussex, UK

Economic and Human Development in Contemporary India

Edited by Barbara Harriss-White, University of Oxford, UK and Judith Heyer, Emeritus Fellow of Somerville College, Oxford University, UK

Series: Priorities for Development Economics

Cronyism and Fragility

This book illustrates the enduring relevance and vitality of the comparative political economy of development approach and aptly presents the relation between theory and empirical material in a dynamic and interactive way.

It offers a meaningful and powerful explanation of what is happening in the continent of Africa and the subcontinent of South Asia today.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Barbara Harriss-White and Judith Heyer 2. The Political Economy of Agrarian Change: Dinosaur or Phoenix? Lucia Da Corta 3. Strategic Dimensions of Rural Poverty Reduction in Sub-Saharan Africa Frank Ellis 4. From ’Rural Labour’ to ’Classes of Labour’: Class Fragmentation, Caste and Class Struggle at the Bottom of the Indian Labour Hierarchy Jens Lerche 5. Poverty: Causes, Responses and Consequences in Rural South Africa Elizabeth Francis 6. Seasonal Food Crises and Social Protection in Africa Stephen Devereux 7. The Political Economy of Contract Farming in Tea in Kenya: The Kenya Tea Development Agency (KTDA), 1964-2002 Cosmas Ochieng 8. Networking for Success: Informal Enterprises and Popular Associations in Nigeria Kate Meagher 9. Free and Unfree Labour: The Cape Wine Industry 1938-1988 Gavin Williams 10. The Opium Revolution: Continuity or Change in Rural Afghanistan? Adam Pain 11. The Marginalisation of Dalits in a Modernising Economy Judith Heyer 12. Shifting the Grindstone of Caste? Decreasing Dependency Amongst Dalit Labourers in Tamilnadu Hugo Gorringe 13. Liberalisation and Transformations in India’s Informal Economy: Female Breadwinners in Working Class Households in Chennai Karin Kapadia 14. Dalit Entrepreneurs in Middle India Aseem Prakash 15. Stigma and Regions of Accumulation: Mapping Dalit and Adivasi Capital in the 1990s Barbara Harriss-White with Kaushal Vidyarthee December 2009: 234 x 156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-55288-2: $140.00 0 £ 8 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415552882

Property Rights and Property Wrongs

Redistributing land rights is a tricky subject and one that easily becomes controversial as recent experience has shown. This new book calmly examines the strengths and weaknesses of different forms of land redistribution.

Selected Contents: Introducing Land Reform 1. Goals 2. Output, Efficiency and Growth 3. Land Reforms: The Types, and the Classic Paradigm 4. Tenurialism: Tenancy Reform, Titling, Patrialisation 5. The Terrible Detour: Collectivisation and Decollectivisation 6. Alternatives, Complements, Diversions, ‘New Wave‘ Land Reform 7. The Death of Land Reform?

Debdas Banerjee, University of Calcutta, India Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series Against the background of the duality in development, this book focuses on structural deficiencies for a steady growth rate, and how to make growth inclusive. A novel approach to the analysis of the Indian economy and other developing countries in the twenty-first century, this book advocates development as a form of governance.

Selected Contents: 1. Emerging India: Issues in Development 2. Global Trade and Investments: Opportunities and Challenges for India 3. Industrial Capabilities: Research and Development as the Indicator 4. Economic Restructuring: Employment and Income Implications 5. Agriculture: The Genesis of Growing Vulnerability 6. Trends in Wage and Earnings Differentials 7. Development as Governance: More Evidence from the Social Sector 8. Epilogue

June 2009: 234 x 156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-09667-6: $145.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415096676

NEW

Dislocation and Resettlement in Development

November 2009: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55974-4: $140.00 0 £ 8 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415559744

From Third World to the World of the Third

NEW

Anjan Chakrabarti, University of Calcutta, India and Anup Kumar Dhar, Centre for the Study of Culture and Society, Bangalore, India

2nd Edition

Series: Routledge Studies in Development and Society This book offers a unique theory of dislocation in the form of primitive accumulation. It develops a framework that offers alternative avenues to rethinking dislocation and resettlement, and indeed the very idea of development.

Selected Contents: 1. Debates on Dislocation, Compensation and Resettlement: What Does Our Approach Contribute? 2. Development and Dislocation: Why one Cannot be Addressed Without the Other? 3. From ‘Compensation’ to ‘Resettlement Need’: The ReformistManagerial Approach 4. De-Familiarising the Economy and Development 5. A Critique of Received Theories of Dislocation, Compensation and Resettlement 6. Western Marxism and its Theory of Primitive Accumulation: Limits and Limitations 7. Primitive Accumulation – World of the Third Marxian Perspective on Dislocation 8. Two Case Studies of Primitive Accumulation in India: Special Economic Zone and Plachimada 9. From Resistance to Resettlement Right: Confronting the ‘Subjects of Development’ and Policy Paradigms August 2009: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49453-3: $125.00 0 £ 7 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415494533

South Asian Economic Development Second Edition Moazzem Hossain, Griffith University, Australia, Rajat Kathuria, International Management Institute, India and Iyanatul Islam, Griffith University, Australia This new edition provides an up-to-date guide to the growing markets in South Asia.

It offers an analysis of the changes and consequences of high sustainable growth of the region and provides an outlook as to where these economies are heading to in the future.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. South Asian Economic Development: PostIndependence Era 2. Benchmarking South Asian Economic Performance 3. Benchmarking South Asia’s Human Development in the Era of ICT 4. Demographic Dynamics of South Asia Part 2: South Asian Economic Development 5. Human Resources and Economic Performance 6. Labour Market Institutions and Economic Performance 7. The Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) and the Achievements to 2005 8. Macroeconomic Management in the Era of Information Revolution 9. Economic Reforms in South Asia 10. Trade and Economic Integration 11. Agriculture and Rural Development 12. Climate Change, Growth and Poverty 13. Information Technology (IT) Issues Part 3: South Asia in the twenty-first Century 14. India’s Growth on the Back of Information Revolution 15. South Asia in the twenty-first Century: Seeking ‘Good Governance’ in the Era of Information Revolution December 2009: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-45472-8: $140.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45473-5: $49.95 0 £ 8 5 .

9 £ 2 4 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415454735

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS

• AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

FORTHCOMING

Major League Winners

FORTHCOMING

Trade Liberalisation and Poverty in South Asia

Using Sports and Cultural Centers as Tools for Economic Development

Responsible Development

Omar Noman, UNDP Regional Centre, Sri Lanka

Edited by Prema-chandra Athukorala, Australian National University, Jayatilleke S. Bandara, Griffith University, Australia and Saman Kelegama, The Institute of Policy Studies of Sri Lanka, Sri Lanka

Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia

Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia

This book focuses on the economic collapse of 1997, and the effect on the status of East Asia as an economic power. Noman looks at how currency depreciations, personal and state indebtedness, mass unemployment and rioting brought the paternalistic capitalist phase to an end in Asia, and analyzes Asia’s complex recovery and future challenges.

This book examines the connection between trade liberalisation and poverty using theory and evidence from South Asia, highlighting important policy issues.

Case studies from across the region give a comprehensive analysis of this timely and relevant issue.

Vulnerable Democracies, Hunger and Inequality

Selected Contents: Part 1: Prosperity and Discontent 1. Freedom and Responsibility 2. The Asian Boom on the Eve of the Great Recession 3. Asia’s Hunger Test 4. The Loss of Egalitarian Capitalism 5. Damage Control: Can Asia Reduce Environmental Stress? Part 2: Expansion of Freedoms 6. Investing in Just Democracies 7. The End of ’Asian Values’ and the Spread of Democracy Part 3: Comparison of Asian Development Strategies 8. Conflict and Arrested Development: Pakistan’s Divergence from Eastern Asia 9. Democratic India and Authoritarian East Asia: Are Economic and Political Systems Converging? 10. Responsible Development in a Vulnerable World February 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-7103-1348-5: $140.00

Selected Contents: Part 1 1. Introduction Prema-chandra Athukorala, Jayatilleke S. Bandara and Saman Kelegama 2. Trade and Poverty in South Asia: Stylised Facts Premachandra Athukorala, Jayatilleke S. Bandara and Saman Kelegama 3. Trade and Poverty: Theory, Evidence and Policy Issues Prema-chandra Athukorala, Jayatilleke S. Bandara and Saman Kelegama Part 2: Case Studies of Trade Liberalization and Povery 4. Bangladesh Rashmi Banga and Shruti Sharma 5. India Rashmi Banga 6. Pakistan Rehana Siddiqui 7. Sri Lanka Deshal De Mel and Ruwan Jayatilleke 8. Nepal Yuba Raj Khatiwada 9. Maldives Jagath Dissanayake and Suwendrani Jayaratne 10. Bhutan Chencho Dorji Part 3 11. Conclusion and Policy Inferences Premachandra Athukorala, Jayatilleke S. Bandara and Saman Kelegama March 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56175-4: $140.00

0 £ 8 5 .

Mark S. Rosentraub, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, USA Series: ASPA Series in Public Administration and Public Policy An advisor to major league cities involved in multi-million dollar projects, Mark Rosentraub has extensively researched how communities can use sports and cultural centers to spur economic and social development. In this book, he examines approaches that municipalities take and how they relate to the success or failure of their projects. He discusses the economics of sports and cultural centers and provides case studies examining economic redevelopment in several cities. A third section discusses errors made in the development and execution of various plans. The book closes by showing how municipalities can successfully turn municipal subsidies into income producing investments.

July 2009: 6-1/8 x 9-1/4: 304pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0159-8: $59.95 9 £ 3 8 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781439801598

0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780710313485

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415561754

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Development, Democracy and the State

Managing Local Economic Development

Economic Development in the Middle East

Concepts and Practices

Critiquing the Kerala Model of Development Edited by Ravi Raman, University of Manchester, UK Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series This book sheds new light on the paradoxes of the Indian state and critiques its model of economic development.

Selected Contents: 1. Kerala Model: Situating the Critique K. Ravi Raman Part 1: Caste, Religion and Social Development 2. ’Public Action’ Reconsidered: The Dalit and the Brahmin in the Kerala Model of Development K.T. Rammohan 3. ’Community’ as De-Imagining Nation: Relocating Narayana Guru and Ezhava Movement in Kerala J. Reghu 4. Negotiating Caste, Religion and Nation: Ezhava Community in Flux 1917-24 M.M. Khan Part 2: The Kerala Model: Contemporary Political Economy 5. The Conjuncture of ’Late Socialism’ in Kerala: Towards a Preliminary Theorization Nissim Mannathukkaren 6. Reforms, Capabilities and the Kerala Model M.A. Oommen 7. Revisiting the Kerala Model – Questioning Good Health at Low Cost? Caroline Wilson 8. Education in Kerala: A Dalit Critique Roshni P. 9. Globalisation is Ruining Us: Neoliberal Capitalism, Islamism and Business in Kozhikode (Calicut), South India Filippo Osella and Caroline Osella Part 3: Gender, Space and Identities 10. Mobility Towards Work and Politics for Women in Kerala State, India: A View from the Histories of Gender and Space Devika J. 11.

A Gender Critique of Social Development in Kerala Praveena Kodoth 12. Trajectories of Change: Gendered Technologies and Perspectives Shoba Arun, T.G. Arun and Richard Heeks Part 4: New Social Movements: Political and Cultural Perspectives 13. Postdevelopment Social Movements: Waves of “Political Indigenism” K. Ravi Raman 14. Social Space, Civil Society and Transformative Politics of New Social Movements in Kerala T.T. Sreekumar 15. Contemporary Adivasi Activism and the Contested Legacy of the Kerala Model of Development Luisa Steur

Rodney Wilson, Durham University, UK This text is designed to introduce the undergraduate and postgraduate student to the most pressing and topical economic issues in the contemporary Middle East. It includes coverage of the entire region and charts the growth of economic power in the Gulf. It has thematic chapters on finance, population, the role of the state, the influence of Islam, investment, international trade, oil and theories of economic development. In addition there are rich pedagogical resources such as boxed case studies, study questions and suggestions for further reading.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Models of Middle East Economic Development 3. Growth and Structural Change 4. Population Growth and Employment 5. Capital markets, Savings and Investment 6. An Islamic Model for Economic Development 7. Oil and Development 8. International and Intra-Regional Trade 9. The Role of the State June 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49126-6: $140.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49127-3: $45.00

Series: Public Administration and Public Policy June 2010: 6-1/8 x 9-1/4 Hb: 978-0-8493-9253-5: $59.95 9 £ 3 8 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780849392535 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

Development Economics eBooks Taylor & Francis Development Economics eBooks are available as part of a subscription package or for outright purchase.

0 £ 8 5 .

9 £ 2.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415491273

February 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-54917-2: $140.00

ALSO AVAILABLE

The Economics, Finance, Business and Industry eCollection.

For more information, purchasing options and details about eContent for your library, please contact: UK and Rest of World online.sales@tandf.co.uk

United States, Canada and South America e-reference@taylorandfrancis.com

eBooks www.ebooksubscriptions.com

0 £ 8 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415549172

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

K. Tom Liou, University of Central Florida, USA

eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

19

20

POLITICAL ECONOMY: GENERAL

POLITICAL ECONOMY: GENERAL From Political Economy to Economics

Economics as Social Theory Social theory is experiencing something of a revival in economics.

Economists are again addressing such issues as the relationship between agency and structure, between economy and the rest of society, and between Inquirer and the object of Inquiry. There is renewed interest in elaborating basic categories such as causation, competition, culture, discrimination, evolution, money, need, order, organization, power, and probablility.

This series facilitates this revival. In contemporary economics the label ‘theory’ has been appropriated by a group that confines itself to largely asocial, ahistorical, mathematical ‘modelling’.

Economics as Social Theory thus reclaims the ‘theory’ label, offering a platform for alternative, rigorous, but broader and more critical conceptions of theorizing.

Dimitris Milonakis, University of Crete, Greece and Ben Fine, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, UK Economics has become a monolithic science, variously described as formalistic and autistic with neoclassical orthodoxy reigning supreme. So argue Dimitris Milonakis and Ben Fine in this new major work of critical recollection. The authors show how economics was once rich, diverse, multidimensional and pluralistic, and unravel the processes that lead to orthodoxy’s current predicament. The book details how political economy became economics through the desocialisation and the dehistoricisation of the dismal science, accompanied by the separation of economics from the other social sciences, especially economic history and sociology. It is argued that recent attempts from within economics to address the social and the historical have failed to acknowledge long standing debates amongst economists, historians and other social scientists. This has resulted in an impoverished historical and social content within mainstream economics.

The book ranges over the shifting role of the historical and the social in economic theory, the shifting boundaries between the economic and the non-economic, all within a methodological context. Schools of thought and individuals, that have been neglected or marginalised, are treated in full, including classical political economy and Marx, the German and British historical schools, American institutionalism, Weber and Schumpeter and their programme of Socialökonomik, and the Austrian school. At the same time, developments within the mainstream tradition from marginalism through Marshall and Keynes to general equilibrium theory are also scrutinised, and the clashes between the various camps from the famous Methodenstreit to the fierce debates of the 1930s and beyond brought to the fore.

From Economics Imperialism to Freakonomics The Shifting Boundaries between Economics and other Social Sciences Ben Fine, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, UK and Dimitris Milonakis, University of Crete, Greece Is or has economics ever been the imperial social science?

Could or should it ever be so? These are the central concerns of this book. It involves a critical reflection on the process of how economics became the way it is, in terms of a narrow and intolerant orthodoxy, that has, nonetheless, increasingly directed its attention to appropriating the subject matter of other social sciences through the process termed ’economics imperialism’. In other words, the book addresses the shifting boundaries between economics and the other social sciences as seen from the confines of the dismal science, with some reflection on the responses to the economic imperialists by other disciplines.

The prime rationale underpinning this account drawn from the past is to put the case for political economy back on the agenda. This is done by treating economics as a social science once again, rather than as a positive science, as has been the inclination since the time of Jevons and Walras. It involves transcending the boundaries of the social sciences, but in a particular way that is in exactly the opposite direction now being taken by ’economics imperialism’. Drawing on the rich traditions of the past, the reintroduction and full incorporation of the social and the historical into the main corpus of political economy will be possible in the future.

Significantly, an old economics imperialism is identified of the ’as if market’ style most closely associated with Gary Becker, the public choice theory of Buchanan and Tullock and cliometrics. But this has given way to a more ’revolutionary’ form of economics imperialism associated with the information-theoretic economics of Akerlof and Stiglitz, and the new institutional economics of Coase, Wiliamson and North. Embracing one ’new’ field after another, economics imperialism reaches its most extreme version in the form of ’freakonomics’, the economic theory of everything on the basis of the most shallow principles.

By way of contrast and as a guiding critical thread, a thorough review is offered of the appropriate principles underpinning political economy and its relationship to social science, and how these have been and continue to be deployed. The case is made for political economy with an interdisciplinary character, able to bridge the gap between economics and other social sciences, and draw upon and interrogate the nature of contemporary capitalism.

Method, the Social and the Historical in the Evolution of Economic Theory

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Smith, Ricardo and the First Rupture in Economic Thought 3. Mill’s Conciliation, Marx’s Transgression 4. Political Economy as History: Smith, Ricardo, Marx 5. Not by Theory Alone: German Historismus 6. Marginalism and the Methodenstreit 7. The Marshallian Heritage 8. British Historical Economics and the Birth of Economic History 9. Thorstein Veblen: Economics as a Broad Science 10. Commons, Mitchell, Ayres and the Fin de Siècle of American Institutionalism 11. In the Slipstream of Marginalism: Weber, Schumpeter and Sozialökonomik 12. Positivism and the Separation of Economics from Sociology 13. From Menger to Hayek: The (Re)Making of the Austrian School 14. From Keynes to General Equilibrium: Short and Long Run Revolutions in Economic Theory 15. Beyond the Formalist Revolution 2008: 234 x 156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-42322-9: $240.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42321-2: $59.95 £ 0 1 2 5 .

9 £ 3.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415423212

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction and Overview 2. The Historical Logic of Economics Imperialism 3. The Economic Approach: Marginalism Extended 4. New Economics Imperialism: The Revolution Portrayed 5. From Economics, through Institutions to Society?

6. From Social Capital to Freakonomics 7. Economics Confronts the Social Sciences: Resistance or Smooth Progression? 8. Whither Economics? 9. Whither Social Science?

10. Whither Political Economy?

April 2009: 234 x 156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-42324-3: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42323-6: $56.95 £ 0 1 0.

9 £ 3 1 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415423236

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

POLITICAL ECONOMY: GENERAL

JOURNALS OF RELATED INTEREST Applied Economics Included in the Social Sciences Citation Index® and Journal Citation Reports® Editor: Mark P. Taylor, University of Warwick, UK Volume 42, 2010, 27 issues per year Print ISSN: 003-6846 Online ISSN: 1466-4283 Applied Economics is a peerreviewed journal encouraging the application of economic analysis to specific problems in both the public and private sectors. It particularly fosters quantitative studies, the results of which are of use in the practical field, and thus helps to bring economic theory nearer to reality.

Contributions which make use of the methods of mathematics, statistics and operations research will be welcomed, provided the conclusions are factual and properly explained. www.tandf.co.uk/journals/raec

Applied Economics Letters Included in the Social Sciences Citation Index® and Journal Citation Reports® Editor: Mark P. Taylor, University of Warwick, UK Volume 17, 2010, 18 issues per year Print ISSN: 1350-4851 Online ISSN: 1466-4291

Beyond Western Economics Remembering Other Economic Cultures Trent Schroyer, Ramapo College of New Jersey, USA This book combines intellectual history with contemporary events to offer a critique of mainstream economic thought and its neoliberal policy incarnation in global capitalism.

Trent Schroyer provides a moral and cultural interpretation of modernity and scientism, highlighting their political and economic consequences – but the book’s main purpose is not to criticize. The author moves beyond this to offer alternative ’economic cultures,’ again combining abstract theoretical analysis with concrete case studies of alternative economic formations from local self-sufficiency movements to cooperatives and other anti-capitalist institutional experiments.

These case studies exhibit an impressive range of variation, from first world to third world, from reformist to utopian transformative. Finally, Schroyer links the project to the global justice movement that opposes corporate globalization and eventually links participatory economics and democratic politics to a new image of science as ’participatory social learning.’

Economic Systems Research THE INTERNATIONAL SCHOLARY JOURNAL OF THE INTERNATIONAL INPUT- OUTPUT ASSOCIATION (IIOA) Editors: Manfred Lenzen, University of Sydney, Australia Bart Los, University of Groningen, The Netherlands Volume 22, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 0953-5314 Online ISSN: 1469-5758

May 2009: 234 x 156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-77696-7: $200.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77697-4: $52.00 £ 0 1 0 5 .

9 £ 3 1 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776974

Economics of Innovation and New Technology

FORTHCOMING

Mind, Society, and Human Action Time and Knowledge in a Theory of Social Economy Richard E. Wagner, George Mason University, USA Series: Routledge Foundations of the Market Economy ’Richard Wagner develops a bold alternative to the predominant research program in contemporary economics. This alternative, focused on understanding emergent-dynamic processes, provides valuable insights into our understanding of economic systems. This important book deserves a wide readership.’ - Christopher J. Coyne, University of West Virginia, USA In this book, Wagner offers a new logic for economic analysis seeking to transcend the distinction between neoclassical and Austrian economics that has come increasingly into play over the past 30 years.

Selected Contents: 1. Social-Economy: Some Preliminaries on Scope and Method 2. Society, Property, and Human Action 3. Economizing, Calculation, and Purposive Action 4. Planning, Production, and Entrepreneurial Action 5. Markets and Prices as Emergent Patterns of Human Interaction 6. Competition and Its Social Organization 7. From Micro to Macro through an Emergent Ecology of Enterprises 8. Politics, Markets and Political Economy: Entangled, not Separated

FORTHCOMING

February 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-77996-8: $135.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779968

Education Economics

The Cultural and Political Economy of Recovery

Editor: Steve Bradley, Lancaster University, UK Volume 18, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 0964-5292 Online ISSN: 1469-5782

Social Learning in a Post-Disaster Environment

FORTHCOMING

Food Economics Acta Agriculturæ Scandinavica C

Emily Chamlee-Wright, Beloit College, USA Series: Routledge Advances in Heterodox Economics

Editor: Mogens Lund, University of Copenhagen, Denmark Volume 7, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 1650-7541 Online ISSN: 1651-288X

How do societies achieve a level of complexity, coordination, and social intelligence that far surpasses the capacity of individual human intelligence? Emily Chamlee-Wright addresses this question in the context of civil society generally, in which we cannot always rely on market prices to guide our way.

Editor: Christiano Antonelli, University of Torino, Italy Volume 19, 2010, 8 issues per year Print ISSN: 1043-8599 Online ISSN: 1476-8364

0 £ 8 5 .

Journal of Economic Policy Reform Formerly The Journal of Policy Reform Included in the Social Sciences Citation Index® and Journal Citation Reports® Editor-in-Chief: Michael Connolly, University of Miami, USA Volume 13, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 1384-1289 Online ISSN: 1477-2736 Visit www.informaworld.com/econ for full details of the entire economics range of journals

Selected Contents: Introduction: Understanding the Sources of Resilience Part 1: Theoretical Frame and Methodology 1. The Nature and Causes of Social Order as Seen Through Post-Disaster Recovery 2. Qualitative Methods and the Pursuit of Economic Understanding Part 2: Deploying Socially Embedded Resources in a Post-Disaster Context 3. Collective Action in the Wake of Disaster: Social Capital Rebuilding Strategies of Early Returnees 4. Social Capital, Community Narratives, and Recovery Within a VietnameseAmerican Neighborhood 5. Collective Narratives and Entrepreneurial Discovery in St. Bernard Parish 6. Negotiating Structure and Agency in the Ninth Ward: Sense of Place and Divine Purpose in Post Disaster Recovery Part 3: PoliticalEconomy and Social Learning in Non-Priced Environments 7. The Deleterious Effects of Signal Noise in Post-Disaster Recovery 8. Expectations Anchoring and the Civil Society Vacuum: Lessons for Public Policy 9. Concluding Remarks Part 4: Appendices Appendix A: Demographic Summaries of Research Subjects in Neighborhoods of Interest Appendix B: Sample Interview Guide Appendix C: Primary and Secondary Theme Codes February 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77804-6: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415778046

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

Living With Markets Jeremy Shearmur, Australian National University Series: Routledge Studies in Social and Political Thought This important book discusses two inter-related themes.

Firstly, Shearmur surveys some of the characteristics of, and debates about, rational choice analysis and rational economic man. Secondly, he considers and discusses the range of problems which arise when one considers human affairs within an extended market order, and the implications for our institutions and personal characters of the various choices that we make.

March 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-15337-9: $130.00 0 £ 7 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415153379

21

22

POLITICAL ECONOMY: GENERAL

Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy In recent years, there has been widespread criticism of mainstream economics. This has taken many forms, from methodological critiques of its excessive formalism, to concern about its failure to connect with many of the most pressing social issues. This series provides a forum for research which is developing alternative forms of economic analysis.

Reclaiming the traditional ‘political economy’ title, it refrains from emphasising any single school of thought, but instead attempts to foster greater diversity within economics.

The Graz Schumpeter Lectures Series Edited by: Christian Gehrke This series is designed to inform the scientific community about advances in particularly dynamic fields of research.

FORTHCOMING

Complex Economics Individual and Collective Rationality Alan Kirman, University of Paul Cezanne, France The economic crisis is also a crisis for economic theory.

Most analyses of the evolution of the crisis invoke three themes, contagion, networks and trust, yet none of these play a major role in standard macroeconomic models. What is needed is a theory in which these aspects are central. The direct interaction between individuals, firms and banks does not simply produce imperfections in the functioning of the economy but is the very basis of the functioning of a modern economy.

This book suggests a way of analysing the economy which takes this point of view.

February 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56855-5: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415568555

FORTHCOMING

The Incredible Complexity of the Social Sciences

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Computable, Constructive & Behavioural Economic Dynamics

Economic Complexity and Equilibrium Illusion Essays on Market Instability and Macro Vitality

Essays in Honour of Kumaraswamy (Vela) Velupillai

Edited by Ping Chen, Peking University, China This book consists of the major work of Professor Ping Chen, a pioneer in studying economic chaos and economic complexity. They are selected from works completed since 1987, integrating different insights from Marx, Marshall, Schumpeter and Keynes.

Edited by Stefano Zambelli, Trento University, Italy.

In this volume in honour of K. Vela Velupillai, figures such as Jean-Paul Fitoussi, Paul Samuelson and Robert Solow present cutting edge research in the fields of computability theory, economic dynamics and macroeconomic theory and policy.

Selected Contents: Prelude 1. Velupillai’s Constructive and Computable Economics, Undecidable Dynamics and Algorithmic Social Sciences Stefano Zambelli 2. From an Admirer and a Friend Robert W. Clower Allegro: Dynamical Systems, Business Cycles and Macroeconomics 3. The Richard Goodwin Circle at Harvard (1938-1950) Paul Samuelson 4. Not Growth, not Cycles, but something In-between Robert Solow 5. The Nonlinear Path of Macroeconomic Dynamics Axel Leijonhufvud Crescendo: Computable Economics 6. The Information Economy Gregory Chaitin 7. Hypotheses that Imply the Independence of P = NP from Strong Axiomatic Systems N.C.A. da Costa and F.A. Doria 8. Universal Models Jorma Rissanen 9. Model Description Length Priors in the Urn Problem Duncan Foley Allegro ma non troppo: Constructivity, Rationality and Complexity in Economic Theory 10. The Honeybee as Teacher John McCall 11. Constructivist Logic and Emergent Evolution in Economic Complexity Barkley Rosser 12. Remarks on Numerical Systems, Algorithms and Economic Theory Richard Day 13. An Experiment on Equilibrium Selection: The Relative Unimportance of Context Håkan J. Holm 14. The Complexity of Social Choice Kislaya Prasad Andante: History of Thought and Methodology 15. Varieties of Internal Critique Tony Lawson 16. Rational Economic Man: A Centrepiece in Social Science? Carsten Heyn-Johnsen 17. Resisting the Sirens of Realism in Economic Methodolody: A Socratic Odyssey Thomas A. Boylan and Paschal F. O’Gorman 18. Who, in Scandinavian Economic Theoretic Literature, Picked up Major Threads from Wicksell’s Writings? Björn Thalberg Moderato ma non troppo: Capital, Viability and Growth 19. The Accumulation of Capital over 50 years on G.C. Harcourt and Prue Kerr 20. The Means of Subsistence and the Notion of ‘Viability’ in Sraffa’s Surplus Approach Guglielmo Chiodi 21. A Disequilibrium Growth Cycle Model with Differential Savings Serena Sordi Allegretto: Markets and Their Behaviours 22. Evolution of FX Markets and New Financial Economics Joseph L. McCauley 23. Elasticity Puzzle: An Inquiry into Micro-Macro Relations Shu-Heng Chen, Ya-Chi Huang and Jen-Fu Wang 24. Bubbles and Crashes: A Cyborg Approach Ralph Abraham, Todd Feldman and Daniel Friedman 25. Is there Gold in the Taylor’s Rule? A Note on the Treasure Hunt Francesco Luna 26. The Economics of Keynes in an almost Stock-Flow Consistent Agent-Based Setting Charlotte Bruun 27. Minsky’s ‘Financial Instability Hypothesis’: The Not-Too-Keynesian Optimism of a Financial Cassandra Elisabetta De Antoni 28. Organizational Capabilities and Industry Dynamics: A Computational Model Marco Corsino, Roberto Gabriele and Enrico Zaninotto Finale 29. The Most Difficult Questions: A Brief Reflection Inspired by K. Vela Velupillai’s Contributions in Computable Economics, Evolution and Complexity Cassey Lee 30. A Homage to my Father Viveka Velupillai

Donald Saari, University of California, USA

February 2010: 234 x 156: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-49263-8: $145.00

August 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-78038-4: $115.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415492638

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Methodological Review: Economic Complexity, Equilibrium Illusion, and Evolutionary Dynamics 2. Equilibrium Illusion, Economic Complexity, and Evolutionary Foundation of Economic Analysis (2008) 3. Evolutionary Economic Dynamics: Persistent Business Cycles, Disruptive Technology, and the Trade-off between Stability and Complexity (2005) Part 2: Macro Vitality: Trend-cycle Separation, Economic Chaos and Persistent Cycles 4. Empirical and Theoretical Evidence of Economic Chaos (1988) 5. Searching for Economic Chaos: A Challenge to Econometric Practice and Nonlinear Tests (1993) 6. A Random Walk or Color Chaos on the Stock Market? - TimeFrequency Analysis of S&P Indexes (1996) 7. Trends, Shocks, Persistent Cycles in Evolving Economy: Business Cycle Measurement in Time-Frequency Representation (1996) Part 3: Micro Interaction and Population Dynamics: Learning, Communication, and Market share Competition 8. Origin of Division of Labor and Stochastic Mechanism of Differentiation (1987) 9. Imitation, Learning, and Communication: Central or Polarized Patterns in Collective Actions (1991) 10. Needham’s Question and China’s Evolution - Cases of Nonequilibrium Social Transition (1990) 11. China’s Challenge to Economic Orthodoxy: Asian Reform as an Evolutionary, Self-Organizing Process (1993) Part 4: Equilibrium Illusion and Meso Foundation: Perpetual Motion Machine, Representative Agents and Organization Diversity 12. The Frisch Model of Business Cycles - A Spurious Doctrine, but a Mysterious Success (1999) 13. Microfoundations of Macroeconomic Fluctuations and the Laws of Probability Theory: The Principle of Large Numbers vs. Rational Expectations Arbitrage (2002) 14. Complexity of Transaction Costs and Evolution of Corporate Governance (2007) Part 5: Market Instability, Natural Experiments and Government Policy 15. Market Instability and Economic Complexity: Theoretical Lessons from Transition Experiments (2006) 16. From an Efficient to a Viable International Financial Market (2009). Epilogue March 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-55475-6: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415554756

0 £ 9 0 .

0 £ 7 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415780384

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

POLITICAL ECONOMY: GENERAL

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Economic Theory and Social Change

Economics, Culture, and Development

Growth Theory

Problems and Revisions

Eiman Zein-Elabdin, Franklin and Marshall College, USA

Patricia Northover

Hasse Ekstedt, University of Gothenburg, Sweden and Angelo Fusari, ISAE, Rome This book models ’Man’ in a social context, offering a systematic critique of the mainstream methodology of economics and its axiomatic structure and developing an economic theory for a socially sustainable society.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction Part 2: Methodological Problems of Current Social and Economic Theories 2.1. The Method of Social Theory: Current Equivocations and some Suggestions for a Shared Basic View 2.2. Homo Economicus versus Homo Politicus: The Economic Concept of Rationality Part 3: Social Dynamics and Values 3.1. Social Dynamics - Being and Doing 3.2. On the Matter of Time and Ethics Part 4: Growth and Development - Endogenous Processes and Structural Catastrophes 4.1. From Invisible Hand to Perpetum Mobile: Measuring Economic Growth 4.2. Uncertainty, Entrepreneurship and Innovation Part 5: Economic and Social Policy in a Changing World 5.1. Resource Allocation, Income and Wealth Distribution and Money 5.2. Toward a Non-capitalist Market System: Practical Suggestions for Curing the Ills of Our Economic System Part 6: Epilogue June 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56423-6: $145.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415564236

FORTHCOMING

This book examines the place of culture in different schools of thought within economics, borrowing some of the insights from postcolonial theory to call for a more profound rethinking of the place of culture in economic theory.

Selected Contents: Preface 1. Introduction: The Problem of Culture 2. Two Contrasting Approaches to Culture in Economics: Neoclassical Economics, The Original Institutionalist School 3. Marxism: Can Class Survive Culture? 4. Feminist Economics: Devalued Femininity and Devalued Cultures 5. Culture in Development Economics 6. Africa between Culture and Development 7. Cultural Hybridity as a Theoretical Framework. Conclusion August 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55192-2: $130.00

Paul Oslington, Australian Catholic University In this path breaking book Paul Oslington shows how theology shaped political economy in the late 18th and early 19th centuries. Early political economists such as Adam Smith, William Paley, TR Malthus, Richard Whately and William Whewell extended the British scientific natural theology tradition of Bacon, Boyle, and Isaac Newton to the social world. This extension formed political economy as a discipline but also created tensions (especially the evolution of social institutions and theodicy) that eventually killed natural theology and separated economics from theology in mid-19th century Britain. The American story is different, with the migration across the Atlantic of a theological version of Adam Smith, an encounter with the social gospel movement, then the early 20th century separation of economics from theology. The book is essential reading for all concerned with the origins of economics, the meaning and purpose of economic activity, the role of religion in contemporary policy debates.

Drawing on recent developments in the philosophy of science, this book tackles the subject of growth theory, developing critical perspectives on neoclassical and evolutionary growth theory, while discussing UK industrial decline.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: The Case Against Positivism 2. Explanation and Economics: The Case Against Deductivism 3. On Explanation, Agency and Economics: New Directions Part 2: The Explanatory Limits of Growth Discourses 4. Neo-Classical Growth Theory: Lakatosian Research Programmes? 5. Evolutionary Growth Theory? Part 3: Catching up and Falling Behind: The Conundrum of Development 6. ‘Thinking About Economic Growth’ 7. The ‘Myth’ of Development: PostDevelopment’s Post-Modern Hopes? 8. The Nadir of Development? 10. Conclusion

0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415551922

June 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-21277-9: $150.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415212779

NEW

Full-Spectrum Economics

FORTHCOMING

Toward an Inclusive and Emancipatory Social Science

Hahn and Economic Methodology

Christian Arnsperger, Université Catholique de Louvain, Belgium

Edited by Thomas Boylan and Paschal O’Gorman, both at National University of Ireland, Galway

In his new book, Christian Arnsperger offers a philosophical critique of neoclassical and postneoclassical economics and offers a forward-looking, constructive alternative, here named ‘full-spectrum’ economics.

Economics and Theology

A Philosophical Perspective

Selected Contents: Foreword Ken Wilber 1. Introduction: Why Economics should go ’Full Spectrum’ Part 1: The Broadness of Knowledge 2. The Structure of Economic Knowledge 3. An Integral Approach: The Four Quadrants of Reality Part 2: Neoclassical Reductionism 4. Individualism, Intrumentalism and Equilibrium 5. The Political Philosophy of Macro-Management Part 3: PostNeoclassical Reductionism 6. Game Theory and Strategic Interaction 7. Complexity Economics and ’Out-ofEquilibrium’ Systems 8. Behavioral Economics, Neuroeconomics and the Experimental Approach Part 4: Beyond Reductionism: The Quest for Full-Spectrum Economics 9. Mainstream Economics: A Full-Spectrum Critique 10. Full-Spectrum Economics: A First Perspective 11. Paradigms, Quadrants, and Levels: The Toolbox of FullSpectrum Economics 12. Full-Spectrum Economics

This is the first book-length study of Hahn’s methodological writings, and is essential reading for any scholar with an interest in the philosophy of economics.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Economic Methodology and Philosophy: Interactions and Influences 2. Hahn, Economics and Methodology: A Dangerous Liaison 3. Hahn’s Defence of Economic Theorizing 4. Hahn and Popper: Contested Commitments? 5. Hahn and Hausman on Neoclassical Economics 6. Hahn and Friedman: Economics Without Laws 7. Hahn and Kaldor: Axiomatisation Reconsidered 8. Challenges to Economic Methodology April 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-21348-6: $150.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415213486

FORTHCOMING

Inequality and Power

December 2009: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-55547-0: $130.00

The Economics of Class

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415555470

Edited by Eric A. Schutz, Rollins College, USA

0 £ 8 0 .

June 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45481-0: $130.00 0 £ 7 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415454810

Eric A Schutz argues that social power is a fundamental part of the story of rising economic inequality in these times and offers a theoretically focused discussion on the role of social power in comprehending economic inequality.

Selected Contents: 1. Talking about Inequality 2. Just how Bad is it? 3. People make Their Own Choices 4. Opportunity Matters 5. Power and Class 6. Economic Class in America Today 7. Class, Culture and Politics 8. What’s Wrong with Economic Inequality? 9. Regress or Progress?

November 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55480-0: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415554800

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

23

24

POLITICAL ECONOMY: GENERAL

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Macroeconomic Regimes in Western Industrial Countries

The Moral Rhetoric of Political Economy

Political Economy, Religion and Wellbeing

Hansjörg Herr, Berlin School of Economics, Germany and Milka Kazandziska

Paul Turpin, Gustavus Adolphus College, USA

The Practices of Happiness

This book provides an analysis of the work of Adam Smith and Milton Friedman. It argues that these authors use argumentative and narrative depictions of character to reinforce a sense of societal decorum as a stabilizing foundation for their theories.

Edited by Ian Steedman, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK, and John R Atherton and Elaine Graham, both at University of Manchester, UK

Drawing on Keynesian monetarism, this book argues that microeconomic deregulation does not explain the differences in development among Western industrial countries sufficiently with case studies from the UK, USA, Germany and Japan.

This new book brings together leading voices from the field of economics, theology and ethics to consider the contribution of religion to social capital, through critical dialogue with mainstream economics and other social sciences.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction and Methodological Procedure 2. Macroeconomic Regimes and their Assessment 3. Typical Macroeconomic Regimes 4. Case Studies of Economic Regimes in Western Industrial Countries 5. Germany and the Dysfunctional Macroeconomic Regime of the EMU 6. Conclusions for Economic Policy

Selected Contents: 1. Liberal Political Economy: Distributive Justice, Decorum, and Moral Rhetoric 2. Sympathy and Justice in Theory of Moral Sentiments 3. Sympathy and Moral Horizons in Wealth of Nations 4. The Subordination of Distributive Justice in Milton Friedman’s Capitalism and Freedom 5. Liberal Political Economy and Justice: Summary and Conclusions

July 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56173-0: $130.00

July 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77392-8: $115.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415561730

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415773928

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Post Keynesian Microeconomic Theory

Monetary Macrodynamics

The Political Economy of Capital

Frederic Lee, University of Missouri at Kansas City, USA

0 £ 8 0 .

Toichiro Asada, Chuo University, Japan, Carl Chiarella, University of Technology Sydney, Australia, Peter Flaschel, Bielefeld University, Germany and Reiner Franke, Technische Universität Wien, Austria This book investigates the interaction of effective goods demand with the wage-price spiral, and the impact of monetary policy on financial and the real markets from a Keynesian perspective.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Conventional AD-AS Modeling 1. Models of Growth, Inflation, and the RealFinancial Market Interaction 2. Neglected Textbook Results: IS-LM-PC Inflation Dynamics 3. Strange AS-AD Outcomes: Rational Expectations Inflation Theory 4. Taking Stock: Keynesian Theories of Aggregate Demand and Supply (by Amitava Dutt and Peter Skott) Part 2: Matured Keynesian AD-AS Modeling 5. Expectations and the Real-Wage Feedback Channel. Two Competing Baseline Approaches 6. Beyond Neoclassical Syntheses: A Baseline DAS-AD Model 7. Reformulation and Estimation of the Baseline Model 8. Applied DAD-DAS Modelling: Elaboration and Calibration Part 3: Outlook: Real-Financial Markets Interaction from a Keynesian Perspective 9. Keynes-Metzler-Goodwin Growth Dynamics and Tobinian Portfolio Choice February 2010: 234 x 156: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-54837-3: $150.00

In this new analysis of Marxian Political Economy, Howard Engelskirchen focuses in on the social theory underpinning much of Marx’s writing and as such provides a new perspective on his defining work - Das Kapital.

0 £ 6 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415247313

FORTHCOMING

Rationality and Explanation in Economics Maurice Lagueux, University of Montréal, Canada

July 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77691-2: $150.00

This book analyses the role of rationality in economics focusing on which conditions the rationality assumption makes valuable explanations possible and what kinds of explanation are then involved.

0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776912

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Rationality in the History of Economic Thought 1. Rationality in Economics before World War II 2. The Hardly Consistent Story of Rationality-Consistency Part 2: Objections to the Notion of Minimal Rationality 3. Can Methodological Individualism Survive? 4. Is Still some Room Left for Irrationality? 5. Minimal and Maximal Rationality: Loosely Defined Concepts? Part 3: But is Rationality Really Necessary in Economics? 6. Why Unrealism of Assumptions Remains a Predicament 7. Explaining in the Absence of Rationality Part 4: Regarding Economic Explanations 8. Rationality and Natural Selection in Economics 9. Theories of Explanation Applied to Economics.

Epilogue

FORTHCOMING

The Political Economy of the Small Firm

Edited by Drucilla Barker, Nazareth College, USA and Suzanne L. Bergeron, University of Michigan Dearborn, USA

Charlie Dannreuther, Leeds University, UK

An interdisciplinary reader of scholarship relevant to feminist political economy, the selections in this book cover themes such as: feminism and the history of economic thought, and the feminization of poverty and welfare state policies.

0 £ 8 5 .

February 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-24731-3: $120.00

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. On the Clear Comprehension of Political Economy: Social Kinds and the Significance of Section 2 of Marx’s Capital 3. Why is this Labour Value? - Commodity Producing Labour as a Social Kind 4. Separation, Subordination, and Appropriation: The Real Definition of Capital as a Social Kind 5. Transforming Capital 6. Value and Contract Formation 7. Social Kinds in Social Theory

Interdisciplinary Perspectives

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415198561

This book delineates Post-Keynesian microeconomic theory. More specifically, it builds the theoretical core of Post-Keynesian microeconomics that can then be used by other Post-Keynesians in their work.

Howard Engelskirchen

FORTHCOMING

September 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-19856-1: $160.00

FORTHCOMING

Definitions and Transformations

The Political Economy of Families, Work and Globalization

Since the early 1970s the small firm has received considerable attention from economists and politicians in the UK and Europe. This book approaches the subject from a political science perspective.

0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415550970

0 £ 7 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415548373

0 £ 9 5 .

June 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55097-0: $130.00

February 2010: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-55121-2: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415551212

Selected Contents: 1. Feminist Interventions in Economics 2. A Feminist Political Economy of the Family 3. Making Caring Labor Visible 4. Work, Wages and Gender 5. Gender and the Welfare State 6. Global Perspectives 7. Women’s Work in the Informal Sector 8. Looking Forward February 2011: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77287-7: $140.00 0 £ 7 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415772877

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

POLITICAL ECONOMY: GENERAL

FORTHCOMING

The Political Economy of Work

Robinson Crusoe’s Economic Man

David Spencer, University of Leeds, UK

A Construction and Deconstruction Edited by Ulla Grapard, Colgate University, USA and Gillian Hewitson, Franklin and Marshall University, USA A worldwide team of contributors have been brought together to provide a productive engagement between economics and literature where the tools of literary and cultural theory are applied to the discipline of economics.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Reading and Rewriting: The Production of an Economic ’Robinson Crusoe’ 2. Marx’s Robinsonade 3. Robinson Crusoe: The Quintessential Economic Man? 4. Deconstructing Robinson Crusoe: A Feminist Interrogation of ’Rational Economic Man’ 5. Luxury, Credit and the Female Crusoe 6. Friday as Homo Sacer: Sacrifice and the General Economy in Robinson Crusoe 7. Family Troubles 8. A Dismal Permutation: The Swiss Family Robinson 9. Discourses of Gender in ’Crusoe Family’ Narratives 10. Robinson Crusoe and the Secret of Primitive Accumulation 11. Towards a Friday Model of International Trade 12. Orphans, Cannibals, and Colonial Rule 13. Friday and his Master’s Voice: Re/describing the Margins April 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-70109-9: $115.00 0 £ 7 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415701099

FORTHCOMING

The Market, Happiness and Solidarity

’A short review cannot do justice to the quality and the depth of this important book about how economics and its critics treat the subject of work…

An extraordinary amount of information is packed into this readable volume. It will be especially useful to students who want a short introduction to the attitudes toward work represented by key historical figures. Essential.’ - M. Perelman, California State University; CHOICE (July 2009, Vol. 46) ’I wish I had written this book. David Spencer has produced a scholarly, lucidly written and totally convincing analysis of the treatment of work in the history of economic thought, from the early Mercantilists right down to the present day. It is a marvellous achievement... This book will become a classic.’ - J.E. King, La Trobe University, History of Economics Review ’This book raises fundamental issues around the political economy of work. It does so through comprehensive command of, and yet judicious critical selection from, appropriate contributions from the history of economic thought and radical political economy. As such, it offers an invaluable contribution to the study of work, going beyond current alternatives in both mainstream economics and other subjects such as human resource management.’ - Ben Fine, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London and author of Social Capital Versus Social Theory (2001), The World of Consumption (2002) and co-author of From Political Economy to Economics (2008).

This book offers a new and unique assessment of the theoretical analysis of work, challenging some common preconceptions and promoting an original approach to the field, contemplating its nature, development and its impact on human well-being.

A Christian Perspective Johan J. Graafland, Tilburg University, the Netherlands

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Market and Welfare 3. The Market and Justice 4. The Market and Virtues 5. Integration and Application

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. In the Sweat of Thy Brow: Concepts of Work in Pre-Classical and Classical Economics 3. Work Contra the Classical Economists: Prowork Sentiments in the Late Eighteenth Century and Nineteenth Century 4. The Marxian View of Work 5. From Pain Cost to Opportunity Cost: The Eclipse of the Quality of Work as a Factor in Economic Theory 6. Institutional Perspectives on Work 7. Mainstream Economics and the Hidden Abode of Production 8. Conclusion

March 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56127-3: $145.00

2008: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-45793-4: $130.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415561273

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415457934

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

A Theory of Value

Wage Policy, Income Distribution, and Democratic Theory

This book contributes to the Christian debate about the market economy, clarifying the links between ethical values, Christian belief and economics considering themes of welfare (and happiness), justice and virtues.

0 £ 9 0 .

0 £ 7 0 .

Luigi Pasinetti Edited by Angelo Reati This book is an important gathering together of Pasinetti’s key works in the field of value theory, under the expert editorship of Angelo Reati.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Basic Philosophical Approach 3. The Input-output Approach and the Theory of Value 4. Vertical Integration and the Labour Theory of Value: A Step by Step Approach 5. A Generalised Theory of Labour Value June 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-41626-9: $130.00 0 £ 7 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415416269

Oren M. Levin-Waldman, Metropolitan College of New York, USA This book makes an important contribution to the literature of public policy, political philosophy and political economy and the author argues that wage policy is an important component in the maintenance of democratic society.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Democratic Theory 3. Evolution of Wage Policy 4. Historical Wage Policy 5. Post New-Deal Era and the Demise Wage Policy 6. New Living Wage Movement 7. Wage Policy for the Middle Class 8. Wage Policy and the Path Towards Democracy December 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77971-5: $145.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779715

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

JOURNALS OF RELATED INTEREST Feminist Economics THE INTERNATIONAL SCHOLARY JOURNAL OF THE INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION FOR FEMINIST ECONOMICS (IAFFE) Included in the Social Sciences Citation Index® and Journal Citation Reports® Editor: Diana Strassmann, Rice University, USA Volume 16, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 1354-5701 Online ISSN: 1466-4372

Feminist Economics is a peer-reviewed journal that provides an open forum for dialogue and debate about feminist economic perspectives. By opening new areas of economic inquiry, welcoming diverse voices, and encouraging critical exchanges, the journal enlarges and enriches economic discourse. The goal of Feminist Economics is not just to develop more illuminating theories but to improve the conditions of living for all children, women, and men. www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rfec

The European Journal of the History of Economic Thought Included in the Social Sciences Citation Index® and Journal Citation Reports® Editors: José Luís Cardoso, Universidade de Lisboa, Portugal Gilbert Faccarello, Université Panthéon-Assas, France Heinz D. Kurz, Karl Franzens-Universität, Austria Antoin E. Murphy, Trinity College, Republic of Ireland Volume 17, 2010, 5 issues per year Print ISSN: 0967-2567 Online ISSN: 1469-5936

International Review of Applied Economics Managing Editor: Malcolm Sawyer, University of Leeds, UK Volume 24, 2010, 6 issues per year Print ISSN: 0269-2171 Online ISSN: 1465-3486

The Journal of Economic Methodology THE INTERNATIONAL SCHOLARLY JOURNAL OF THE INTERNATIONAL NETWORK FOR ECONOMIC METHOD (INEM) Editors: D. Wade Hands, University of Puget Sound, USA John B. Davis, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands and Marquette University, USA Volume 17, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 1350-178X Online ISSN: 1469-9427

Review of Political Economy Editors: Gary Mongiovi, St John’s University, USA Steve Pressman, Monmouth University, USA Volume 22, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 0953-8259 Online ISSN: 1465-3982

Review of Social Economy THE JOURNAL OF THE ASSOCIATION FOR SOCIAL ECONOMICS Co-Editors: Wilfred Dolfsma, University of Groningen, The Netherlands Deborah M. Figart, The Richard Stockton College of New Jersey, USA Robert McMaster, University of Glasgow, UK Martha Starr, American University, USA Volume 68, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 0034-6764 Online ISSN: 1470-1162

Scandinavian Economic History Review Editors: Lars Magnusson and Mats Morell, Uppsala University, Sweden Volume 58, 2010,3 issues per year Print ISSN: 0358-5522 Online ISSN: 1750-283

Visit www.informaworld.com/econ for full details of the entire economics range of journals

25

26

POLITICAL ECONOMY: GENERAL

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Turkish Accession to the EU

Textbook

The Political Economy of Central Asia Gul Berna Ozcan, Royal Holloway, University of London.

Since the collapse of the Soviet Union, the Central Asian republics are still coming to terms with their postcommunist economies, their role in the region and the wider world, and their needs for identity, governance and growth. The Political Economy of Central Asia is an original study addressing the processes by which these transitions take place.

The social, political and economic futures of these countries are affected by and will affect a wide region, spanning from Russia, the Caucasus and Iran to China and South Asia. This book addresses not only the reasons for the continued state of poverty and instability, but explains how the choices they are confronting will shape their ability to improve their societies.

Neoliberalism and the Law in Post Communist Transition

Satisfying the Copenhagen Criteria

The Evolving Role of Law in Russia’s Transition to Capitalism

Eric Faucompret, University of Antwerp, Belgium and Jozef Konings, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Economies Turkey is without doubt the most controversial candidate for accession to an enlarged EU. This book takes a cross disciplinary approach to assess the extent to which it is satisfying the Copenhagen criteria.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Short Survey of the History of Turkey 2. History of Turkey-EU Relations 3. The Copenhagen Economic Criteria 5. Other Conditions 6. Final Conclusion 2008: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45713-2: $140.00 0 £ 7 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415457132

Written clearly and concisely, this book will be an invaluable resource for undergraduates and scholars alike with an interest in studies of the region, studies of post-Soviet transition and of studies in economic transition generally.

Ioannis Glinavos, Kingston University, UK This work examines ideas about the role of law and legal reform in the creation of market economies, focusing on the process of post communist transition in Russia.

Processes of transition in Russia were guided by a set of very specific neoliberal ideas about the nature of markets and capitalism, about the role of law and the primacy of the economic over the legal and political.

These ideas however have come under fire as a result of the Russian experience of transition and the serious problems encountered by reforms. This led to a revision of the original neoliberal ideas, not least concerning the role of law and its relationship to the economic and the political. The result has been the emergence of a much more complex body of ideas about the role law plays in economic transformation.

This book aims to close a gap in the literature on post communist transition by offering a theoretical interpretation of Russia’s experience which makes transition reform models comparable to development reform models. Focusing on the role of law and the relationship of economic priorities to law reform, this work offers a critical evaluation of currently dominant theories of economic and legal reform put to use in varied transition and development scenarios.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Transition and the Sources of Instability 2. Political Realities: How Power Operates in the Region 3. Exchange Regimes 4. Gold Mining: An Invisible Dragon 5. Oil and Gas: Concentration and Manipulation 6. Cotton: An Old Malaise and Approaching Environmental Catastrophe 7. Bazaars: Hubs of Entrepreneurship and Discontent 8. Conclusion: Learning from Political Economy and Oligopolistic Markets

March 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48654-5: $115.00 0 £ 7 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486545

July 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-42191-1: $140.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42192-8: $49.95 0 £ 8 5 .

9 £ 2 4 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415421928 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

Bringing you the cream of our hardback publishing at paperback prices This exciting new initiative makes the best of our hardback publishing available in paperback format for authors and individual customers.

Routledge Paperbacks Direct is an ever-evolving programme with new titles being added regularly.

To take a look at the titles available, visit our website.

www.routledgepaperbacksdirect.com

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

ROUTLEDGE PAPERBACKS DIRECT

Routledge Paperbacks Direct

POLITICAL ECONOMY: GENERAL

Routledge Revivals Routledge Revivals - Discover Past Brilliance...

Are there elusive titles that you need and have been trying to source for years but thought that you would never be able to find?

Well this may be the end of your quest here is a fantastic opportunity for you to discover past brilliance and purchase previously out of print and unavailable titles by some of the world’s most eminent academic scholars.

Drawing from over 100 years of innovative, cutting-edge publishing Routledge Revivals is an exciting new programme whereby key titles from the distinguished and extensive backlist of the many acclaimed imprints associated with Routledge will be re-issued.

The programme draws upon the illustrious backlists of Kegan Paul, Trench & Trubner, Routledge & Kegan Paul, Methuen, Allen & Unwin and Routledge itself.

Routledge Revivals spans the whole of the Humanities and Social Sciences, and includes works by some of the world’s greatest thinkers including Emile Durkheim, Max Weber, Simone Weil, Martin Buber, Karl Jaspers and Max Beloff.

Political Economy eBooks Taylor & Francis Political Economy eBooks are available as part of a subscription package or for outright purchase.

ALSO AVAILABLE

NEW

NEW

Free Market Conservatism A Critique of Theory & Practice

Growth and Fluctuations 1870-1913

Edited by Edward Nell, New School University, USA

W. Arthur Lewis

First published in 1984, this book carefully dissects and convincingly demonstrates that conservative economics is incoherent in theory and disastrous in practice. The three main schools of thought supporting ’free-market’ policies – supply side economics, monetarism and rational expectations – are examined in turn and each is found defective. Three case studies of conservative policy in action follow: Reagan’s U.S., Thatcher’s U.K. and Pinochet’s Chile and their courses are charted in depth. In addition, Robert Heilbroner and Edward Nell analyse economic conservatism’s ideology and social policy, and the book concludes with an assessment of the political reasons for the continuing appeal of free-market conservatism despite its theoretical incoherence and practical failure.

In this title, first published in 1978, Sir Arthur Lewis considers the development of the international economy in the forty years leading up to the First World War, with the adoption of the gold standard, a rapid growth in world trade, the opening up of the continents by the railways, vast emigration from Europe, India and China, and large-scale international investment.

This is a careful and comprehensive look at this subject which tackles both the theory and the practice head-on.

It will make useful and stimulating reading for students of economics and political economy on courses of economic policy and macro-economics and in addition will be of keen interest to all those involved in the debate about one of the major policy issues of our time.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction - Capitalism as Gestalt: A Contrast of Visions Robert Heilbroner Part 1: Theory 2. Supply-side Economics: Incentives and Disasters Rosemary Rinder 3. Monetarism: Conservative Policy and Monetary Theory Edward Nell and Alex Azarchs I The Conservative Critique of Interventionist Policy II Wealth Effects and the Government Budget Constraint III The Real Balance Effect in Neoclassical Theory: Micro and Macro IV Milton Friedman’s Monetary Theory 4. Rational Expectations: Radical Assumptions and Conservative Conclusions I Expectations and Rationality within a Capitalist Framework Jan Kregel II The Micro Foundations of the Short-Run Phillips Curve Bob Cherry, Pat Clawson and James Dean III Rational Expectations and Imperfect Knowledge Jagdish Handa 5. Social Policy: Private Reactions to Public Decisions Edward Nell Part 2: Practice 6. The Politics of Reaganomics Teresa Amott 7. Thatcherism: The Miracle that Never Happened Geoff Hodgson 8. Supply-side Economics in a Small Economy: The Chilean Case Antonio Schneider 9. Conclusions-Cowboy Capitalism: The Last Round-Up Edward Nell September 2009: 216 x 138: 274pp Hb: 978-0-415-56715-2: $105.00 0 £ 7 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415567152

The Economics, Finance, Business and Industry eCollection.

For more information, purchasing options and details about eContent for your library, please contact: UK and Rest of World online.sales@tandf.co.uk

United States, Canada and South America e-reference@taylorandfrancis.com

eBooks www.ebooksubscriptions.com

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

The book contrasts the relationship between prices, industrial fluctuations, agricultural output, and the stock of monetary gold, considering both the varying patterns of leading economies and then their net combined effect on the rest of the world. This is history which illuminates the contemporary economic climate in which it was written but also casts light upon our current economic crisis.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Prospectus Part 2: The Juglar Pattern Part 3: The Kondratiev Price Swing Part 4: The Check to Real Wages Part 5:The British Climacteric Part 6: The Rate of Growth Part 7: Challenge Part 8: Response Part 9: Epilogue Appendix 1: British Statistics Appendix 2: Core Industrial Production Appendix 3: Miscellaneous Statistics Appendix 4: World Supply of Wheat September 2009: 234 x 156: 338pp Hb: 978-0-415-56344-4: $130.00 0 £ 7 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415563444

Keynes’ Economics Methodological Issues Edited by Tony Lawson and Hashem Pesaran, both at University of Cambridge, UK First published in 1985, this title includes contributions from leading economists and addresses many seminal aspects of Keynes’ work and methods.

This revival will be of particular interest to lecturers and advanced students of economics.

Selected Contents: 1. Methodological Issues in Keynes’ Economics: An Introduction Tony Lawson and Hashem Pesaran 2. Persuasion, Expectations and the Limits to Keynes Geoff Hodgson 3. Animal Spirits and Rationality Alexander Dow and Sheila Dow 4. Expectations in Keynesian Econometric Models Simon Wren-Lewis 5. The Slippery Transition Johannes J. Klant 6. Are Popperian Criticisms of Keynes Justified? John Pheby 7. Keynes, Prediction and Econometrics Tony Lawson 8. Keynes on Econometrics Hashem Pesaran and Ron Smith 9. Keynes on Cause, Chance and Possibility Anna Carabelli 10. The Foundations of Keynes Methodology: The General Theory Lawrence A. Boland 11. Time and the Wage-Unit in the Method of The General Theory Victoria Chick 12. Keynesianism In Germany Juergen Backhaus.

July 2009: 216 x 138: 270pp Hb: 978-0-415-55299-8: $130.00 0 £ 7 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415552998

27

POLITICAL ECONOMY: ECONOMIC METHODOLOGY

POLITICAL ECONOMY: GENERAL

28

NEW

NEW

Marshall Plan Days

Prosperity and Public Spending

Charles P. Kindleberger

Transformational Growth and the Role of Government

Originally published in 1987 to commemorate the 40th anniversary of the Marshall Plan, this fascinating collection of essays, from an eminent ‘insider’ to the Marshall Plan, combines economics, politics and history to provide authoritative and personal insights into the creation of one of the greatest foreign aid programmes of the twentieth century.

Any reader interested in the Marshall Plan itself, the inner workings of a major act of US foreign policy, and its many economic, political and historical facets will welcome the reissue of this valuable book from one of America’s most distinguished economists.

Selected Contents: 1. Excerpts from the Cleveland-MooreKindleberger Memorandum of 12 June 1947, on a European Recovery Programme 2. Memorandum for the Files: Origins of the Marshall Plan 3. Germany and the Economic Recovery of Europe 4. European Economic Integration 5. The European Recovery Programme 6. The Marshall Plan and the Cold War 7. An Excerpt from an Oral History, Truman Library 8. THE OECD and the Third World 9. Machlup on Integration 10. The American Origins of the Marshall Plan: A View from the State Department 11. Toward the Marshall plan: A Memoir of Policy Development in Germany, 1945-47 12. Finnish War Reparations 13. Belgium After World War II: An Experiment in Supply-side Economics 14. Did Dollars Save the World?

October 2009: 216 x 138: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-56343-7: $130.00 0 £ 7 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415563437

NEW

Edward Nell, New School University, USA In a dramatic and well-argued challenge to the prevailing wisdom, Prosperity and Public Spending, first published in 1988, contends that the failure of Keynesian economics has been due to its timidity. Far from contracting, the government must expand its powers and activities, in order to achieve and maintain economic prosperity. The need for such expansion arises from the fact that the system has developed from a craft-based economy to a mass-production network with sophisticated international finance. This ’transformational growth’ brings about irreversible and sometimes devastating changes, requiring government action. Professor Nell argues that a lack of government action in the decade prior to the book’s initial publication was responsible for the stagnation of the economy and he asserts that this could only be overcome by a determined policy intervention and the political will to achieve dominance over private capital.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Retreat from Prosperity 1. The Slowdown of the 1970s 2. The Breakup of Keynesian Consensus 3. The Impact of Government Deficits Part 2: From Kinship Capitalism to Corporate Industry 4. The Traditional Craft System: Family Firms to Family Farms 5. Corporate Industry: Demand-Determined Production 6. The State and the Corporate Economy 7. Transformational Growth and the Slowdown Part 3: Free Markets or Planned Prosperity 8. Inflation and the World Economy 9. Government and the Free-Market Consensus 10. Public Spending in a Demand-Constrained Economy 11. Postscript: The British Experience Geoff Hodgson.

Marx’s ’Capital’

December 2009: 234 x 156: 290pp Hb: 978-0-415-57104-3: $115.00

Philosophy and Political Economy

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415571043

POLITICAL ECONOMY: ECONOMIC METHODOLOGY FORTHCOMING

Autonomy and Formalism in Economics Methodological Tensions of the Marginalist Revolution Edited by Thomas Boylan and Paschal O’Gorman, both at National University of Ireland, Galway Series: Routledge INEM Advances in Economic Methodology June 2010 Hb: 978-0-415-16188-6: $80.00 0 £ 4 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415161886

0 £ 7 5 .

Geoffrey Pilling Marx’s Capital has of course been widely read; this revival of a systematic study by Geoffrey Pilling, originally published in 1980, argues powerfully that, in order to understand Capital fully, it is necessary to have read and understood Hegel’s Logic. This argument leads to a detailed examination of the opening chapters of Capital, and a re-examination of their significance for the work as a whole.

Pilling emphasizes the fundamental nature of the break between Marx’s Capital and all forms of classical political economy, and stresses the revolutionary nature of Marx’s critique of political economy as one of the foundations of Capital. He also lays particular emphasis on the philosophical aspects of the work, so often neglected by British commentators, and puts forward the view that Marx’s notion of fetishism, often looked upon as incidental to his work, is in fact central to his entire critique of political economy.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Marx’s Critique of Classical Economics 3. The Concepts of Capital 4. The Significance of the Opening Chapters 5. Some Aspects of Marx’s Notion of Commodity Fetishism December 2009: 216 x 138: 228pp Hb: 978-0-415-57101-2: $105.00 0 £ 7 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415571012

Reappraising J. A. Hobson Humanism and Welfare Edited by Michael Freeden J. A. Hobson was one of the most influential social, economic and political theorists of late nineteenth- and early twentieth-century Britain. In this volume, first published in 1990, eight scholars reassess the importance and relevance of his work today and affirm him as a major British thinker.

These original studies place Hobson in context by explaining his intellectual antecedents: Cobden, Ruskin, nineteenth-century social and psychological theories and economic thought. The book provides an overview of the novelty and incisiveness of Hobson’s contribution to British liberal theory and radical practice.

Historians, economists, social and political theorists and students of international affairs will find this an important book for a fuller understanding of early twentieth-century British progressive thought.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Hobson, Ruskin and Cobden 3. Variations on a Famous Theme: Hobson, International Trade and Imperialism, 1902-1938 4. Hobson’s evolving Conceptions of Human Nature 5. The Conservative Aspect of Hobson’s New Liberalism 6. Hobson and Keynes as Economic Heretics 7. J. A. Hobson as a Macroeconomic Theorist 8. Rewriting the Confessions: Hobson and the Extention Movement 9. Hobson and Internationalism July 2009: 216 x 138: 196pp Hb: 978-0-415-55765-8: $115.00 0 £ 6 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415557658

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

POLITICAL ECONOMY: GENDER AND ECONOMICS

POLITICAL ECONOMY: GENDER AND ECONOMICS

POLITICAL ECONOMY: SOCIAL ECONOMICS Routledge Advances in Social Economics

Gender and the Contours of Precarious Employment Edited by Leah F. Vosko, York University, Canada, Martha MacDonald, Saint Mary’s University, Nova Scotia, Canada and Iain Campbell, Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology, Melbourne, Australia Series: Routledge IAFFE Advances in Feminist Economics Precarious employment presents a monumental challenge to the social, economic, and political stability of labour markets in industrialized societies and there is widespread consensus that its growth is contributing to a series of common social inequalities, especially along the lines of gender and citizenship.

The editors argue that these inequalities are evident at the national level across industrialized countries, as well as at the regional level within federal societies, such as Canada, Germany, the United States, and Australia and in the European Union. This book brings together contributions addressing this issue which include case studies exploring the size, nature, and dynamics of precarious employment in different industrialized countries and chapters examining conceptual and methodological challenges in the study of precarious employment in comparative perspective.

The collection aims to yield new ways of understanding, conceptualizing, measuring, and responding, via public policy and other means – such as new forms of union organization and community organizing at multiple scales – to the forces driving labour market insecurity.

July 2009: 234 x 156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-49236-2: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49454-0: $65.00

POLITICAL ECONOMY: SOCIAL ECONOMICS

Series Edited by: John B Davis, Marquette University, USA This series presents new advances and developments in social economics thinking on a variety of subjects that concern the link between social values and economics.

Need, justice and equity, gender, cooperation, work poverty, the environment, class, institutions, public policy and methodology are some of the most important themes. Among the orientations of the authors are social economist, institutionalist, humanist, solidarist, cooperatist, radical and Marxist, feminist, post-Keynesian, behaviouralist, and environmentalist. The series offers new contributions from todayís most foremost thinkers on the social character of the economy.

Publishes in conjunction with the Association of Social Economics.

FORTHCOMING

Elements of an Evolutionary Theory of Welfare Assessing Welfare When Preferences Change

£ 0 1 0.

9 £ 3 6 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415494540

Martin Binder, Max Planck Institute of Economics, Germany ’If the assumption is no longer that our preferences and wants are fixed but that they change over time, how should we think of economic welfare? In a much needed book, Martin Binder puts a novel discussion of these crucial issues on a firm behavioural and evolutionary footing.’ - Jack Vromen, Erasmus University, the Netherlands This book explores the normative implications of an alternative, hedonist account of welfare, examining the foundations of welfare and connecting the concept with a dynamic theory of preference learning.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Conceptual Background and Welfare Terminology 3. Other Approaches to Welfare Economics 4. A Positive Basis: The Learning Theory of Consumption 5. An Evolutionary Theory of Welfare 6. Evolutionary Welfare Economics 7. Conclusion May 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56298-0: $145.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415562980

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

FORTHCOMING

Community Finance Tackling Poverty and Social Exclusion Pamela Lenton and Paul Mosley, both at University of Sheffield, UK This book presents a detailed picture of the impact of financial measures against poverty in various cities and draws conclusions for policy. It will be required reading for all those interested in anti-poverty policy, financial markets and community development in Britain and internationally, whether as sponsors, CDFI managers, members of NGOs or researchers.

August 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-46039-2: $150.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415460392

NEW

Global Social Economy Development, Work and Policy Edited by John B. Davis, Marquette University, USA ’This collection offers readers instructive and cutting-edge contributions to social economy in a global context. Its focus is development, but in my view it offers the reader much more. Important contributions are made in the economics of knowledge; democratic institutions and development; the social economics of time and work; poverty transmission, gender and ageing, and in ethical dimensions of contemporary global capitalism. This book will be of appeal to scholars and students with interests in development in contemporary neo-liberal capitalism. The contributors are to be commended for their insightful analyses and the editor for bringing these works to fruition in this excellent collection.’ - Robert McMaster, University of Glasgow Business School, UK This volume expands on the standard economic framework of ’global economy’ by looking at the way in which economic life is framed by society and social relationships and investigates how social values influence and help determine economic values.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Global Social Economy John B. Davis Part 1: Capitalism, Development and Knowledge 2. Capitalism and Human Flourishing Des Gasper 3. The United Nations and Democratic Globalisation: A Reconnaissance of the Issues Keith Cowling, Silvia Sacchetti, Roger Sugden and James Wilson 4. Knowledge Development and Coordination via Market, Hierarchy and Gift Exchange Wilfred Dolfsma Part 2: Time and Work 5. ’Time Sovereignty’: Its Meaning and Externalities FrançoisXavier Devetter 6. Age Differences in the Consequences of Overwork Beth A. Rubin and Charles J. Brody 7. The Implications of Well Being Research for Work Time Reform Robert LaJeunesse 8. Social Time in International Work Environments Esther Ruiz Ben Part 3: Gender, Poverty Transmission and Ageing 9. The Rise of the Adult Worker Model: Actual Policies and the Implications for Gender Equality Janneke Plantenga 10. Redistribution, Intergenerational Inequality and Poverty Transmission – Germany and the United States Compared Veronika V. Eberharter 11. Pension Reform and Household Financial Position GianDemetrio Marangoni, Chiara Marcomini and Stefano Solari Part 4: Ethics and Economics 12. Market Operation and Distributive Justice: An Evaluation of the ACCRA Confession Johan Graafland 13. The Macro/Social Economics of Corporate Social Responsibility: Informational Abundance and Collective Action Martha A. Starr 14. A Proper Choice Jan de Jonge 15. Toward an Ethical Economics of Planning Horizons and Complementarity Frederic B. Jennings, Jr. September 2009: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-77809-1: $135.00 0 £ 8 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415778091

29

30

POLITICAL ECONOMY: SOCIAL ECONOMICS FORTHCOMING

The Economics of Social Responsibility The World of Social Enterprises Edited by Carlo Borzaga, University of Trento, Italy and Leonardo Becchetti, University of Rome, Italy This book provides new research on social entrepreneurship: consumers and investors voting with their portfolio and groups of citizens setting up enterprises without a profit goal, thus extending democratic participation beyond the exercise of electoral vote and thereby contributing to the rise of a fuller economic democracy.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Social Entreprises: A New Economic Actor Becchetti and Borzaga Part 1: Social Responsibility, Social Enterprise, Sustainable Development and Welfare 1. The Emergence of Social Enterprise: A Theoretical Explanation Borzaga and Becchetti 2. Social Responsibility, Social Enterprise and Sustainable Development Becchetti and Mastromatteo 3. Social Responsibility, Social Enterprises and Welfare Borzaga and Tortia 4. The Competitive Advantages of Social Enterprises Depedri and Tortia Part 2: Social Enterprise Main Fields of Activity 5. Private Provision of General-interest Services Galera 6. Social Enterprises and Work Integration Borzaga 7. The Fair Trade Debate and its Underpinnings Becchetti 8. An Empirical Test on Fair Trade: From Consumers’ Willingness to Pay to the Impact on Affiliated Producers Becchetti and Costantino 9. Microfinance Becchetti 10.

Emergence and Evolution of CSR Sacconi 11. Only the Fittest Survive? A Test on the Strong and Weak Sustainability of CSR Bechetti and Ciciretti March 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-46576-2: $140.00 0 £ 7 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415465762

FORTHCOMING

The Aging Consumer Perspectives from Psychology and Economics Edited by Aimee Drolet, UCLA, Los Angeles, USA, and Norbert Schwarz and Carolyn Yoon, both at University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, USA Series: Marketing and Consumer Psychology Series Population aging is a worldwide phenomenon. Over the next several decades, the proportion of older adults (age 65 and over) in all major industrial countries will increase rapidly as the share of the total adult population declines.

This is one of the first research books to look at the older consumer and examine the economic and psychological research behind how aging consumers behave, make decisions and choose in the marketplace. A top list of international scholars present chapters in this book, which will be of interest to researchers and students in marketing, consumer behavior, advertising, psychology, gerontology, social work, sociology and economics.

POLITICAL ECONOMY: HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT

POLITICAL ECONOMY: HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT

FORTHCOMING

NEW

June 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57383-2: $110.00

Management History

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415573832

Studies on the Abuse and Decline of Reason F.A. Hayek Edited by Bruce Caldwell, Duke University, USA Series: The Collected Works of F.A. Hayek Studies on the Abuse and Decline of Reason remains Hayek’s greatest unfinished work and is here presented for the first time under the expert editorship of Bruce Caldwell.

$ 0 1 0 £ 7 .0 .

Text and Cases Morgen Witzel, University of Exeter, UK Management History is not simply a book about the history of business or even the history of management. The goal of this book is to demonstrate that despite the relative newness of management science as an academic subject, management has been around since ancient times. Through understanding the history of management both in practice and theory one is able to approach the complex and challenging problems of modern management from a new perspective.

The book not only traces the development of management from history to the present day, but also examines the way this evolution impacts how management is practiced today and how it may develop in the future. It incorporates case studies from around the world cutting across a range of time periods, from the Egyptian royal tomb builders of Deir el-Medina, to H.J. Heinz, Cadbury Brothers and Tata Steel.

Management History is ideal for instructors wishing to incorporate historical content and analysis into management education courses, modules, and training programs, particularly at the MBA level and higher.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to Management History 2. Organization 3. Strategy 4. Human Resource Management 5. Marketing 6. Financial Management 7. Technology, Innovation and Knowledge 8. Business and Society 9. Leadership 10. Conclusion: How History Impacts on Management December 2009: 234 x 156: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-96334-3: $175.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96335-0: $59.95 £ 0 10 .

9 £ 3 6 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415963350 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

June 2010: 234 x 156: 250pp Hb: 978-1-84872-810-3: $70.00 Pb: 978-1-84872-811-0: $39.95 9 £ 5 4.

5 £ 0 2.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781848728110 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

A History of Heterodox Economics Challenging the mainstream in the twentieth century Frederic Lee, University of Missouri at Kansas City, USA Series: Routledge Advances in Heterodox Economics ’Fred Lee is an international treasure to heterodox economics, and this book is a treasure chest for heterodox economists, carefully laying out where we have come from and what we are up against. It is imperative reading for all of those concerned to offer alternatives to an intellectually bankrupt and intolerant mainstream.’ - Ben Fine, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, UK ’Fred Lee has his finger on the pulse of heterodox economics. This book will be of interest to anyone concerned with heterodox economics, its history, and its future. In documenting some of the littleknown history of heterodox economics in the 20th century, Fred Lee has created a valuable work that fills a major gap in the literature.’ - Geoffrey Schneider, Bucknell University, USA ’Lee provides an excellent discussion of the history of heterodox economics in context of the organizations and networks of the economics discipline.’ - Wilfred Dolfsma, Utrecht University, the Netherlands This book presents a social qua community history of heterodox economics. The author provides the best and most thorough account of the rise of orthodoxy and the response of heterodoxy within economics.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Heterodox Economics in the United States 2. The Contested Landscape and Dominance in American Economics In the 20th Century 3. Heresy, Blasphemy, and Radical Economics in Post-War America, 1945 – 1970 4. The Contested Landscape of American Economics circa 1965 – 1980 5. The History of Post Keynesian Economics in America, 1971 – 1995 Part 2: Heterodox Economics in the United Kingdom 6. The Contested Landscape of British Economics, 1900 – 1970 7. Heterodox Economics in Britain, 1970 – 1996 8. Research Assessment Exercise and its Impact on Heterodox Economics, 1989 – 1996 9. Research Assessment Exercise, the State, and the Dominance of Mainstream Economics in British Universities, 2000 – 2003 Part 3: Heterodox Economics at the Beginning of the 21st Century 10. The Emergence of Heterodox Economics, 1990 - 2006 11. Ranking Heterodox Economic Journals and Departments: Suggested Methodologies March 2009: 234 x 156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-77714-8: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415777148

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

POLITICAL ECONOMY: HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT

7th Edition

Development of Economic Analysis Ingrid H. Rima, Temple University, USA Now in its seventh edition, Ingrid Rima’s classic textbook charts the development of the discipline from the classical age of Plato and Aristotle, through the middle ages to the first flowering of economics as a distinct discipline - the age of Petty, Quesnay and Smith - to the era of classical economics and the marginalist revolution.

The book then goes on to offer extensive coverage of the twentieth century - the rise of Keynesianism, econometrics, the Chicago School and the neoclassical paradigm. The concluding chapters analyze the birth of late twentieth century developments such as game theory, experimental economics and competing schools of economic thought.

This text includes a number of practical features: • a ’family tree’ at the beginning of each section, illustrating how the different developments within economics are interlinked • the inclusion of readings from the original key texts • a summary and questions to discuss, along with glossaries and suggestions for further reading.

This book provides the clearest, most readable guide to economic thought that exists and encourages students to examine the relevance of the discipline’s history to contemporary theory.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Preclassical Economics 1. Early Masterworks as a Source of Economic Thought 2. The Origins of Analytic Economics 3. The Transition to Classical Economics Part 2: Classical Economics 4. Physiocracy: The Beginning of Analytical Economics 5. Adam Smith: From Moral Philosophy to Political Economy 6. Thomas Malthus and J.B. Say: The Political Economy of Population Behaviour and Aggregate Demand 7. David Ricardo: Economic Analysis of the Distributive Shares 8. Building on Ricardian Foundations: The Mills, W.N. Senior and Charles Babbage 9. Classical Theory in Review Part 3: The Critics of Classicism 10. Socialism, Induction, and the Forerunners of Marginalism 11. Karl Marx: An Inquiry into the ’Law of Motion’ of the Capitalist System 12. First-Generation Marginalists: Jevons, Walras and Menger 13. Second-Generation Marginalists Part 4: The Neo-classical Tradition, 1980-1945 14. Alfred Marshall and the Neo-classical Tradition 15.

Chamberlain, Robinson and Other Price Theorists 16. The ’New’ Theory of Welfare and Consumer Behavior 17. Neo-classical Monetary and Business-Cycle Theorists Part 5: The Dissent form Neo-classicism, 1890-1945 18. The Dissent of American Institutionalists 19.

The Economics of Planning: Socialism without Marxism 20. J.M. Keynes’s Critique of the Mainstream Tradition 21. Keynes’s Theory of Employment, Output and Income Part 6: Beyond High Theory 22. The Emergence of Econometrics as a Sister-Discipline of Economics 23. Neo-Keynesians, Neo-Walrasians and Monetarists 24. The Analytics of Economic Liberalism: The Theory of Choice Part 7: Competing Economic Paradigms 25. From Economic Heterodoxy to Pluralism and the Revival of Political Economy 2008: 246 x 174: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-77293-8: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77292-1: $75.00 0 £ 9 0 .

9 £ 3 9 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415772921 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

The Routledge History of Economic Thought Series Edited by: Mark Blaug, Erasmus Universiteit Rotterdam, the Netherlands There is no longer any general consensus in economics, and there is a widespread belief that the discipline is in need of revitalisation. One stimulus should be in the discipline’s own past.

Economics is rich in different ‘schools of thought’, frequently approaching familiar and important issues but from original and, to contemporary eyes, novel ways. However the variety of these ideas, particularly those of non-English speaking economists, is often lost to the current generation.

This series aims to present, in concise and accessible form, a survey of the major contributions to economic thought. Each book deals with an individual country, covering the major figures, the important schools of thought and relating economic thought to the social, intellectual, political and institutional context.

FORTHCOMING

A History of Irish Economic Thought Edited by Thomas Boylan, National University of Ireland, Galway and Renee Prendergast and John Turner, both at Queens University Belfast, UK For a country that can boast a distinguished tradition of political economy from Sir William Petty through Swift, Berkeley, Hutcheson, Burke and Cantillon through to that of Longfield, Cairnes, Bastable, Edgeworth, Geary and Gorman, it is surprising that no systematic study of Irish political economy has been undertaken.

In this book the contributors redress this glaring omission in the history of political economy, for the first time providing an overview of developments in Irish political economy from the seventeenth to the twentieth century. Logistically this is achieved through the provision of individual contributions from a group of recognized experts, both Irish and international, who address the contribution of major historical figures in Irish political economy along the analysis of major thematic issues, schools of thought and major policy debates within the Irish context over this extended period.

April 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-42340-3: $110.00 0 £ 7 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415423403

FORTHCOMING

The History of Norwegian Economic Thought Olav Bjerkholt and Pal Lykkja, both at University of Oslo, Norway The History of Norwegian Economic Thought is best known for its contribution to econometrics, with authors such as Ragnar Frisch and Trygve Haavelmo in particular standing out.

This significant new volume presents a chronological historical overview of the developments of Norwegian economic thought over the years, and its use of primary Norwegian literature ensures it is an important reference book.

June 2010: 234 x 156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-29921-3: $110.00 0 £ 6 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415299213

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

31

32

POLITICAL ECONOMY: HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT

Routledge Studies in the History of Economics Economics continues to draw inspiration from the ideas of past economists. This series provides an arena for current debate in the study of the history of economics.

Adhering to no single methodology, it includes volumes which explore the ideas of individual economists, major schools of thought, and the evolution of key ideas and theories within economic analysis.

FORTHCOMING

A Dynamic Approach to Economic Theory The Yale Lectures of Ragnar Frisch Ragnar Frisch Edited by Olav Bjerkholt, Universitetet of Oslo, Norway and Duo Qin, Queen Mary, University of London, UK This book contains a set of notes prepared by Ragnar Frisch for a lecture series that he delivered at Yale University in 1930, complete with an introdutory essay from Olav Bjerkholt and Duo Qin placing the notes in their historical context.

Selected Contents: Part 1: General Consideration on Statistics and Dynamics in Economics 1. What is Economic Theory? 2. A Discussion of the Fundamental Distinction between a Static and a Dynamic Economic Theory 3. The Static and the Dynamic Conception of an Equilibrium 4. Structural, Confluent and Fictitious Relations in Economic Theory Part 2: Dynamic Formulation of Some Parts of Economic Theory 5. A Dynamic Analysis of Marginal Utility 6. A Dynamic Formulation of the Law of Demand 7. A Simple Case of Steered Oscillations. The Reaction Problem 8. A Simple Case of Initiated Oscillations 9. Dynamic Analysis of a Closed Economic System Part 3: Statistical Verification of the Laws of Dynamic Economic Theory 10. Types of Clustering in Scatter Diagrams and the NonSignificance of Partial Correlations 11. General Principles Regarding the Possibility of Determining Structural Relations from Empirical Observations 12. The Separation of ShortTime and Long-Time Components in an Empirical Time Series 13. The Phase Diagram. Phase Elasticities and Structural Elasticities. The Comparison Problem in Time Series Components 14. Critical Remarks on some of the Recent Attempts at Statistical Determination of Demand and Supply Curves 15. A New Theory of Linear Regression. The Diagonal and the Arithmetic Mean Regression. The Invariance Problem 16. A Statistical Analysis of Selected Groups of Data by the Methods Developed in the Present Course July 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56409-0: $145.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415564090

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Adam Smith and the Economy of the Passions

Contributions to the History of Economic Thought

Jan H Keppler, University of Paris-Dauphine

Bertram Schefold, Johann-Wolfgang Goethe Universität, Frankfurt, Germany

Edited by Robert Chase ’Jan H. Keppler’s study of the economy of the passions according to Adam Smith was previously limited to French-speaking readers. This work will allow English-speaking readers to discover an original approach to Adam Smith’s contribution in the light of economic theory, linguistics and a number of psychoanalytical notions.’ - Gilles Jacoud, University of Saint-Etienne, France This book links economic theory, information theory and several psychoanalytic notions to show how Adam Smith provides the psychological determinants of human behaviour from which market economics arises as an imperfect but inevitable consequence.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Personal Ethics and Social Morals 2. Sympathy, Communication Exchange - the Horizontal World 3. The Vertical World of the Impartial Spectator 4. The Paridoxical Synthesis 5. Conclusion: The Ethics of Morals

This is the opus magnum of one of the worlds most renowned experts on the history of economic thought.

Bertram Schefold’s choice of authors for the ’Klassiker’ series, which he has edited since 1991, and his comments on the various re-edited works are proof of his highly original and thought-provoking interpretation of the history of economic thought.

This volume is an important contribution to the history of economic thought not only because it delivers original and fresh insights about such well-known figures as Aristotle, Jevons or Wicksell, but also because it deals with authors and ideas who have been forgotten or neglected in the previous literature. In this regard Schefold’s book could prove to be seminal for the field of the history of economic thought, for in the age of globalisation our usual restriction to the thinkers of Western Europe and the USA might eventually be overcome.

August 2010: 234 x 156: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-43066-1: $160.00

May 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56986-6: $145.00

0 £ 8 5 .

0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415430661

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415569866

FORTHCOMING

Austrian and German Economic Thought From Subjectivism to Social Evolution Kiichiro Yagi, Kyoto University, Japan ’For more than twenty years I have benefitted from the careful, archivally-based research of Professor Yagi on the Austrian and German Historical Schools of Economics. Each of the chapters in this volume represents an original contribution to our understanding of the origin and development of these schools. Taken as a whole, it is an exemplar for how to do substantive history of economic thought.’ - Bruce Caldwell, Duke University, USA Exploring the work of Austrian and German social scientists such as Carl Menger, Eugen v. Böhm-Bawerk and Friedrich Wieser, Yagi considers the place of subjective rationality or methodological individualism in the total view of social evolution.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Subjectivism and Social Evolution in the History of Economic Thought 2. Portrait of an Austrian Liberal: Max Menger’s Liberal Position 3. Carl Menger as Journalist and Tutor of Crown Prince 4. Grundsätze in the Making 5. Carl Menger and Historicism in German Economics 6. Origin of Böhm-Bawerk’s Theory of Interest and Capital 7. Alternative Equilibrium Vision in Austrian Economics 8. Anonymous History in the Austrian Economic Thought (Carl and Anton Menger, Wieser) 9. Knies, Weber, and Austrians: A Heidelberg Connection 10. Schumpeter on Social Evolution 11. Evolutionist Turn of the Marx-Weber Problem May 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55404-6: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415554046

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

POLITICAL ECONOMY: HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Crises and Cycles in Economic Dictionaries and Encyclopaedias

The Division of Labour in Economics

The Essential Writings of Thorstein Veblen

A History

Edited by Daniele Besomi, University of Lausanne, Switzerland

Guang-Zhen Sun, Monash University, Australia

Edited by Charles Camic, Northwestern University, USA and Geoffrey M Hodgson, University of Hertfordshire, UK

This book investigates from the perspective of the major economic dictionaries and encyclopaedias the notions of crises and cycles, featuring entries from Pascal Bridel, Cécile Dangel-Hagnauer, Ludovic Frobert, Harald Hagemann and Alain Raybaut.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Daniele Besomi 2. Blanqui, ’Crise commerciale’, in Encyclopedie des gents du monde (1836) Alain Raybaut 3. Courcelle-Seneuil: Commerical Crises and Republican Institutions (1842) Ludovic Frobert 4. Roscher, Die Produktionkrisen mit besonderer Rucksicht auf die letzten Jahrzehnte Harald Hagemann 5. Mora, ’Crisis comercial’ in Enciclopedia Moderna (1851) Jesus Astarriaga and Juan Zabalza 6. Charles Coquelin, ’Crises commerciales’ (1852) Daniele Besomi 7. Expectations and Crises in Auguste Ott’s Dictionnaire des sciences politiques et sociales (1854) Daniele Besomi 8. Crises in Gerolamo Boccardo’s Dizionario della economia politica (1857) Daniele Besomi 9. Garnier ’Crises Commerciales’, in Guillaumin’s Dictionnaire universel, theorique et pratique du commerce et de la navigation, 1859 Alain Raybaut 10. C. Juglar: Crises commerciales, in Block’s Dictionnaire general de la politique (1863) and in Say’s Nouveau dictionnaire d’economie politique (1891) Cecile Dangel-Hagnauer 11. Commercial Crises in MacLeod’s Dictionary of Political Economy, (1863) Cecile DangelHagnauer 12. Wagner’s ’Krisen’, in Rentzsch’s Handworterbuch der Volkswirthschaftslehre, (1866) Vitantonio Gioia 13. E. de Laveleye, ’Crise’, in Berthelot’s Grande encyclopedie (1886-1902) Ludovic Frobert 14. Tugan-Baranowski, ’Economic crises’ in Brockhaus-Efron Encyclopedic Dictionary (1895, 1909, 1915) Francois Allisson 15. Crises and Related Entries in Palgrave’s Dictionary of Political Economy, (1894-99) Pascal Bridel 16. Tsumura on Crises in the Japanese Dictionary of Economics (1910) Shigeki Tomo 17. Lexis on Crisis and Overproduction in Elster’s Worterbuch der Volkswirtschaft, (1911) Harald Hagemann 18. Spiethoff, ’Krisen’, in Elster’s Handworterbuch der Staatswissenschaften, (1925) Vitantonio Gioia 19. Bachi, ’Crisi economiche’, in Enciclopedia Treccani, (1931) Riccardo Realfonzo 20. Koynus’s ’Economic Conjuncture’ in the Granat Encyclopedia, Vincent Barnett 21. Mitchell on Business Cycles in Seligman’s Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences, (1930-35) Pier Francesco Asso and Luca Fiorito 22. Tinbergen on Dynamics and Conjuncture in Stridiron’s Bedrijfseconomische encyclopedie, (1947) Peter Rodenburg 23. Balogh’s ’Fluttuazioni economiche’, in Napoleoni’s Dizionario di economia politica, (1956) 24. Burns on Business Cycles in Sills’s International Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences, (1968) Pier Francesco Asso and Luca Fiorito 25. Nonlinear Business Cycles in Recent Dictionaries Giorgio Colacchio 26. Long Waves in Recent Dictionaries Francisco Louca 27. The Political BC in Recent Dictionaries Jan-Peter Olders 28. Real and Equilibrium business Cycles in Recent Dictionaries 29. Crises in Recent Dictionaries Daniele Besomi and Giorgio Colacchio 30. Bibliography of Specialised Dictionaries Daniele Besomi January 2011: 234 x 156: 640pp Hb: 978-0-415-49903-3: $150.00 £ 0 1 0.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415499033

This book examines the study of the division of labour over the past two and a half millennia, from the writings of Plato, Smith and Marx, to Hayek and Stigler, assessing recent advancements and suggesting new directions.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Pre-Smith Analyses Part 2: The Smithian Economics of the Division of Labour Part 3: The Marxian Economics of Manufacturing Division of Labour and the Austrian Problem of Knowledge Part 4: The Firm Part 5: Insights from Neighboring Disciplines in Social Sciences April 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-44907-6: $150.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415449076

NEW

Economic Theory and Economic Thought Essays in Honour of Ian Steedman Edited by John Vint, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK, J. Stanley Metcalfe, Heinz D. Kurz, University of Graz, Austria, Neri Salvadori, University of Pisa, Italy and Paul Samuelson, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA This collection contains wide ranging contributions from distinguished authorities in economics, reflecting on Ian Steedman’s work on time, international trade, capital theory and prices and growth and distribution.

Selected Contents: Foreword Paul A. Samuelson.

Introduction Heinz Kurz, Stan Metcalf, Neri Salvadori, and John Vint 1. Consumption and Time Amitava Krishna Dutt 2. Exploitation Takes Time Hillel Steiner 3. The Notion of National Competitiveness in a Global Economy Sergio Parrinello 4. Growth, Profits and the Gains from Trade in a Ricardo-Sraffa Model: Samuelsons versus Steedman Harvey Gram 5. Complete Specialization in Classical Economics Takashi Negishi 6. Normative Trade Theory under Grossenian Assumption Murray C. Kemp 7. Wage Frontiers of Extreme Curvature Bertram Schefold 8. ’Perverse Cases’ and the Debate on Neo-Classical Theory of Distribution: Recent Contributions on an Open Issue Paola Potestio 9. Stochastic Input/Output a la Leontief-Sraffa Paul C. Samuelson 10. Some Notes on the Notion of Production Prices Alessandro Roncaglia 11. Piero Sraffa in his Family: 18961916 Nerio Naldi 12. Albert Schäffle’s Critique of Socialism Geoffrey M. Hodgson 13. Henry Sidgwick and Economic Socialism Donald Winch 14. Does Economic Growth Ultimately Lead to a ’Nobler Life’? A Comparative Analysis of the Predictions of Mill, Marshall and Keynes Arrigo Opocher 15. Collective Dynamics of Faustian Agents Ulrich Krause 16. Market Failure in a Transaction of Waste – A for Necessity of an Upstream Policy in Waste Management Eiji Hosoda 17. The Never Ending Debate of Increasing Returns Marcella Corsi 18. Alfred Marshall’s Evolutionary Dynamics Stan Metcalf 19. On Economic Policy under Uncertainty Victoria Chick 20. The Analysis of Arrangement and Déarrangements in the Tableau économique Christian Gehrke 21. Extension of Cultivation Christian Bidard December 2009: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-46511-3: $145.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415465113

Selected Contents: General Introduction Part 1: The Early Works 1. Introduction 2. ‘Mill’s Theory of the Taxation of Land’ (Johns Hopkins University Circulars) 3. ‘Kant’s Critique of Judgment’ (Journal of Speculative Philosophy) 4. ‘Some Neglected Points in the Theory of Socialism’ (Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science) 5. ‘BöhmBawerk’s Definition of Capital and the Source of Wages’ (Quarterly Journal of Economics) 6. ‘The Food Supply and the Price of Wheat’ (Journal of Political Economy) 7. Review of The Land-Systems of British India by B.H. Baden-Powell (Journal of Political Economy) 8. Review of Der Parlamentarismus, die Volksgesetzgebung und die Socialdemokratie by Karl Kautsky (Journal of Political Economy) 9. ‘The Economic Theory of Women’s Dress’ (Popular Science Monthly) 10. Review of Socialisme et Science Positive by Enrico Ferri (Journal of Political Economy) 11. Review of Einfuhrung in den Socialismus by Richard Calwer (Journal of Political Economy) 12. Review of Essais sur la conception matérialiste de l’histoire by Antonio Labriola (Journal of Political Economy) 13. Review of Die Marxistische Socialdemokratic by Max Lorenz (Journal of Political Economy) 14. Review of Über einige Grundfragen der Socialpolitik und der Volkswirtschaftslehre

by Gustav Schmoller Journal of Political Economy) 15. Review of Aristocracy and Evolution: A Study of the Rights, the Origins and the Social Functions of the Wealthier Classes by William H. Mallock (Journal of Political Economy) Part 2: The Flowering of Veblenian Theory 16. ‘Why Is Economics Not an Evolutionary Science?’ (Quarterly Journal of Economics) 17. ‘The Instinct of Workmanship and the Irksomeness of Labor’ (American Journal of Sociology) 18. The Beginnings of Ownership’ (American Journal of Sociology) 19. ‘The Barbarian Status of Women’ (American Journal of Sociology) 20. ‘The Preconceptions of Economic Science,’ Parts I, II, III (Quarterly Journal of Economics) 21. Review of The Development of English Thought: A Study in the Economic Interpretation of History by Simon N. Patten (Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science) 22. The Theory of the Leisure Class: An Economic Study in the Evolution of Institutions, Chapter 8 Part 3: Critiques and Further Developments 23. Introduction 24. ‘Mr. Cummings’s Strictures on ’The Theory of the Leisure Class’ Journal of Political Economy) 24. Review of Social Laws: An Outline of Sociology by Gabriel Tarde (Journal of Political Economy) 25. ‘Industrial and Pecuniary Employments’ (Publications of the American Economic Association) 26. ‘Gustav Schmoller’s Economics’ (Quarterly Journal of Economics) 27. Review of Psychologie économique by Gabriel Tarde (Journal of Political Economy) 28. Review of Der moderne Kapitalismus by Werner Sombart (Journal of Political Economy) 29. Review of Pure Sociology: A Treatise Concerning the Origin and Spontaneous Development of Society by Lester Ward (Journal of Political Economy) 30. The Theory of Business Enterprise, Chapter 7 Part 4: The Penultimate Period 31. Introduction 32. ‘The Place of Science in Modern Civilisation’ (American Journal of Sociology) 33. ‘The Socialist Economics of Karl Marx and His Followers,’ Parts I & II (Quarterly Journal of Economics) 34. ‘Professor Clark’s Economics’ (Quarterly Journal of Economics) 35. ‘The Evolution of the Scientific Point of View’ (University of California Chronicle) 36. ‘On the Nature of Capital I,’ Parts I & II (Quarterly Journal of Economics) 37. ‘Fisher’s Capital and Income’ & ‘Fisher’s Rate of Interest’ (Political Science Quarterly) 38. ‘The Limitations of Marginal Utility’ (Journal of Political Economy) 39. ‘The Mutation Theory and the Blond Race’ (Journal of Race Development) 40. The Instinct of Workmanship, and the State of the Industrial Arts, Chapters 1 & 2 Epilogue: Veblen’s Writings after 1914 June 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77790-2: $130.00 0 £ 7 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415777902

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

33

34

POLITICAL ECONOMY: HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Generations of Economists

Hayek, Mill and the Liberal Tradition

Henry A. Abbati: Keynes’ Forgotten Precursor

Edited by Andrew Farrant, Dickinson College, USA

Selected Writings

This book considers the relationship between Hayek and Mill, taking issues with Hayek’s criticism of Mill and providing a broader perspective of the liberal tradition, featuring chapters from Ross Emmett, Leon Montes and Robert Garnett.

Edited by Serena Di Gaspare, University of Turin, Italy

David Collard, University of Bath, UK This book provides original and, it is argued, often symbiotic treatments of mainstream figures such as Bentham, Malthus, Edgeworth, Walras, Pigou and Marshall and of ’neglected’ figures such as John Tozer and Alfred Russel Wallace.

Selected Contents: Preface 1. Introduction Part 1: Pigou and Cambridge 2. Pigou’s Place in the History of Economics 3. Pigou and Modern Business Cycle Theory 4. Cambridge after Marshall 5. The Cambridge Economics Tripos 1957-60 Part 2: Classical Utilitarianism and Welfare 6. Classical Utilitarianism and Welfare 7. Research on Well-Being: Some Advice from Jeremy Bentham 8. Malthus on How to Improve Welfare for all Generations Part 3: General Equilibrium Theory 9. Edgeworth and Walras: Contrasting Approaches to General Equilibrium Theory 10. Leon Walras and the Cambridge Caricature 11. Edgeworth’s Propositions on Altruism Part 4: Two Neglected Writers on Political Economy 12. ’Neglect’ in the History of Economics 13. Tozer’s ’Mathematical Investigation of the Effects of Machinery etc’ 14. Alfred Russel Wallace and the Economists Part 5: Intergenerational Economics 15. Pigou and Future Generations: A Cambridge Tradition 16. Economists and Future Generations 17. The Economics of Overlapping Generations: Review and Assessment December 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56541-7: $145.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415565417

FORTHCOMING

Innovation, Knowledge and Growth Adam Smith, Schumpeter and the Moderns Heinz D. Kurz, University of Graz, Austria ’In this collection of theoretically refined and deeply thoughtful essays, Heinz Kurz considers the themes of knowledge and innovation in relation to economic growth, casting great light on the state of contemporary theorizing of these issues – not least, by contrasting modern approaches with those of the classical economists. In a set of concise and elegant subsidiary essays in this volume the analytical character of classical economics is further, and brilliantly, clarified. It should be essential reading for anyone interested in the causes of growth, particularly in relation to the role of innovation, and for those interested in the history of growth theory. Those who perceive themselves as engaged in ‘neo-Schumpeterian’ research programs will have much to learn from this collection.’ - Tony Aspromourgos, University of Sydney, Australia This new collection brings together Kurz’s recent work on growth theory, integrating the study of the history of economic analysis with contemporary economic theorizing, drawing on the work of Schumpeter and Smith.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Joseph A. Schumpeter – An Economist between Marx and Walras 3. Innovations and Profits. Schumpeter and the Classical Heritage 4. On the Growth of Knowledge about the Role of Knowledge in Economic Growth. A Critical Assessment of Recent Literature on Growth Theory 5. Whither the History of Economic Thought? Going Slowly Rather Nowhere?

6. Shorter Papers: Capital, Classical Economics, Physiocracy, Quesnay, Ricardo, Ricardian Vice, Sraffa, Turgot, Wicksell Effects

Selected Contents: Introduction Andrew Farrant Part 1: Hayek and the Liberal Tradition 1. Is Friedrich Hayek rowing Adam Smith’s Boat Leon Montes 2. F.A. Hayek’s Sympathetic Agents David M. Levy and Sandra Peart 3. Discussion and the Evolution of Institutions in a Liberal Democracy: Frank Knight Joins the Debate Ross Emmett Part 2: Pushing the Boundaries of the Liberal Tradition?

4. Hayek, Mill, and the Problem of Institutional Change?

Andrew Farrant 5. A Socialist Spontaneous Order Theodore A. Burczak 6. Hayek and Philanthropy: A Classical Liberal Road Not (Yet) Taken Robert Garnett June 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77934-0: $130.00

’Di Gaspare surprises us with the forgotten writings of a novel precursor of Keynes, who should have been cited in the General Theory. The work of Abbati is ever more relevant as many of his remedies against the recession are compatible with Keynesian expansion and incompatible with mainstream dogma – not a surprising feature since Abbati learned economics through business practice.’ - Marc Lavoie, University of Ottawa, Canada ’Serena Di Gaspare provides a valuable service by making available the writings of Henry A. Abbati.

Scholars in the History of Economic Thought should find the book quite important and useful.’ - Martin H. Wolfson, University of Notre Dame, USA The work of Henry A. Abbati’s was much admired by Robertson and Keynes. This book seeks to restore his position as a pioneer in macroeconomic theory with a selection of his writings demonstrating his contribution to the history of economic thought.

0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779340

FORTHCOMING

September 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57345-0: $145.00

Keynes and the British Humanist Tradition

0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415573450

The Moral Purpose of the Market David Andrews, University of Richmond, USA

FORTHCOMING

Well-connected in academia, business and government, John Maynard Keynes was one of the most influential economic theorists of the twentieth century. It appears that his theories will be just as important for the twentyfirst. As Keynes himself explained, his ideas throughout his life were influenced by the moral philosophy he learned as an undergraduate. Nevertheless, the meaning and significance for Keynes of this early philosophy have remained largely unexplored.

The Making of the Classical Theory of Economic Growth

Keynes and the British Humanist Tradition offers an interpretation of Keynes’s early philosophy and its implications for his later thought. It approaches that philosophy from the perspective of the nineteenth century intellectual context out of which it emerged. The book argues that roots of Keynes’s early beliefs are to be found in the traditions of the Apostles, the very famous secret society to which he and most of his teachers belonged. The principles of Keynes’s philosophy can be seen in such writers as John Stuart Mill and Henry Sidgwick, but the underlying ideas have been obscured by changing fashions in philosophy and thus require excavation and reconstruction.

This book will be of interest to students and researchers in the history of economics, in particular the thought of John Maynard Keynes, especially his ethics, politics and economics.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Religion 3. Morals 4. Politics 5. Economics 6. Conclusion February 2010: 234 x 156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-29986-2: $130.00

Tony Brewer, University of Bristol, UK This book collects together for the first time Anthony Brewer’s work on the origins and development of the theory of economic growth from the late eighteenth century and looking at how it came to dominate economic thinking in the nineteenth century.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Invention of Economic Growth 1. Introduction 2. The Concept of Growth in Eighteenth-Century Economics Part 2: The Scottish Tradition from Hume to Smith 3. An Eighteenth Century View of Economic Development: Hume and Steuart 4. Luxury and Economic Development: David Hume and Adam Smith 5. Adam Ferguson, Adam Smith and the Concept of Economic Growth Part 3: Accumulation and Growth: Turgot and Smith 6. Turgot, Founder of Classical Economics 7. Turgot, Smith and Capital Accumulation Part 4: Growth, Saving and Distribution 8. Adam Smith on Classes and Saving 9. Rent and Profit in The Wealth of Nations 10. Edward West and the Classical Theory of Distrution and Growth Part 5: John Rae and Technical Change 11. Economic Growth and Technical Change: John Rae’s Critique of Adam Smith 12. Invention April 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48620-0: $150.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486200

0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415299862

May 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55063-5: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415550635

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

POLITICAL ECONOMY: HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT

FORTHCOMING

NEW

FORTHCOMING

Marshall, Marshallians and Industrial Economics

Political Economy, Public Policy and Monetary Economics

Political Economy and Industrialism

Edited by Tiziano Raffaelli, University of Pisa, Italy, Tamotsu Nishizawa, Graduate School of Economics, Tokyo, Japan and Simon Cook

Ludwig von Mises and the Austrian Tradition

Banks in Saint-Simonian Economic Thought

This book focuses on both Marshall and the Marshallian tradition, revisiting the 1920s and 1930s debates on business size, external economies, coordination and management costs including contributions from Roger Backhouse and Richard Arena.

Selected Contents: Introduction Giacomo Becattini Section 1: Marshall’s Industrial Economics 1. Marshall‘s Evolutionary Views on the Industrial System Tiziano Raffaelli 2. ’Industry and Trade’ Revisited, Marshall on Britain’s Industrial Leadership and Business Organization Tamotsu Nishizawa Section 2: Wider Perspectives 3. The History of Industrial Organization Simon Cook 4. Fair Wages and Capability-Development Kenji Fuji 5. Partial Equilibrium Analysis as a Tool for the Study of the Economics of Industry Roger Backhouse 6. Ideal Social Orders Marco Dardi 7. Sraffa’s Attitude to Marshall Annalisa Rosselli Section 3: The Marshallian School 8. The Lancashire Industrial District: Its Rise, Prosperity and Decline in the Analysis of British Economists Katia Caldari and Fiorenza Belussi 9. Layton on Industrial and Applied Economics Masashi Kondo 10. Two Marshallians: Layton and the early MacGregor Carlo Cristiano 11. Sargant Florence’s Research Programme Leonard Minkes 12. Dennis Robertson’s ‘The Control of Industry’ Hiroyuki Shimodaira Section 4: The Revival 13. D.H. MacGregor and Industrial Economics at Oxford, 1920 – 1945 Frederick Lee 14. ’The Marshallian Tradition of Industrial Economics in Oxford (1947-1979): From Andrews’ Contribution to the Emergence of Industrial Organization and Business Studies’ Lise Arena 15. Marshall and George Richardson Richard Arena 16. On the Revival of Interest in Industrial Districts Marco Bellandi 17. Marshall’s Influence on Recent Developments in Industrial Economics Richard Langlois April 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55270-7: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415552707

FORTHCOMING

The Origins of David Hume’s Economics William Henderson, University of Minnesota Duluth The author argues that analysis of the arguments of the Hume’s Treatise throws light on Hume’s later economic, political and historical work.

Richard M. Ebeling, Northwood University, USA ’Given the current global economic crisis, with its origins in a credit crisis, and the failure of modern macroeconomics to provide an adequate theory for the links between the credit markets and the economy, the economics profession badly needs new insights into the role of credit and expectations in causing economic fluctuations. It could learn from the ideas and policy recommendations of those economists who lived through the Great Depression. Von Mises was one of those great economists. This book is a welcome invitation to examine the ideas of von Mises and the Austrian school on such vitally important subjects.’ - Jagdish Handa, McGill University, Canada ’In an era in which we are seeing increased interest in studying economic theorists from the Great Depression, Ebeling has done a great service in writing a fresh work on a figure who has been greatly neglected in recent years. Ludwig von Mises merits more attention whether one ultimately agrees with him or not.’ - James E. Hartley, Mount Holyoke College, USA As a defender of free-market liberalism and a leading opponent of socialism, this volume places Ludwig von Mises’ views on political economy, public policy and monetary economics in the historical context of his time.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Austrian Economics and the Political Economy of Freedom 2. Ludwig von Mises: Political Economist of Liberty 3. Ludwig von Mises and the Vienna of His Time 4. Austria-Hungary’s Economics Policies in the Twilight of the ’Liberal’ Era: Ludwig von Mises Early Writings on Monetary and Fiscal Policy 5. The Economist as the Historian of Decline: Ludwig von Mises and Austria in the Interwar Period 6. Planning for Freedom: Ludwig von Mises as Political Economist and Policy Analyst 7. Austrian Economics and the Keynesian Revolution: The Great Depression and the Economics of the Short-Run 8. Two Variations on the Austrian Monetary Theory: Ludwig von Mises and Joseph A. Schumpeter on the Business Cycle 9. Money, Economic Fluctuations, Expectations, and Period Analysis: The Austrian and Swedish Economists in the Interwar Period 10. Human Action, Ideal Types and the Market Process: Alfred Schutz and the Austrian School December 2009: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-77951-7: $145.00

Gilles Jacoud, University Jean Monnet of SaintEtienne, France This book is an indispensable reference work in understanding a current of thought which greatly contributed to the industrial expansion of the nineteenth century. This book will be of interest to postgraduate students, economists, historians and philosophers interested in the history of economic thought.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Gilles Jacoud 2. On Discount Banks (first article) Prosper Enfantin 3. On Discount Banks (second article) Prosper Enfantin 4. Seventh Session.

Constitution of Property – Organisation of Banks SaintAmand Bazard, Hippolyte Carnot, Charles Duveyrier, Prosper Enfantin and Henri Fournel 5. Fourth Letter to the Editor of Le Globe, on Our Legislation Considered in its Relations with Industry and Property Alphonse Decourdemanche 6. Political Economy. The Idle and the Workers. Farm Rents, Rents of Houses, Interest, Wages Prosper Enfantin 7. Political Economy. The Idle and the Workers. Farm Rents, Rents of Houses, Interest, Wages (second article) Prosper Enfantin 8. The Idle and the Workers. Political Functions according to the Idle. Political Functions according to the Workers (third article) Prosper Enfantin 9. Political Economy. The Idle and the Workers (third article) Prosper Enfantin 10. Political economy (fifth article). Institution of Banks Prosper Enfantin 11. Political Economy (sixth article). Industrial Policy Prosper Enfantin 12. Political Economy (seventh article). Organisation of Communes Prosper Enfantin 13. Saint-Simonian Policy (eighth article). Banks Prosper Enfantin 14. Saint-Simonian Policy (continuing article VIII). Banks Prosper Enfantin 15. Tenth Letter to the Editor of Le Globe, on Legislation in its Relations with Industry and Property. Influence of the Mobilisation of Land and the Foundation of Free Banks on Social Destiny Alphonse Decourdemanche 16. Industry. Third Lesson Given in the Athénée Hall J. Pereire, member of the second degree, on 14 September last. On the Progress of Workers and the Decline of the Idle Isaac Pereire 17. Industry. Fourth Lesson Given in the Athénée Hall J. Pereire, member of the second degree, on 21 September last. On the Transformation of the Present Banks and Credit Securities Isaac Pereire 18. Industry. Continuing the Fourth Lesson given in the Athénée Hall J. Pereire, member of the second degree, on 21 September last. On the Transformation of the Present Banks and Credit Securities Isaac Pereire 19. On Industry. Article II Olinde Rodrigues 20. Appendix 1.

Chronological Table Gilles Jacoud 21. Appendix 2.

Biographical Notices Gilles Jacoud March 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-48266-0: $150.00 0 £ 8 0 .

0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779517

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415482660

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction and Overview 2. Hume’s ’Treatise of Human Nature’: Shaping Economic and Social Life 3. ’A Compleat Chain of Reasoning’ 4. The Treatise and Hume’s Revised Philosophical Writing 5. Hume’s Economics Writing: On the Cusp of the Modern World 6. Contexts and Methods: ’Of the Populousness of Ancient Nations’ and other Essays in the Context of Hume’s Methodology 7. Hume’s Political Writing 8. The Economic and Methodological Content of Hume’s ’History of England’

FORTHCOMING

July 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77863-3: $120.00

In this important new volume, Claudia Sunna charts the history of this most important of topics – from the Mercantilist era until the present day - in which the writings of Malthus, Wicksell, Pareto and Keynes are key.

0 £ 7 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415778633

Population, Development and Welfare in the History of Economic Thought Claudia Sunna, University of Lecce, Italy

April 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-36278-8: $130.00 0 £ 7 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415362788

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

35

36

POLITICAL ECONOMY: HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Production, Distribution and Trade

Real Business Cycle Models in Economics

The Economics and Mathematics of E. E. Slutsky

Alternative Perspectives

Warren Young, Bar Ilan University, Israel

Economics without Limits

Edited by Adriano Birolo, University of Padova, Italy, Duncan Foley, Heinz D. Kurz, University of Graz, Austria, Bertram Schefold, Johann-Wolfgang Goethe Universität, Frankfurt, Germany and Ian Steedman, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK

The purpose of this book is to describe the intellectual process by which Real Business Cycle models developed, focusing on the core elements in the development of RBC models: (i) building blocks, (ii) catalysts, and (iii) meta-syntheses.

Vincent Barnett, University of Birmingham, UK

“This volume is a fitting tribute to Sergio Parrinello’s untiring efforts to stimulate discussion among Classicals, Marxists, Postkeynesians, and Evolutionists in the famous Trieste Summer School meetings of the 1980s and 1990s. It carries the discussion into the 21th century.” - Christian Gehrke, University of Graz, Austria Production, Distribution and Trade brings together leading voices in classical and post-Keynesian economics to discuss key issues such as growth, globalization and financial markets in the history of economic thought.

Selected Contents: Introduction Adriano Birolo, Duncan Foley, Heinz D. Kurz, Bertram Schefold and Ian Steedman Part 1: Economic Theory – Micro 1. Bads as Joint Products in a Linear Production System Eiji Hosoda 2. Goods, Characteristics and the Quasi-Concavity of Preferences Ian Steedman 3. A Hicksian Divide in the Evolution of Neoclassical Theory Pierangelo Garegnani 4. Can Sraffa Point Us to a Better Future? Lynn Mainwaring 5.

Comparative and Competitive Advantage in an Evolving Economy Stan Metcalfe 6. Labour Values and Prices in a Linear Model with International Trade Takao Fujimoto 7. Fixed Capital and Capital Utilization in the Modern Economy Heinz D. Kurz Part 2: Economic Theory – Macro 7. Some Simple Extensions of the Theory of Economic Growth Amit Bhaduri 8. Expectations and Equilibrium in Post Keynesian Models: A Potential Surprise Approach Amitava Krishna Dutt 9. Interest, Inflation and Inflation Targeting: Some Critical Notes on the ‘New Consensus Monetary Policy Model’ Massimo Pivetti 10. Financial Market, Loanable Funds and Aggregate Demand Claudio Gnesutta 11. A New Triffin Paradox for the Global Economy? J.A. Kregel Part 3: History of Economic Thought and Methodology 12. The Origins of Social Inequality: Beavers for Women, Deer for Men Alessandro Roncaglia 13. Johann Heinrich von Thünen and the History of Economic Thought: A Bird’s-Eye View Bertram Schefold 14. A XXI-Century Alternative to XX-Century Peer Review Grazia Ietto-Gillies 15. Benchmarks for the Access to the Position of Assistant Professor in Economics in the Italian University System Annalisa Rosselli and Adriano Birolo 16. Money, Effective Demand and Long-Period Positions: The Trieste Problem Edward J. Nell April 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55723-8: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415557238

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Origins: Building Blocks and Catalysts 1. Optimal and Stochastic Growth Models, RCE, Calibration, and Critiques of Control Theory and Econometrics 2. Equilibrium, Understanding and Classical Modeling of Business Cycles and the Economy: Lucas, Barro and Sargent (1976) Models 3. Dynamics of Economic Time-Series and Time-Series Filters 4. KydlandPrescott: Time Inconsistency and Time-to-Build 5. LongPlosser and King-Plosser 6. Cross-Fertilization, Referees and Revision Part 2: Evolution and Dissemination 7. The Monetary and Work-Hours Sting in the Tail: First Generation Models of Kydland and Prescott and Their Students 8. LongPlosser, King-Plosser and King-Plosser-Rebelo: From MultiSector to One-Sector General Models 9. Modern Business Cycle Theory: Barro and McCallum. Challenges: Critiques and Debates in Freshwater and Saltwater Venues 10. The ’New Keynesian’ Challenge: Nominal and Real Rigidities in Macroeconomics 11. Second and Third Generation Models: The Issues of Work-Hours and Sticky Prices and Their Inclusion in Generalized. RBC Monetary Models 12. Critiques and Debates: From Altug, Heckman and Summers to Gali-Basu-Kimball Critiques and Replies.

Conclusion

This is the first book in English assessing Slutsky’s contributions to economics and to their links with his influential work in pure mathematics and statistics, with new translations of some of Slutsky’s currently unknown works in economics.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Slutsky’s Life and Contributions 2. Slutsky’s Life and Work up to 1917 3. Slutsky after the Boshevik Revolution 4. Slutsky joins the Moscow Conjuncture Institute 5. Slutsky after 1930 Part 2: Slutsky’s Unknown Works in Economics 6. An Essay on the Economic Views of William Petty (1914) 7. Mathematical Notes Towards a Theory of Currency Emission (1923) 8. An Enquiry into the Formal Praxelogical Foundations of Economics (1926) Part 3: Wider Discussion and Conclusion 9. At the Limit of Economics and Mathematics 10. Conclusion December 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-54960-8: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415549608

FORTHCOMING

The Ideas of Ronald H. Coase Market Failure and Planning by Contract for Sustainable Development

June 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-47569-3: $140.00 0 £ 7 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415475693

Lawrence W. C Lai, University of Hong Kong, Republic of China This book shows how Ronald H. Coase’s theories can be used to establish a practical pro-planning agenda without compromising the freedom of contract or private property rights as pillars of a market economy in the context of sustainable development.

FORTHCOMING

The Economic Reader Textbooks, Manuals and the Dissemination of the Economic Sciences during the 19th and Early 20th Centuries.

Edited by Massimo M. Augello, University of Pisa, Italy and Marco E.L. Guidi, University of Pisa, Italy.

This book proposes a comparative study of the history of manuals of political economy in the most representative countries for the development of economics in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries demonstrating and the ’professionalisation’ of economics.

Selected Contents: 1. Manuals and the Spread of Economics: A Comparative Analysis Massimo M. Augello and Marco E.L. Guidi 2. The United Kingdom Keith Tribe 3. France Philippe Steiner and François Vatin 4. Germany and Austria Harald Hagemann and Mattias Rösch 5. Italy Massimo M. Augello and Marco E.L. Guidi 6. Spain, Salvador Almenar 7. Portugal José Luis Cardoso and Antonio Almodovar 8. Belgium Guido Erreygers and Bert Mosselmans 9. Russia Joachim Zweynert 10. Sweden Johan Lönnroth 11. USA Brad Bateman 12. Japan Tamotsu Nishizawa

Selected Contents: Part 1: Intellectual and Policy Context 1. Coase: A Friend or an Enemy of Planning?

2. Coase and Coasian Research on Zoning Part 2: Coase and Market Failure 3. ’The Problem of Social Cost’, the ’Coase Theorem’ and Externalities 4. ’The Lighthouse in Economics’ and Public Goods 5. Sustainable Development Part 3: Coase and Planning by Contract 6. Planning by Contract: A Coasian Model for Sustainable Development Part 4: Concluding Thoughts 7. Summary and Conclusion February 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55906-5: $145.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415559065

FORTHCOMING

Vico & Smith Extracting Information from a Probabilistic Universe

June 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp

John McCall, University of California Santa Barbara, USA

Hb: 978-0-415-55443-5: $130.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415554435

This book identifies the new Smith and presents novel links among three great philosophers.

0 £ 8 0 .

July 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-29924-4: $120.00 0 £ 6 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415299244

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

POLITICAL ECONOMY: HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT

POLITICAL ECONOMY: PUBLIC ECONOMICS

FORTHCOMING

The Mathematical Analysis of Linear Economic Systems Father Maurice Potron’s Pioneering Works.

Edited by Christian Bidard, University of Paris XNanterre, France and Guido Erreygers, Universiteit Antwerpen, Belgium This book makes Maurice Potron’s work available in the English language for the first time, whose original ideas on input-output models and duality properties between quantities and prices are now standard tools in economic analysis.

Selected Contents: Preface. Introduction: The economics of Maurice Potron Christian Bidard and Guido Erreygers Part 1: Potron’s Early Economic Writings (1911-1914) 1. Abstract of a Study on Just Prices and Wages 2. Mathematical Contribution to the Study of the Problems of Production and Wages 3. Some Properties of Linear Substitutions with Coefficients < 0 and Their Application to the Problems of Production and Wages 4. Application to the Problems of ‘Sufficient Production’ and the ‘Living Wage’ of Some Properties of Linear Substitutions with Coefficients < 0 5. Possibility and Determination of the Just Price and the Just Wage 6. Mathematical Contribution to the Study of the Problems of Production and of Wages 7. Relations between the Question of Unemployment and those of the Just Price and the Just Wage 8. Some Properties of Linear Substitutions with Coefficients < 0 and Their Application to the Problems of Production and of Wages 9. Mathematical Contribution to the Study of the Equilibrium between Production and Consumption 10. The Scientific Organisation of Labour. The Taylor System. I. The Principles Part 2: Potron’s Later Economic Writings (1935-1942) 11. On Certain Conditions of Economic Equilibrium 12. Draft of the Oslo Paper ‘On Economic Equilibria’ 13. On Economic Equilibria 14. The Mathematical Aspect of Certain Economic Problems 15. On Non Negative Matrices 16. On Non Negative Matrices and Positive Solutions to Certain Linear Systems 17. Letter on the Industrial Statistics Appendix I: Alfred Barriol: “Obituary of Maurice Potron (1872-1942)” Appendix II: Alfred Barriol: “Review of The Mathematical Aspect of Certain Economic Problems” Appendix III: Michel Vittrant: “Report on The Hebrew Manna Problem” Lexicon of Terms used by Potron. Complete Bibliography of Potron.

General Bibliography October 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-47321-7: $130.00

POLITICAL ECONOMY: PUBLIC ECONOMICS FORTHCOMING

Cost-Benefit Analysis Cases and Materials Euston Quah, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore and Raymond Toh, Singapore Ministry of Transport Cost-Benefit Analysis is the systematic and analytical comparing of benefits and costs when assessing the desirability of a project or programme. It is therefore a cornerstone of public finance and government decisionmaking.

This book highlights the key concepts and principles of cost-benefit analysis as applied in the real world. As well as large scale construction and transport projects, the impact of cost-benefit analysis on a range of social programmes, health, education and the environment is also examined. Undertakings analyzed include: • the Three Gorges Dam in China • the 2008 Beijing Olympics • the Costs of Global Warming • the Jamuna Bridge in Bangladesh.

The case studies, many of which have taken or are to take place in developing countries provide a rich background to the principles of the method, and are accompanied by a wealth of explanatory material. As well as being suitable for courses in Cost-Benefit Analysis, Public Finance, Environmental and Health Economics, the books should be of interest to all public policy decision makers and planners.

December 2010: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-55880-8: $130.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56226-3: $56.95

0 £ 7 0 .

0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415473217

9 £ 3 1 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415562263 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

FORTHCOMING

Women’s Economic Thought in the Eighteenth Century

Culture and Economics On Values, Economics and International Business Eelke de Jong, Radboud University Nijmegen, the Netherlands Series: Routledge Advanced Texts in Economics and Finance Since the early 1990s, culture, in the sense of norms and values, has entered economic analysis again, whereas it was totally absent from mainstream economics during most of the second half of the twentieth century. The disappointing results of mainstream economics and developments in the world economy triggered an awareness of the relevance of the context in which people make decisions. Developments which were triggering this were the unexpected high growth rates in Asia, (the Asian miracle), the transition of previously centrally planned economies and the increased attention for the role of religion after 9/11/2001.

Some of the areas this research covers are: • the history of culture in economics from Adam Smith to the present • the way culture is incorporated into economic analysis • methods used in empirical analysis on culture and economics • culture as an explanatory factor of cross-country difference in institutions and performance.

Culture appears to be relevant for explaining differences between otherwise similar countries; in particular OECDcountries. Uncertainty avoidance, for example, significantly explains the relative importance of financial markets. This book is the first that provides an overview of the field of culture and economics and will be of use to postgraduate researchers in the field of economics and culture.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. A History of Thought about Culture and Economy 3. The Re-emergence of Culture in Economics 4. Methods and Methodology of Culture and Economics 5. Culture and Cross-Country Differences in Institutions 6. Culture and Economic Performance 7. Religion as Culture 8. Mapping the Landscape of Social Capital: The Need for a Two-Level Approach 9. International Relations and Coordination 10. Conclusions and Recommendations April 2009: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-43861-2: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43888-9: $65.00 £ 0 1 0.

Edith Kuiper, State University of New York, New Paltz, USA

9 £ 3.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415438889 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

This book presents the life and work of twelve women authors who published on economic issues in eighteenth century Britain, bringing together bodies of literature of women’s and gender history, English literature and culture studies Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Mary Astell (16661731) 3. Grizel Baillie of Jerviswood (1665-1746) 4.

Catherine Cockburn (1679-1749) 5. Mary Collier (1689/90 – after 1759) 6. Eliza Haywood (1693-1753) 7. Anonymous, “Sophie”, and “A Lady” 8. Catherine Macaulay (1731-1791) 9. Sarah Trimmer (1741 – 1810) 10. Hannah More (17451833) 11. Mary Wollstonecraft (1759 – 1797) 12. Priscilla Wakefield (1751 – 1832) 13. Mary Anne Radcliffe (17641824). Conclusion

Political Economy eBooks

February 2011: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-47511-2: $140.00

For more information, purchasing options and details about eContent for your library, please contact:

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415475112

UK and Rest of World online.sales@tandf.co.uk

0 £ 7 5 .

Taylor & Francis Political Economy eBooks are available as part of a subscription package or for outright purchase.

United States, Canada and South America e-reference@taylorandfrancis.com

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

eBooks www.ebooksubscriptions.com

37

POLITICAL ECONOMY: PUBLIC ECONOMICS

38

ENVIRONMENTAL AND AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS

ENVIRONMENTAL AND AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS

NEW 2nd Edition

Modern Public Economics Raghbendra Jha, Australian National University Series: Routledge Advanced Texts in Economics and Finance Praise for the first edition ’Professor Jha’s Modern Public Economics is one of those rare feats—an accessible, wide-ranging and marvelously organized survey of the field for intermediate students and a precise down-to-earth manual for practitioners.’ Edmund S. Phelps, Columbia University, USA (2006 Nobel Prize for economics)

FORTHCOMING

Elements of Ecological Economics Jan Otto Andersson and Ralf Eriksson, both at Åbo Akademi, Finland Elements of Ecological Economics provides a comprehensive introduction to the field of ecological economics, an interdisciplinary project trying to give answers to the problems related to the overexploitation of the earth’s resources today.

These include the problems of global warming (the Greenhouse effect) and the overuse of the seas (e.g. overfishing). The book also gives an exposition of the closely related problems of global welfare and justice.

Praise for the second edition ’This is a magisterial study-the author’s complete mastery of theoretical intricacies and subtleties is matched by a deep and profound understanding of policy choices that confront governments in developing countries. In a remarkable blend of theory and practice, it surpasses the best in Public Finance.’ - Raghav Gaiha, University of Delhi, India In recent times not only have traditional areas of public economics such as taxation, public expenditure, public sector pricing, benefit cost analysis, and fiscal federalism thrown up new challenges but entirely new areas of research and inquiry have emerged. This second edition builds upon the strengths of the previous edition and incorporates results of research on new areas such as global public goods, environmental taxation and carbon permits trading and the complexities of corporate taxation in a rapidly globalizing world.

The book covers topics including: • the general policy perspective required by sustainability • economic growth in a historical perspective • sustainability conceptions and measurement within ecological economics, • economics and ethics of climate change

The book is a modern and comprehensive exposition of public economics. It includes extended discussions on topics of particular interest to developing countries and covers subjects such as: • taxation in an economy with a large informal sector • the challenges of using VAT • the use of randomized evaluation • theory of public expenditure and public goods including global public goods

• global food security • the state of the seas on earth and locally (Baltic Sea).

As an introductory level text the book will be useful undergraduate students for basic courses in economics and related fields and be comprehensible by anyone interested in environmental problems. The separate chapters on the problems of climate change, sustainable food production and the over-use of the seas, the reader will easily see the practical relevance to the theoretical concepts presented and used in the book.

Selected Contents: 1. The Global Ethical Trilemma 2. Economic Growth and Human Development 3. Ethics and Ecological Economics 4. Environmental Economics 5. Ecological Economics: The Science of Sustainability 6. The Economics and Ethics of Climate Change 7. Global Food Security 8. Man and the Seas: The Oceans and the Baltic Sea 9. Growth and Degrowth – Is another Economy Possible?

• incentive effects of taxation and tax incidence.

This book discusses the major traditional areas of taxation and public expenditure as well as emerging issues relating to public economics in the globalized world economy.

It will be useful as a reference and update on the modern literature on public economics for professional economists and policymakers, as well as providing invaluable information as a basic text for undergraduate and graduate students in public economics.

March 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-47380-4: $140.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47381-1: $65.00 0 £ 7 5 .

9 £ 3.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Welfare Economics 1. A Quick Primer on Consumer Demand 2. Perfect Competition and Pareto Optimality 3. Forms of the Social Welfare Function 4. Arrow’s General Possibility and Other Impossibility Theorems Part 2: The Theory of Public Expenditure 4. External Effects and the Market Mechanism 5. The Theory of Pure Public Goods 6. Topics in the Theory of Public Goods Part 3: The Theory of Taxation 7. The Effects of Taxes on Savings 8. Taxation and Labor Supply 9. The Effects of Taxes on Investment Behavior 10. Taxation and Risk-Taking 11. The Theory of Tax Incidence 12. Tax Incidence in Dynamic Models 13. Some Results in Commodity Taxation 14. Aspects of Income Taxation 15. Topics in the Theory of Taxation 16. Tax Reform Part 4: Applied Problems in Public Economics 17. Pricing in the Public Sector 18. International Aspects of Taxation 19. International Issues 20. Global Public Goods 21. Cost Benefit Analysis 22. Environmental Taxation Part 5: Fiscal Federalism 23. Issues in Fiscal Federalism 24. Grants and Taxes in Federal Countries

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415473811 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

October 2009: 234 x 156: 648pp Hb: 978-0-415-46010-1: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46011-8: $65.00 £ 0 1 0 5 .

9 £ 3 9 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415460118 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

ENVIRONMENTAL AND AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS

NEW

FORTHCOMING

Textbook 3rd Edition

Forestry Economics A Managerial Approach

Environmental Economics and Natural Resource Management David A. Anderson, Centre College, Kentucky, USA

John E. Wagner, State University of New York, USA Series: Routledge Textbooks in Environmental and Agricultural Economics

The tools of environmental economics guide policymakers as they weigh development against nature, present against future, and certain benefits against uncertain consequences. From reluctantbut-necessary calculations of the value of life, to moral quandaries over profits at the environment’s expense, the models and findings explained in this textbook are relevant to today’s more pressing dilemmas.

July 2010: 234 x 156: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-77440-6: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77476-5: $65.00

The third edition of Environmental Economics and Natural Resource Management retains the applicationbased narratives and visual emphasis of the second edition, while covering the latest policy initiatives, following recent trends, and becoming even more user friendly. An expanded array of color photographs, diagrams, and other visual aids provide new perspectives on global environmental and resource issues.

Series: New Political Economy

The book covers topics including: • efficiency and cost-benefit analysis • natural resource management • globalization • environmental ethics

Selected Contents: Part 1: Building a Foundation 1. The Big Picture 2. Efficiency and Choice 3. Market Failure 4. The Role of Government 5. Trade-offs and the Economy Part 2: Issues and Approaches 6. Environmental Quality 7. Energy 8. Sustainability 9. Population, Poverty, and Economic Growth 10. Biodiversity and Valuation 11. International and Global Issues Part 3: Policy and Procedure 12. Perspectives on Environmental Policy 13. Natural Resource Management: Renewable Resources 14. Natural Resource Management: Depletable and Replenishable Resources 15. Environmental Dispute Resolution 16. Morals and Motivation

£ 0 15 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774765 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

Edited by Charles Palmer, London School of Economics, UK and Stefanie Engel, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology Up until now the debate in terms of the scientific and economic implications of avoided deforestation has not been brought together. This book gathers together important research findings in the area along with their policy implications, whilst linking avoided deforestation to political economy as well as to the latest developments in environmental and natural

On the prospect of an ecological liberalism G.J. Paton, University of Sydney, Australia This book is born of the need for a critique of current approaches to environmental policy and governance and the search for alternative sustainability frameworks.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Ecological Political Economy Part 1: Theorising Embeddedness for Sustainability 2. Ecological Sustainability and Embeddedness 3. Embeddedness in Liberalism and Neoliberalism Part 2: Policy and Governance for Sustainability 4. Changing Discourses of Sustainability 5. Environmental Neo-liberalism Part 3: Greening Liberal Theory for Sustainability 6. The Substantive Roots of Liberalism 7. Economic Liberalism 8. Political Liberalism 9. Social Liberalism 10. The Sustainability of Liberalism

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415566100

FORTHCOMING

A Critique of Environmental Economics A Heterodox Approach Robin Hahnel, American University, Washington DC, USA and Kristen Sheeran, St. Mary’s College at Maryland, USA Series: Routledge Advances in Heterodox Economics This book draws on insights from radical political economy, institutionalist economics, ecological economics, and other heterodox traditions to fill in the gaps in our understanding of the relationship between economy and ecology left by mainstream environmental economics.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Rethinking Economics and the Environment 3. How and Why We Misuse the Environment 4. Tragedy of the Commons 5. Environmental Policy: A Primer 6. Environmental Policy: What They Don’t Tell You 7. Natural Resource Extraction: Beyond the Math 8. Global Environmental Problems and Policies 9. The Ultimate Solution 10. Conclusion November 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-49092-4: $150.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415490924

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

Prospects for Mitigating Climate Change

Seeking Sustainability

9 £ 3 9 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779050 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

Avoided Deforestation

FORTHCOMING

0 £ 9 0 .

This fascinating textbook will be invaluable to students undertaking courses in environmental economics, ecological economics, and environmental and resource economics. The book includes an online Instructor’s Guide with answers to all the practice problems as well as downloadable slides of figures and tables from the book.

January 2010: 246 x 189: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-77904-3: $185.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77905-0: $69.95

£ 0 1 0.

9 £ 3.

May 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56610-0: $145.00

• population growth and poverty.

Routledge Explorations in Environmental Economics

eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

resource economics.

April 2009: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-44712-6: $170.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415447126

Benefits of Environmental Policy Conference Volume of the 6th Chemnitz Symposium ’Europe and Environment’ Edited by Klaus Dieter John, Technical University of Chemnitz, Germany and Dirk T.G. Rübbelke, CICERO, Center for International Climate and Environmental Research, Norway This book addresses the wide range of co-effects associated with environmental policies and the ways they may increase or decrease the attractiveness of environmental policy as a whole. Therefore, the book’s scope moves beyond standard economic analyses, which regularly postulate a clear cause-and-effect chain. The complexity and wide range of benefits is investigated from different perspectives and by means of different methodologies.

Selected Contents: 1. Different Benefit Dimensions in Environmental Economics K.D. John and D.T.G. Rübbelke 2. Co-Effects of Environmental Policy T. Zylicz and Mikolaj Czajkowski 3. Ancillary Benefits of Adaptation to Climate Change A. Aasheim 4. Climate Policy Providing Public and Private Goods U. Moslener and Bodo Sturm 5. Environmental Policy in India G. Gupta 6. The Integrative Sustainability Triangle as a New Approach to the Design of a Sustainability Strategy M. von Hauff 7. Discussion May 2009: 234 x 156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-47851-9: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415478519

39

40

ENVIRONMENTAL AND AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS

Biotechnology and Agricultural Development Transgenic Cotton, Rural Institutions and Resource-poor Farmers Edited by Rob Tripp, Overseas Development Institute, UK The controversy over genetically modified (GM) crops in industrialized countries is paralleled by a loud debate over their potential role in developing countries, with supporters claiming that GM crops are the best hope for reducing rural poverty and hunger, and opponents predicting that they can only bring corporate control of peasant agriculture and environmental disaster. This book offers an examination of the performance of the new technology in the broader context of the agricultural institutions that govern its generation.

Selected Contents: 1. Biotechnology and Agricultural Development Robert Tripp 2. Cotton Production and Technology Robert Tripp 3. Development, Agronomic Performance and Sustainability of Transgenic Cotton for Insect Control Ann M. Showalter, Shannon Heuberger, Bruce E. Tabashnik, and Yves Carrière 4. Transgenic Cotton: Assessing Economic Performance in the Field Robert Tripp 5. Transgenic Cotton and Institutional Performance Robert Tripp 6. Farmers’ Seed and Pest Control Management for Bt Cotton in China Jikun Huang, Ruijian Chen, Jianwei Mi, Ruifa Hu, and Ellie Osir 7. India’s Experience with Bt Cotton: Case Studies from Gujarat and Maharashtra N. Lalitha, Bharat Ramaswami, and P.K. Viswanathan 8. The Socioeconomic Impact of Transgenic Cotton in Colombia Patricia Zambrano, Luz Amparo Fonseca, Iván Cardona and Eduardo Magalhaes 9. Ten Years of Bt Cotton in South Africa: Putting the Smallholder Experience into Context Marnus Gouse 10. Summary and Conclusions Robert Tripp May 2009: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-49963-7: $140.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54384-2: $45.95 0 £ 9 0 .

9 £ 2 4 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415543842

FORTHCOMING

Climate Change and Forest Resources

NEW

Economic Analysis of Land Use in Global Climate Change Policy

Climate Change and the Private Sector Managing Climate Risks and Financing Carbon Neutral Energy Infrastructure Craig Hart This book contributes to new areas of research by examining the role of the private sector in addressing the challenges of climate change.

November 2009: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77475-8: $149.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774758

FORTHCOMING

0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415773089

NEW

A Case Study of the New York City Watershed Collaboration Joan Hoffman, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, USA How can we build the institutions that will promote the cooperation needed to meet our intertwined environmental and economic needs? Efforts to meet these twin goals in New York City’s watershed collaborations offer some guidance. The experience provides lessons in addressing scattered sources of pollution, encouraging environmentally compatible economic development, and coping with conflicts that are part of the collaboration process. It also yields insights into what we need to work effectively towards sustainable economic development.

This book identifies many barriers to achieving the cooperation necessary to solving our water problems and discusses how watershed collaborations are a means to overcoming those barriers. Historical experience and lessons from other watershed collaborations informed the design of New York City’s complex watershed collaboration which is shown to contain the elements of a ’green milieu’ that can foster sustainable economic development. The particular challenges to the collaboration’s environmental and economic goals created by the watershed’s rural economy, farming and forestry are described.

May 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77060-6: $140.00

March 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77470-3: $150.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415770606

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774703

0 £ 8 0 .

Economic Growth and Environmental Regulation China’s Path to a Brighter Future Tim Swanson, University College London, UK and Tun Lin, Asian Development Bank

This book discusses important scientific and policy relevant information about climate change and global forests. It examines the links between greenhouse gases and forests, the social impacts of climate-induced forest changes and the policies to use forests to sequester carbon.

0 £ 7 5 .

Land has long been neglected in economics. That is now changing. Recently, seven teams from Australia, the European Union, and the USA have, for the first time, included land use in their computable general equilibrium models, the work-horses of economic policy analysis. This book describes and critically assesses the underlying data, the methodologies used, and the first applications.

April 2009: 234 x 156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-77308-9: $145.00

The Cooperation Challenge of Economics and the Protection of Water Supplies

The unusual inclusion of the analysis of the economic aspects and effects of collaboration, of the relationship between collaboration and sustainable development, and of the processes of implementation and conflict make this book especially valuable to those interested in collaboration, regulation, environmental cooperation and conflict, watershed protection, economic development in general, and sustainable economic development in particular.

Brent Sohngen, Ohio State University, USA and Robert O. Mendelsohn, Yale University, USA

Edited by Thomas W. Hertel, Purdue University, USA, Steven K. Rose, Global Climate Change Research Group, Electric Power Research Institute, Washington, DC and Richard S.J. Tol, University of Hamburg, Germany

This volume assembles a group of eminent scholars to look at the problem of growth and environment from the perspective of environmental regulation. The questions addressed are: How does economic growth interact with regulation, and what are the best approaches to regulation in use today? The context for the volume is the current situation in China, where twenty years of rapid growth have created a situation in which there are both demands for environmental regulation and needs for choosing a future development path.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Tun Lin and Tim Swanson Part A: Growth and Environmental Regulation 2. The Problem of Growth and Environment: The Case of China Pei Xiaofei and Xia Guang 3. Growth and Environment: The EKC in China Yi Jiang, Tun Lin and Juzhong Zhuang 4. Growth and Environmental Regulation: International Experiences Tim Swanson Part B: Growth and Environmental Management: China’s Experiences 5. Air Pollution Management: China’s Experience Hao Jemin 6. Water Pollution Management: China’s Experience Meng Wei 7. Ecosystem Management: China’s Experience Gao Jixi Part C: Pathways to a Brighter Future? International Experiences in Environmental Regulation 8. Air Pollution Management: International Experiences Haakon Vennemo 9. Water Pollution Management: International Experiences Ben Groom 10. Ecosystem Management: International Experiences Andreas Kontoleon Part D: Institutional Development for a Regulated Environment 11. Institutional Development: The Case of China Dong Keyong 12. Institutional Development: International Experiences Timo Goeschl 13. Cross-Cutting Issues in Environmental Regulation Jim Salzman 14. Conclusions: China’s Path to a Brighter Future Tun Lin, Jim Salzman and Tim Swanson November 2009: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-55127-4: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415551274

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

ENVIRONMENTAL AND AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS

FORTHCOMING

NEW

FORTHCOMING

Ecosystem Services and Global Trade of Natural Resources

Environmental Amenities and Regional Economic Development

The Taxation of Petroleum and Minerals: Principles, Problems and Practice

Edited by Todd L. Cherry, Appalachian State University, USA and Dan Rickman, Oklahoma State University, USA

Edited by Philip Daniel, Michael Keen and Charles McPherson, all at International Monetary Fund, USA

Ecology, Economics and Policies Edited by Thomas Köllner, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology The aim of this book is to show how the increase in international trade of biophysical commodities can damage global ecosystems and their services, how those damages can be accounted for in Life Cycle Assessment and Green National Accounting and how instruments in the public and private sector can help to achieve a more sustainable global trade. The focus is on the global ecosystem impact of traded products due to land use, freshwater use and use of marine environments.

Selected Contents: 1. Society’s Dependence on Global Ecosystem Services Gretchen Daily and Kai Chen 2. Globalization and Governance of Human-Environment Systems Roland W. Scholz 3. International Trade Policies and Ecosystem Services David Blandford 4. Virtual Land Use Embodied in Traded Goods and Services Thomas Köllner and Manel van der Sleen 5. Virtual Water Embodied in Global Trade of Agricultural and Industrial Products Hong Yang and Sascha Zehnder 6. Global Trade of Fish Products Lisa Deutsch and Carl Folke 7. Impacts of Land Use on Ecosystem Services Jonathan A. Foley 8. Impacts of Freshwater Water Use on Ecosystem Services Johan Rockström 9. Impacts of Fisheries and Aquaculture on Ecosystem Services Jane Lubchenco 10. Life Cycle Assessment and Ecosystem Services Thomas Koellner, Manuele Margni, Ruedi Müller Wenk, Stefanie Hellweg and Stephan Pfister 11. Land and Ecosystem Services Accounts of the European Union JeanLouis Weber 12. International Payments for Ecosystem Services IPES Fulai Scheng, Benjamin Simmons and Anantha Duraiappah 13. Fair Trade, Environmental Labels, Bans and Ecosystem Services Ulrike Grote 14. Compensation of Ecosystem Services in the Private Sector Thomas Köllner 15. International Biodiversity Off-sets in the Private Sector Kerry ten Kate and Josh Bishop 16. The Forest-Carbon Partnership Facility (The World Bank) 17. Linking Public Policies and Private Sector Instruments to Sustainably Manage Global Ecosystem Services Stefanie Engel and Thomas Köllner June 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-48583-8: $150.00

Rising U.S. income and wealth in recent decades have fueled an increase in consumption demand for environmental amenities. Many observers and researchers have argued that this at least in part underlies current differentials in economic growth across regions. This collection of key articles addresses the issues and more.

Selected Contents: 1. Environmental Amenities and Regional Economic Development: Introduction 2. Moving to Nice Weather 3. The Rise of the Sunbelt 4. The Role of Amenities and Quality of Life in Rural Economic Growth 5. Population Growth in High-Amenity Rural Areas: Does it Bring Socioeconomic Benefits for Long-Term Residents 6. Natural Amenities and Rural Employment Growth: A Sector Analysis 7. Recasting the Creative Class to Examine Growth Processes in Rural and Urban Counties 8. An Analysis of Regional Economic Growth in the U.S. Midwest 9. Public Conservation Land and Employment Growth in the Northern Forest Region 10. The Geographic Diversity of U.S. Nonmetropolitan Growth Dynamics: A Geographically Weighted Regression Approach 11. Voting with Their Feet: Jobs versus Amenities 12. Population Growth in European Cities: Weather Matters - But Only Nationally 13. Combining Nature Conservation and Residential Development in the Netherlands, England and Spain December 2009: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-48607-1: $200.00 £ 0 1 2 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486071

FORTHCOMING

Environmental Policies in the New Europe A Computable General Equilibrium Model for Transboundary Pollution and Trade

0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415485838

Caterina De Lucia, University of York, UK This book presents, through the use of Computable General Equilibrium (CGE) modelling, a quantitative analysis of the effects of alterations in environmental and trade taxation for the new member countries of the European Union.

FORTHCOMING

Environmental Efficiency, Innovation and Economic Performance Anna Montini, University of Bologna, Italy and Massimiliano Mazzanti, University of Ferrara, Italy This book provides a fully integrated study of the links between environmental efficiencies, economic performances and innovation. Environmental policy is acknowledged as a major driver of innovation, as well as changes made within firms, traditional market-based factors and evolutionary effects.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. A Critical Assessment of Integration of Environmental Policies 3. Introduction to a CGE Model for an Enlarged Europe 4. Policy Simulation Exercise and Results 5. Policy Discussion 6. Conclusion 7. Bibliography April 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49814-2: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415498142

Selected Contents: 1. Environmental Innovation, Firm Strategies and Economic Performances: Microeconomic Evidence for Manufacturing and Services 2. Environmental Efficiency and Economic Efficiency: Evidence at Sector Level 3. Delinking, Environmental Efficiency and Economic Drivers at Macroeconomic Level May 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-47852-6: $150.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415478526

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

Oil, gas and mineral deposits are a substantial part of the wealth of many countries, not least in developing and emerging market economies. Harnessing some part of that wealth for fiscal purposes is critical for economic development: in few areas of economic life are the returns to good policy so large, or mistakes so costly. All those with an interest in fiscal regimes for resource-rich economies: academics, country officials, civil society and those working in the industries will find this book on the topic to be an invaluable resource and the content is policy-oriented, but intellectually rigorous.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Conceptual Overview 2. Theoretical Perspectives on Resource Tax Design 3. Principles of Resource Taxation for Low-income Countries Part 2: Sectoral Experiences: Issues and Valuation 4. Petroleum Taxation: Experience and Issues 5. Minerals Taxation: Experience and Issues 6. Natural Gas: Experience and Issues 7. Evaluating Fiscal Regimes for Resource Projects Part 3: Special Topics 8. Resource Rent Taxation: Theory and Experience 9. State Participation in the Natural Resources Sectors: Evolution, Issues and Outlook Part 4: Implementation 10. Auctions 11. Resource Tax Administration 12. International Tax Issues Part 5: Stability and Credibility 13. Other Challenges: FAQs in Resource Taxation 14. Contractual Assurances of Fiscal Stability 15. Time Consistency in Petroleum Taxation: The Case of Norway February 2010: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-56921-7: $145.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415569217

41

42

ENVIRONMENTAL AND AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS

Modeling EnvironmentImproving Technological Innovations under Uncertainty

NEW

FORTHCOMING

New Perspectives on Agri-environmental Policies

Edited by Alexander Golub, Environmental Defense, USA and Anil Markandya, Basque Centre for Climate Change, Bilbao

A Multidisciplinary and Transatlantic Approach

Optimal Control of Age-structured Populations in Economy, Demography, and the Environment

This book presents a compendium of methodologies for evaluating the economic impact of technological innovation upon climatechange policy. There is a broad consensus on the key elements of climate-change science and agreement that near-term actions are needed to prevent dangerous anthropogenic interference with the climate system. However, there is little agreement on the costs and benefits of climate policy.

Any policy implementation will result in an irreversible but environment-improving investment in alternative technologies; this change will generate immediatelyrealized costs but significantly-delayed benefits. Hence, a critical element in policy selection is the inherent uncertainty in the climate and economy that can be expected over time.

Selected Contents: Introduction Alexander Golub and Anil Markandya 1. Cost and Benefits of Climate Policy under Uncertainty Alexander Golub, Elena Strukova and James Wang 2. Trade-offs Between Expectations and Uncertainties: Application of Real Option Methodology for Climate Policy Analysis Jon Anda, Alexander Golub and Elena Strukova 3. Learning about Climate Change and Implications for Nearterm Policy Mort Webster, Lisa Jakobovits and James Norton 4. Structural Uncertainty in the DICE Model AJ A. Bostian and Alexander Golub 5. Abatement Cost Uncertainty and Policy Instrument Selection Under a Stringent Climate Policy.

A Dynamic Analysis Valentina Bosetti, Alexander Golub, Anil Markandya, Emanuele Massetti and Massimo Tavoni 6. The Effects of Climate Policy on the Energy Technology Mix: An Integrated CVaR and Real Options Approach Sabine Fuss, Nikolay Khabarov, Jana Szolgayova and Michael Obersteiner 7. Risk-Averse Firm and New Technologies Alexander Golub, Dan Dudek and Elena Strukova 8. The Evolution of Technological Complexity: An Agent-Based Simulation Model of the Global Energy System Tieju Ma and Arnulf Grubler Appendix A: Main Mathematical Formulations of the Model 9. Does the Kyoto Protocol Cost too much and Create Unbreakable Barriers for Economic Growth? Alexander Golub, Anil Markandya and Dominic Marcellino 10. Improving the Contribution of Economic Models in Evaluating Energy and Climate Change Mitigation Policies John A. ’Skip’ Laitner 11. The Economic Benefits of an Energy-Efficient and Onsite Renewable Energy Strategy to Meet Growing Electricity Needs in Texas John A. ’Skip’ Laitner, Maggie Eldridge and R. Neal Elliott 12. Low-cost Offsets and Incentives for New Technologies Alexander Golub and Noah Greenberg 2008: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-46376-8: $170.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415463768

Edited by Stephan J. Goetz, Pennsylvania State University, USA and Floor Brouwer, LEI-DLO Agricultural Economics Research Institute, the Netherlands

Edited by Raouf Boucekkine, Université Catholique de Louvain, Belgium, Natali Hritonenko, Prairie View A&M University, USA and Yuri Yatsenko, Houston Baptist University, USA

Significant advances have occurred in recent years in Europe and in North America in addressing agrienvironmental policies, but whilst important institutional and legal differences still exist between the two continents, the sharing of recent scientific advances will benefit scientists on both sides of the Atlantic. This is the main purpose of this book.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Stephan Goetz and Floor Brouwer Part 1: Understanding Current Relations between Agriculture and Environment 2. Land use Transitions, Demographic Change and Perceptions of Place Jill Findeis 3. Payments for Environmental Services from Farming; What is the Role for Governments? An OECD Perspective Wilfrid Legg 4. Agri-Environmental Programs in the US and the EU Nelson Bills and Christina van Haaren 5. Evaluation of Agricultural Land Preservation Programs Lori Lynch, Wayne Gray and Jacqueline Geoghegan 6. Public Preferences for Protecting Working Landscapes Kathleen P. Bell 7. Small Feet, Big Tracks: The Potential Economic Effects of Critical Habitat Designation on the Economy of Southeastern Wyoming Thomas Foulke, David T. Taylor and Roger H. Coupal Part 2: New Perspectives on Modelling Agri-Environmental Relations 8. Multi-Scale Integrated Analysis of Land Use Change Peter H. Verburg, Koen P. Overmars, Martha Bakker and Louise Willemen 9. Multifunctionality and Land Use Policy: An Application of Non-Market Valuation to Urban Fringe Farm and Forest Preservation Joshua M. Duke and Robert J. Johnston 10. Agent-Based Land Use Models for Teaching, Extension and Collaborative Learning Thomas Berger and Pepijn Schreinemachers Part 3: The Scope for Emerging Policies 11. Castles or Cattle? Community Economics and Policy Alternatives in the Competition for Ranch Open Space Values Andrew Seidl, Lindsey Ellingson, Nicholas and C.J. Mucklow 12. Using the Past to Create a Sustainable Future for Agriculture: The Impact of Federal Farm Policy on Environmental and Social Landscape Change in Iowa Paul W. Brown and Lisa A. Schulte 13. Compliance with Standards in European Agriculture Vis-à-Vis Main Competitors on the World Market; A Comparative Approach on Public Benefits Floor Brouwer and Roel Jongeneel 14. Designing Efficient Agri-Environmental Schemes under Consideration of the Common Agricultural Policy (CAP) in Europe Bettina Matzdorf, Klaus Müller, Christian Kersebaum, Joachim Kiesel and Thomas Kaiser 15. The Future of Farmland Preservation Programs: From Retention and Viability to Resiliency Soji Adelaja, Mary Beth Lake, and Manuel Colunga-Garcia 16. Summary and Conclusion: What we have Learned Floor Brouwer and Stephan Goetz October 2009: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77702-5: $145.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415777025

This book covers a wide range of topics in mathematical modelling of interlinked economic, technological and environmental processes. The main unifying theme of the book is the integration of applied mathematical models that describe and optimize the mutual impact of economy, demography, technological change, and the environment on global, regional and local levels.

May 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77651-6: $170.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776516

FORTHCOMING

Participation in Environmental Organizations Benno Torgler, Queensland University of Technology, Australia, Maria A. Garcia-Valiñas, Universidad de Oviedo, Spain and Alison Macintyre, Queensland University of Technology, Australia This book analyzes the determinants of environmental participation and its consequences in different parts of the world, focusing on whose values are forwarded through voluntary activities and how far voluntary participation is representative.

March 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-44631-0: $150.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415446310

FORTHCOMING

Permit Trading in Different Applications Edited by Bernd Hansjürgens, Helmholtz Centre for Environmental Research, Germany, Ralf Antes, Martin-Luther-Universität Halle-Wittenberg, Germany and Marianne Strunz, KfW Bankengruppe, Germany This book analyzes the current picture for permit trading: one of the most influential environmental instruments to emerge in recent times. Its possibilities and limits, its successful design options and its restrictions will all be placed under the microscope, with a focus not only on “traditional” fields of application including air quality and climate policy, but new and emerging fields in which permit trading has been brought to bear: biodiversity, land use policy, water policy amongst them.

Selected Contents: 1. Emissions Trading in Air Quality Management and Climate Policy 2. Permit Trading in Land Use Management 3. Water Trading and Water Quality Trading 4. Overarching Design Options 5. Synthesis and Conclusions April 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55122-9: $125.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415551229

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

ENVIRONMENTAL AND AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS

FORTHCOMING

The Use of Economic Valuation in Environmental Policy

Preference Data for Environmental Valuation Combining Revealed and Stated Approaches Tim Haab, Ohio State University, USA, Ju-Chin Huang, University of New Hampshire, USA and John Whitehead, Appalachian State University, USA The monetary valuation of environmental goods and services has evolved from a fringe field of study in the late 1970s and early 1980s to a primary focus of environmental economists over the past decade. Despite its rapid growth, practitioners of valuation techniques often find themselves defending their practices to both users of the results of applied studies and, perhaps more troubling, to other practitioners.

One of the more heated threads of this internal debate over valuation techniques revolves around the types of data to use in performing a valuation study. In the infant years of the development of valuation techniques, two schools of thought emerged: the revealed preference school and the stated preference school, the latter of which is perhaps most associated with the contingent valuation method.

In the midst of this heated debate an exciting new approach to non-market valuation was developed in the 1990s: a combination and joint estimation of revealed preference (RP) and stated preference (SP) data.

This book provides a systematic, cohesive and in-depth discussion of the theory and methods of joint estimation, as well as showcasing recent developments in theory and methods of data combination and joint estimation via a set of original, state-of-the-art studies that are contributed by leading researchers in the field.

May 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77464-2: $150.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774642

Providing Research Support for the Implementation of EU Water Policy Under Aquastress Edited by Phoebe Koundouri, Athens University of Economics and Business, Greece This book aims to show that economics in general and nonmarket valuation methods in particular, together with participatory and engineering tools, can facilitate the design and implementation of the different European policies in relation to mitigation of water stress. The results presented in this book derive from AquaStress, an EU funded integrated project, delivering interdisciplinary methodologies to help mitigate water stress problems. The project draws on both academic and practitioner skills to generate knowledge in technological, operational management, policy, socioeconomic, and environmental domains.

The book is divided in three parts and as the AquaStress project, is case study driven. Part I begins with a review of the up-to-date use of non-market valuation economic methods in the design and implementation of EU water policies. Part II of the book proceeds to discuss and analyze participatory and engineering tools that can facilitate the determination of efficient water resources policies and the consequent implementation of the EU WFD, using case studies of test sites from Bulgaria, Italy, Morocco and Poland. Part III of the book, brings us back to the use of economic tools and focuses on policy appraisal through social cost-benefit analyses and the choice/estimation of the socially efficient discount rate to be used in such analyses. The book concludes with specific policy recommendations for all case-studies considered in previous chapters.

This work would be of most interest to water resources managers and policy makers as well as consultants working on the implementation of the WFD. It would also be helpful to students and scholars of water resource management.

June 2009: 234 x 156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-45323-3: $135.00 0 £ 8 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415453233

FORTHCOMING

Valuation of Regulating Services of Ecosystems Pushpam Kumar and Michael D. Wood, University of Liverpool, UK Economic valuation may be seen as a tool used when resolving conflicting choices and tradeoffs involving limited and competing resources. Since environmental goods and services are not fully transacted through the market, people attempt to estimate the value through non market valuation methods such as revealed preference and stated preferences. This book, which includes contributions from an international team of experts, analyzes all the current issues and covers the basic concepts and application of methodologies through case studies from all over the world.

May 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56987-3: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415569873

Waste and Environmental Policy Edited by Massimiliano Mazzanti, University of Ferrara, Italy and Anna Montini, University of Bologna, Italy This research deals with the increasingly complex issues of waste generation, waste management and waste disposal that in less developed industrialised countries present diverse but critical concerns.

Selected Contents: Introduction Massimiliano Mazzanti and Anna Montini Part 1: Waste Generation, Waste Management and Waste Disposal: Macroeconomic Analyses on Delinking and Policy Effectiveness 1. Delinking and Environmental Kuznets Curves for Waste Indicators in Europe: Evidence on Municipal Solid Waste and Packaging Waste Massimiliano Mazzanti and Roberto Zoboli 2. Waste Generation and Waste Disposal: Evidence on SocioEconomic and Policy Drivers in the EU Massimiliano Mazzanti, Francesco Nicolli and Roberto Zoboli 3. Municipal Waste: Generation, Management and Greenhouse Gas Emissions Frits Møller Andersen, Mette Skovgaard and Helge Larsen 4. The Drivers of MSW Generation, Disposal and Recycling: Examining OECD Inter-country Differences Katia Karousakis Part 2: Waste Generation, Waste Management and Landfill Diversion: Policy-oriented and Regionally Based Analyses from Italy 5. Municipal Waste Generation, Socio-economic Drivers and Waste Management Instruments: Regional and Provincial Panel Data Evidence from Italy Massimiliano Mazzanti Anna Montini and Roberto Zoboli 6. Embedding Landfill Diversion in Economic, Geographical and Policy Settings: Regional and Provincial Evidence from Italy Massimiliano Mazzanti, Anna Montini and Francesco Nicolli 7. Reducing Uncertainty in the Monetary Assessment of Environmental Liabilities from Waste Landfilling Tiziana Cianflone and Kris Wernstedt 8. Separation of Organic Waste and Composting: European Policies and Local Choices Massimiliano Volpi March 2009: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45936-5: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415459365

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

43

44

ENVIRONMENTAL AND AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS

FORTHCOMING

Routledge Studies in Ecological Economics

Political Economy of the Environment Simon Dietz, London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK, Jonathan Michie, University of Birmingham, UK and Christine Oughton, Birkbeck, University of London, UK

FORTHCOMING

Carbon Responsibility and Embodied Emissions

Series: Routledge Studies in Contemporary Political Economy

Theory and Measurement

This book draws together a team of political economists and environmentalists to assess climate change and environmental policy. It eschewes ’number-crunching’ costbenefit analysis to develop a more holistic approach.

João F.D. Rodrigues, Instituto Superior Técnico, Portugal, Tiago M.D. Domingos and Alexandra P.S. Marques, Instituto Superior Técnico, Portugal

Selected Contents: 1. The Microeconomics of Environmental Policy 2. Environmental Systems and Macro-Economic Models 3. Innovation Systems and Technological Progress 4. Sustainable Consumption

This book investigates environmental indicators accounting for indirect emissions (as embodied in international trade) within the framework of input-output analysis and introduces an indicator of environmental responsibility derived from consumer and producer responsibility, i.e. upstream emissions embodied in final demand and downstream emissions embodied in primary inputs.

June 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-43753-0: $130.00 0 £ 7 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415437530

February 2010: 216 x 138: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-47020-9: $113.85 0 £ 7 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415470209

Managing Water Resources in a Time of Global Change

FORTHCOMING

Contributions from the Rosenberg International Forum on Water Policy

Environmental Social Accounting Matrices Theory and Applications

Edited by Alberto Garrido, Universidad Politécnica de Madrid, Spain and Ariel Dinar, The World Bank, Washington DC, USA

Pablo Martínez de Anguita, University Rey Juan Carlos, Madrid and John E. Wagner, State University of New York, USA

Series: Contributions from the Rosenberg International Forum on Water Policy Bringing together a raft of leading experts on water resources, this book explores the major issues facing this major subdivision of international studies. Employing a cross disciplinary perspective from economics, management, politics, law and international relations, water resources are examined from every angle.

Selected Contents: Series Editor’s Preface Henry Vaux, Jr 1. High Water, Low Water, No Water: Upland Water Resource Management in times of Global Change Ariel Dinar and Alberto Garrido Part 1: Mountain and Upland Areas 2. Mountains of the World – Water Towers for the 21st Century Bruno Messerli, Daniel Viviroli and Rolf Weingartner 3. Upland Watershed Management and Global Change – Canada’s Rocky Mountains and Western Plains Dave Sauchyn, Michael Demuth and Alain Pietroniro 4. System Hydrology Tools to Support Water Policy: The Case Of Lake Kinneret Watershed, Israel Alon Rimmer 5.

Combined Impacts of Development and Climate Change on the Rhône River (Switzerland, France) Jean-Paul Bravard Part 2: Managing Opportunities in the Face Global Challenges 6. Adaptive Management of Upland Rivers Facing Global Change: General Insights and Specific Considerations for the Rhone Claudia Pahl-Wostl, Ger Berkamp and Katharine Cross 7. Climate Change and Water Resources: Potential Impacts and Implications Richard M. Adams and Dannele E. Peck 8. Policy and Adaptation in the Jordan Valley Yousef Hasan Ayadi 9. Upland Watershed Management in Developing World: The Case of Tunisia Sihem Benabdallah 10. Challenges In Upland Watershed Management: The Green-Blue Water Approach Holger Hoff Part 3: The View of Practitioners and Stakeholders 11. Factors for Success: Public and Private Sector Roles in Securing a Safe and Reliable Water Supply Don Lowry 12. The International Joint Commission: A Case Study in the Management of International Waters Dennis Schornack and John Nevin 13. An Overview of the IJC Jack Blaney 14. Water Management in Alpine Regions Pedro Arrojo-Agudo Conclusions 15. Overcoming the Constraints for a more Integrated and Adaptive Water Management: A New Agenda for Upland Waters Alberto Garrido and Ariel Dinar 2008: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77778-0: $160.00 0 £ 8 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415777780

This book puts two disciplines together, regional and ecological economics, presenting a way to understand ecological economic concerns from a regional perspective, and providing a mathematical tool to measure their interrelationships. It offers different regional economic models that explicitly include the role of the natural resources and pollutants in economic regions through the use of Social Accounting Matrixes and Input-output models.

The main objective of this book is to explore Input-output and Social Accounting Matrix (SAM) models by expanding the accounts to include natural resources and the environment. The proposed models in this book incorporate the forest and other natural resources and pollutants as a component in a larger model of how the economy and environment of larger areas interact.

March 2010: 216 x 138: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-77630-1: $135.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776301

FORTHCOMING

Beyond Reductionism A Passion for Interdisciplinarity Edited by Katharine Farrell, University of Aarhus, Denmark, Sybille van den Hove, Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, Spain and Tommaso Luzzati, University of Pisa, Italy This book constitutes a state of the art assessment of ecological economics as well as its likely future direction. The tone is defiantly pluralistic and inclusive and the contributors include many of the leading names in the field including Richard Norgaard, Arild Vatn and Malte Faber.

Selected Contents: Introduction: What is Reductionism and Why do we Need to Move Beyond it? Part 1: The Idea of ‘Ecological Economics’ 1. The Shape of the Field Joan Martinez-Alier 2. The Enduring Case for Methodological Pluralism Richard Norgaard 3. The Corruptions of Elite Folk Sciences Jerome Ravetz and Samuel Randalls 4. Cutting a Path Beyond Reductionism Mary E. Clark Part 2: Life after Reductionism 5. Building a Career in the Epistemological no Man’s Land Malte Faber 6. Ecofeminism Ariel Salleh, Mary Mellor and Vandana Shiva 7. The Helmholtz Centre for Environmental Research: Conducting Ecological Economics within an Interdisciplinary Research Institute Irene Ring 8. Multi-scale Integrated Assessment Kozo Mayumi, Mario Giampietro and Jesus Ramon-Martin Part 3: Into the Woods: Mapping the Challenges 9. Institutional Factors in the Organisation of Interdisciplinary Research Jouni Paavola 10. What Lies Beyond Reductionism? Katharine Farrell, Sybille van den Hove and Tommaso Luzzati 11. Epistemelogical and Institutional Issues for the Future Arild Vatn and Richard Norgaard March 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-47014-8: $150.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415470148

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

ENVIRONMENTAL AND AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS

Drivers of Environmental Change in Uplands

Environment and Employment:

FORTHCOMING

A Reconciliation

Agricultural Marketing

Aletta Bonn, Moors for the Future Partnership, UK, Tim Allott, University of Manchester, UK, Klaus Hubacek, University of Leeds, UK and Jon Stewart, Natural England, UK

Edited by Philip Lawn, Flinders University, Australia

Structural Models for Price Analysis

This book reconciles the growing conflict between the ecological sustainability and full employment objectives, discussing and analyzing the impact that achieving ecological sustainability will have on unemployment and the nature of the workplace.

James Vercammen, University of British Columbia, Canada

Addressing policy related issues, providing up-to-date scientific background information and laying out pressing land management questions, this interdisciplinary volume identifies and discusses key directions of environmental change in uplands, as well as providing an outlook into future management and conservation options responding to these changes.

Selected Contents: Preface J.A. Lee Introduction 1. Drivers of Change in Upland Environments: Concepts, Threats & Opportunities A. Bonn, T. Allott, K. Hubacek and J. Stewart Part 1: Processes and Policy - The Overarching Drivers of Change 2. Natural Changes in Upland Landscapes M. Evans 3. Threats from Air Pollution and Climate Change on Upland Systems: Past, Present & Future S. Caporn and B. Emmett 4. Policy Change in the Uplands I. Condliffe Part 2: Ecosystem Goods & Services and Drivers of Change 5. The Carbon Budget of Upland Peat Soils F. Worrall and M. Evans 6. Upland Hydrology J. Holden 7. State of Upland Freshwater Ecosystems T. Allott 8. Condition of Upland Terrestrial Habitats A. Crowle and F. McCormack 9. Burning Issues: The History and Ecology of Managed Fires in the Uplands A.R. Yallop, B. Clutterbuck and J.I. Thacker 10. Moorland Management with Livestock: The Effect of Policy Change on Upland Grazing, Vegetation and Farm Economics S.M. Gardner, T. Waterhouse and C.N.R. Critchley 11. International Importance and Drivers of Change of Upland Bird Populations J.W. Pearce-Higgins, M.C. Grant, C.M. Beale, G.M. Buchanan and I.M.W. Sim 12. Mammals in the Uplands D.W. Yalden 13. Managing Uplands for Game and Sporting Interest: An Industry Perspective N. Sotherton, R. May, J. Ewald, K. Fletcher and D. Newborn 14. Moors from the Past B. Bevan 15. Leisure in the Landscape: Rural Incomes and Public Benefits N. Curry Part 3: Social Change, Land Management and Conservation - Driving Change 16. Description of the Upland Economy: Areas of Outstanding Beauty and Marginal Economic Performance K. Hubacek, K. Dehnen-Schmutz, M. Qasim and M. Termansen 17. The Future of Public Goods Provision in Upland Regions: Learning from Hefted Commons in the Lake District, UK R.J.F. Burton, G. Schwarz, K.M. Brown, I.T. Convery and L. Mansfield 18. The Economic Value of Landscapes in the Uplands of England N. Hanley and S. Colombo 19. Landscape as an Integrating Framework for Upland Management C. Swanwick 20. Using Scenarios to Explore Upland Futures K. Arblaster, M.S. Reed, E.D.G. Fraser an C. Potter 21. Effective Policy Making: Stakeholder Involvement and Sustainable Development in National Parks S. Connelly and T. Richardson 22. How Class Shapes Perceptions of Nature: Implications for Managing Visitor Perceptions in Upland UK N. Suckall, E. Fraser and C. Quinn 23. Moorland Wildfire Risk, Visitors and Climate Change: Patterns, Prevention and Policy J. McMorrow, S. Lindley, J. Aylen, G. Cavan, K. Albertson and D. Boys 24. Moorland Restoration: Potential and Progress P. Anderson, M. Buckler and J. Walker 25. Ecosystem Services: A New Rationale for Conservation of Upland Environments A. Bonn, M. Rebane and C. Reid Conclusion 26. Managing Change in the Uplands: Challenges in Shaping the Future A. Bonn, T. Allott, K. Hubacek and J. Stewart 2008: 234 x 156: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-44779-9: $180.00 0 £ 9 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415447799

June 2009: 234 x 156: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-44879-6: $150.00 0 £ 9 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415448796

NEW

Philosophical Basics of Ecology and Economy Malte Faber and Reiner Manstetten, both at University of Heidelberg, Germany The distinctive characteristic of this book’s approach is to provide a brand new and comprehensive view on problems pertaining to the relationship between humans and nature, without limit to any one particular discipline.

Environmental issues are not exclusively physical, biological, economical, political, social, or cultural problems. They are rather all these and more.

Selected Contents: 1. Humanity, Nature and Environment 2. Environmental Education: Problems and Possible Solutions 3. The meaning of Economy and Ecology 4. Scientific Logos and Ignorance 5. The Essence Logos 6. The Existence Logos 7. Forms of Knowledge and Economic Dynamics 8. The Term Nature and the Three Purposes of Life

Series: Routledge Textbooks in Environmental and Agricultural Economics This book rigorously examines key economic issues in the field of agricultural marketing and price analysis.

Topics are introduced via simple presentation of key theory and applications of the theory through the use of mini-case studies and stylized spreadsheet models. The coverage is broad, ranging from well-entrenched topics such as commodity futures markets and storage, to emerging topics such as food safety and auctions.

The text is intended to encourage students with an intermediate microeconomics background to think rigorously and analytically about real-world issues in agricultural marketing and price analysis. The text will also provide students with a comprehensive set of model-building tools and techniques. By working through the models in the textbook and solving the exercises at the back of each chapter, students will discover the power and simplicity of Microsoft Excel as a tool for economic modelling.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Hedging with Commodity Futures and Options 3. Commodity Storage 4. Spatial Price Analysis 5. Price Forecasting 6. Marketing Margins with Imperfect Competition 7. Auctions 8. The Economics of Production Contracts 9. Food Safety and Asymmetric Information Appendix: Overview of MS Excel Functions, Tools and Procedures June 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48043-7: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48044-4: $62.95 £ 0 1 0.

August 2009: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-49455-7: $150.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415494557

9 £ 3 6 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415480444 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

Resilience, Reciprocity and Ecological Economics Northwest Coast Sustainability Ronald Trosper, University of British Columbia, Canada How did one group of indigenous societies, on the Northwest Coast of North America, manage to live sustainably with their ecosystems for over two thousand years? Can the answer to this question inform the current debate about sustainability in today’s social ecological systems?

The answer to the first question involves identification of the key institutions that characterized those societies. It also involves explaining why these institutions, through their interactions with each other and with the nonhuman components, provided both sustainability and its necessary corollary, resilience.

Answering the second question involves investigating ways in which key features of today’s social ecological systems can be changed to move toward sustainability, using some of the rules that proved successful on the Northwest Coast of North America.

Ronald Trosper shows how human systems connect environmental ethics and sustainable ecological practices through institutions.

February 2009: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-41981-9: $130.00 0 £ 7 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415419819

Environmental and Agricultural Economics eBooks Taylor & Francis Environmental and Agricultural Economics eBooks are available as part of a subscription package or for outright purchase.

ALSO AVAILABLE

The Economics, Finance, Business and Industry eCollection.

For more information, purchasing options and details about eContent for your library, please contact: UK and Rest of World online.sales@tandf.co.uk

United States, Canada and South America e-reference@taylorandfrancis.com

eBooks www.ebooksubscriptions.com

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

45

46

ECONOMIC HISTORY

ECONOMIC HISTORY FORTHCOMING

Growth of the International Economy, 1820-2010 The late George Kenwood, the late Alan Lougheed and Michael Graff, University of Queensland, Australia Kenwood and Lougheed’s classic book has been the benchmark introduction to the development of the global economy for half a century. For this new, fifth edition, Michael Graff has helped bring the story up to date to include events of the early part of the twenty first century – continued globalization, the emergence of China and India as economic powers and the greater role played by business on the international scene.

Beginning with the industrial revolution, the book charts the long nineteenth century, the impact of colonialism, the fast pace of technology growth and the impact of global wars. New features to this edition include: • a new chapter providing the initial conditions faced by the world economy in 1820, detailing the early years of industrialization and the influence of the slave trade.

• greater coverage of developing countries, in particular as certain of those countries have risen to prominence and greater influence • increased coverage of World Wars I and II and greater coverage of the twentieth century in particular.

This edition of Growth of the International Economy provides the student with a clear understanding of those factors which have been instrumental in creating the economic environment we face two hundred years after the industrial revolution.

July 2010: 246 x 174: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-47609-6: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47610-2: $70.00 0 £ 8 0 .

9 £ 3 6 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415476102 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

The Origins of the Twenty First Century

NEW

Gabriel Tortella, Universidad de Alcalá, Spain

Steven Rosefielde, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, USA

Red Holocaust

This fascinating book provides a fully integrated explanation of the history of the modern world. Although the sheer complexity of society requires that it be studied from the standpoint of several social sciences (including Economics, Political Science, Sociology and Anthropology), using only the tools of just one of these is an obstacle to understanding the whole society, where social, economic and political conditions are interacting all the time. The book explains why and how modern communities have evolved from their pre-modern, Ancien regime, states in the early eighteenth century, to the early twenty-first century, where economic development had reached unprecedented levels. It shows that political revolutions have preceded economic revolutions, rather than the reverse, although there is a considerable degree of interaction between macroeconomic and political variables. Economic histories of the period neglect non-economic factors such as political and legal institutions, which from a wide perspective have a powerful impact on economic developments.

The complexity of the world and of the times in which we live is overwhelming and growing. Professor Tortella provides an international approach and combines economic and social analysis with political, cultural, and scientific issues. Topics covered include: • the Industrial Revolution • capitalism and the West • the First and Second World War • the rise of communism and the era of Stalin • the US depression and the Gold Standard • social and class struggle.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Triumph of Europe 2. The First World Revolution 3. The Industrial Revolution 4. A Century of Progress and Order 5. Division of Labor and Class Struggle 6. La Belle Époque 7. The Second World Revolution 8. War and Democracy 9. Depression and Totalitarianism 10. A New Social Democratic Order 11. The Communist World 12. The Rise of the Third World 13. Renewed Capitalism 14. A Somber Twenty-First Century?

July 2009: 234 x 156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-45981-5: $150.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45982-2: $59.95 0 £ 9 5 .

9 £ 3 1 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415459822 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

Twentieth and twenty-first century communism is a failed experiment in social engineering that needlessly killed approximately 60 million people and perhaps tens of millions more. These high crimes against humanity constitute a Red Holocaust that exceeds the combined carnage of the French Reign of Terror, Ha Shoah, Showa Japan’s Asian holocaust, and all combat deaths in World War I and II. This fascinating book investigates high crimes against humanity in the Soviet Union, eastern and central Europe, North Korea, China, Vietnam, Laos and Cambodia 1929-2009, and compares the results with Ha Shoah and the Japanese Asian Holocaust.

As in other studies, blame is ascribed to political, ideological and personal causes, but special emphasis is given to internal contradictions in Marx’s utopian model as well as Stalinist and post-Stalinist transition systems concocted to realize communist ends. This faulty economic engineering forms a bridge to the larger issue of communism’s historical failure.

The book includes: • a comprehensive study of the transcommunist holocaust • a judicial assessment of holocaust culpability and special pleadings • an obituary for Stalinism everywhere except North Korea, and a death watch for contemporary communism in China, Vietnam, Laos, Cambodia, North Korea, Cuba and Nepal • a comparative assessment of totalitarian high crimes against humanity • a call for memory as a defense against recurrent economic, racial and ethnic holocausts.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Red Holocaust: First wave 1. Dystopia 2. Twenty Million Souls 3. Colectivization and Terror-Starvation 4. The Great Terror 5. Gulag 6. Ethnic Cleansing 7. Captive Nations 8. Sword and Torch Part 2: Second Wave 9. Overlapping Empires 10. Killing Fields Part 3: The Sixth Commandment Part 4: TerrorCommand Economy 12. Siege Mobilization 13. Asian Terror-Command 14. Terror-Free Command 15. Illusion of Progress Part 5: Red Holocaust Denial 16. Corpus Delicti 17. Presumption of Innocence 18. Justifiable Homicide 19. Beyond Good and Evil 20. Clemency and Retribution Part 6: Hitler’s and Hirohito’s Holocausts 21. Genocide and Lethal Labor Exploitation Part 7: After the Second Wave 22. Prospects December 2009: 234 x 156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-77756-8: $165.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77757-5: $51.95 £ 0 1 0.

5 £ 0 3 2 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415777575

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

ECONOMIC HISTORY

FORTHCOMING

Routledge Explorations in Economic History

Business History Complexities and Comparisons

Series Edited by: Lars Magnusson, Uppsala University, Sweden

Franco Amatori and Andrea Colli, both at University of Bocconi, Italy.

This major new textbook on business history brings together the expertise of two internationally renowned authors to provide a thorough overview of the developments in business over the last two centuries.

Business History is global in scope and looks at both the major players – Europe, the US and Japan – as well as emerging economies, such as China and South America. Focusing mainly on ‘big business‘, Amatori and Colli critically analyze ‘the firm‘ and its interaction with the evolution of economic, technological and political systems at the micro and macro levels.

This outstanding textbook is an exceptional resource for students on economic and business history courses, as well as for practitioners interested in broadening their understanding of business.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Relevant Issues 1. Business History: State of the Art and Controversies 2. Business History and Theories of the Firm 3. Enterprise and Entrepreneur Part 2: The Company Between PreIndustrial Era and the First Industrial Revolution 4. PreIndustrial Typologies 5. Enterprises and Entrepreneurs of the First Industrial Revolution 6. Technology and the Factory System Part 3: The Birth and Consolidation of Big Business 7. Infrastructures 8. Technology and Forms of Enterprise in the Second Industrial Revolution 9. National or Regional Cases Part 4: State and Market in the Period Between the Two World Wars 10. North America: Managerial Capitalism and the Origin of the M-Form 11. Europe: Families, Cartels, Government 12. Japan: State and Groups Part 5: From the Postwar Years to the Fall of the Wall: The Age of ’Shrinking’ Space 13. Economic and Technological Framework: From the Second World War to the Third Industrial Revolution 14. Rise and Fall of the American Hegemony 15. The Failure of the Antagonist: The Soviet Union 16. The Challenger: Japan 17. The Hybrid Europe 18. Convergence and Divergence 19. Multinationals. Quid Novi? Part 6: The Globalization of Today 20. New Infrastructures and New Forms of Enterprises 21. The Rebirth of a Giant: The USA at the Turn of the 21st Century 22. The Troubles of Europe and Japan 23. New Protagonists: China 24. Summing Up March 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-42396-0: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42397-7: $51.95 £ 0 1 0 5 .

9 £ 3 1 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415423977 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

This series provides a platform for books which break new ground in the understanding of the development of the modern world economy. Equally rooted in economics and history, the series is not limited to any particular period or region.

Individual titles focus on particular countries, key industries, themes, or international economic relations.

FORTHCOMING

Ideas and Economic Crises in Britain from Attlee to Blair (1945-2005) Matthias M Matthijs, American University, USA Rather than simply retell the story of British economic policymaking since World War II, this book draws upon the literatures on institutional path dependence, economic constructivism and political economy to explain this puzzle.

Selected Contents: 1. Continuity and Change in British Economic Policymaking 2. Clement Attlee’s Postwar “Settlement” (1945-1970): Depression, War, Keynes 3. Relative Decline and the Unravelling of Consensus (19591979): From “Having it so Good” to the “Winter of Discontent” 4. Margaret Thatcher’s Triumph (1975-1990): Inflation, Hayek, and the Overhaul of the British State 5. Thatcherism’s Flaws and Tony Blair’s Consolidation (19872005): From the Lawson Boom to New Labour’s “New Britain” 6. Conclusion: Made in Britain?

August 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57944-5: $140.00 0 £ 8 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415579445

Nation, State and the Industrial Revolution The Visible Hand Lars Magnusson, Uppsala University, Sweden This book puts the industrial revolution in a political and institutional context of state-making and the creation of modern national states, demonstrating that industrial transformation was connected to state and military interests.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Early Modern State 3. The Construction of the Myth of a Laissez Faire State 4. The State and the Industrial Revolution 5. Politics and Industrial Revolution in America 6. The Late-comers 7. Conclusion July 2009: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46177-1: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415461771

FORTHCOMING

Labour-Intensive Industrialization in Global History Edited by Gareth Austin, London School of Economics, UK and Kaoru Sugihara, Kyoto University, Japan This volume calls for a major rethinking of our understanding of industrialization for global history, by bringing the East Asian experience of ‘labour-intensive’ industrialization into focus and, thereby, reinterpreting both the western experience of ‘capital-intensive’ industrialization and the equally distinctive experiences of countries in other regions of Asia and in Africa and Latin America. We argue that the absorption of labour into ‘labour-intensive’ industries, both traditional and modern, and the improvement of the quality of labour formed a central mechanism of global diffusion of industrialization.

This volume presents a discussion on the significance of labour-intensive industrialization by leading economic historians engaged in the development of synthesizing theses and/or specializing in relevant regions, and seeking to foster the new academic dialogue on global economic history.

May 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45552-7: $140.00 0 £ 7 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415455527

NEW

Managing Crises and De-Globalisation Nordic Foreign Trade and Exchange 19191939 Edited by Sven-Olof Olsson, Gothenburg University, Sweden This book examines the effects of the Great Depression on the Nordic states in the interwar years, focusing on commercial and monetary policies but also important industries such as forestry, agriculture and fishing.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. British-German Rivalry in Northern Europe Revisited Patrick Salmon 3. Nordic Trade Cooperation in the 1930s Sven-Olof Olsson 4. Why did Norwegian Trade become more Active in the Interwar Period? Monica Værholm 5. Effective Protection, Prices and GDP Growth: Tariffs in Finland during the Interwar Period Jari Kauppila 6. Re-examining Norwegian Monetary Policy in the 1930s Lars Fredrik Øksendal 7. Danish exchange Rate Policy and Economic Interest Groups: The Interwar Experience Hans Kryger Larsen 8. Norway’s and Sweden’s Bilateral Exchange Clearing with Germany during the 1930s Peter Hedberg 9. The Scandinavian Food System between Organisation and State Flemming Just 10. Trade Crisis and Regulation of the Farm Sector: Sweden in the Interwar Years Mats Morell 11. Comparing the Icelandic and Norwegian Fisheries’ Responses to the Economic Crisis of the 1930s Guómundur Jónsson 12. The State and the Formation of the Fishing Industry: Denmark in the Interwar Period Morten Karnøe Søndergaard 13. Cartels in the Swedish Forest Industry in the Interwar Period Birgit Karlsson 14. Big Business, Market Power and Small Nations: The Norwegian Aluminium and Nickel Industry 1920-39 Pål Sandvik and Espen Storli December 2009: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56172-3: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415561723

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

47

48

ECONOMIC HISTORY

FORTHCOMING

NEW

FORTHCOMING

Privatization and Transition in Russia

An Economic History of Iran

The Transformation of the Gulf

Reform and Underdevelopment in the 19th Century

Politics, Economics and Internationalisation

Ahamd Seyf

This book examines the political, economic and social transformation of the six member-states of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) and the ways in which these states are both shaping and being reshaped by, the processes of globalization. Adopting a multidisciplinary approach, the volume combines thematic chapters focusing on issues such as globalisation, economic diversification and political thinking with chapters studying specific aspects of reform and change.

Carol Scott Leonard, Oxford University, UK and David Pitt-Watson This work, written by two senior advisors to the Russian government and with unique access to documentation, tracks the decision making process in the Russian Mass Privatization process supplemented by interviews with many of the key participants.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction and Summary 2. Drawing the Line: Between Communist and Market Distributions 3. Mass Privatisation Programme (MPP): The Ideas, their Evolution and their Embodiment in Law 4. The Implementation of Privatization 5. Emerging Issues 6. Reflections February 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55608-8: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415556088

FORTHCOMING

The South Sea Bubble A Revision of the Gambling Mania Theory Helen Paul, University of Southampton, UK This book combines lessons and insights from financial theory with qualitative evidence, showing how the Georgians actually behaved and explaining why a bubble could occur without a gambling mania being to blame.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The History of the South Sea Company 3. The Functioning of the Market 4. Investment in the South Sea Company 5. The Aftermath 6. Conclusion July 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-46973-9: $120.00 0 £ 7 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415469739

FORTHCOMING

The International Tin Cartel John Hillman, Trent University, Canada This book brings together two areas of inquiry, the history of tin and its role in producing countries and the history of cartelization as a solution to the inherent difficulties of primary commodity markets.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Tin: The Foundations of an Industry 3. Tin and Industrial Capitalism, 1815-1918 4. The Problem with Tin, 1919-1929 5. The Depression: Initial Responses, 1928-1930 6. The Formation of the International Tin Committee, 1927-1931 7. Constructing the Machinery of Control 8. Rescuing the Industry, 19311933 9. Renewing the Second Agreement, 1933-1934 10. Stabilizing the Tin Market, 1934-1936 11. Renewing the Third Agreement, 1935-1936 12. Riding the Commodity Roller-coaster, 1937-1939 13. Development under Restriction: The Producers 14. Tin Consumption and Research 15. The International Tin Committee and World War II, 1939-1942 16. The International Tin Committee and its Critics 17. The Demise of the International Tin Committee, 1945-1946 18. From the International Tin Committee to the International Tin Council, 1945-1985 19. Conclusion March 2010: 246 x 174: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-55412-1: $170.00 £ 0 1 0 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415554121

Edited by David Held and Kristian Ulrichsen

Series: Iranian Studies This book examines the Iranian economy during the 19th century, showing in particular how reform efforts failed to take hold and economic reform stagnated. The book includes extensive coverage of different sectors of the Iranian economy and draws comparisons with economic development in other parts of the world in the same period.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Despotism and the Disintegration of the Iranian Economy, 1500-1800 2. Agricultural Development in Iran 3. On the Importance of Irrigation in Iranian Agriculture 4. The Peasantry in Iran 5. Land Tenure and Taxation in Iran 6. Technical Changes in Iranian Agriculture 7. Commercialisation of Agriculture: Opium Production and Trade 8. Silk Production and Trade in Iran 9. Population and Agricultural Development in Iran 10. Iran and the Great Famine 11. The Great Plague 18301832 12. Cholera in the Nineteenth Century Iran 13.

Carpet Manufactures 14. Carpet Trade and the Economy of Iran 15. On the Condition of Carpet and Shawl Weavers 16. Iranian Textile Handicrafts 17. Sugar Production in Iran 18. Foreign Trade and Economic Development 19. Free Trade, Competition and Industrial Decline 20. International Trade and Surplus Transfer 21. Foreign Firms and Local Merchants 22. Historical Obstacles to the Development of Capitalism in Iran

August 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57451-8: $140.00 0 £ 8 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415574518

Welfare in the United States A History with Documents, 1935–1996 Edited by Premilla Nadasen, Queens College, City University of New York, USA, Jennifer Mittelstadt, Pennsylvania State University, USA and Marisa Chappell, Oregon State University, USA March 2009: 234x156: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-98979-4: $29.95

January 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57316-0: $125.00

9 £ 1 8 .

0 £ 7 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415573160 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415989794 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

FORTHCOMING

The Israeli Central Bank

Welfare Warriors

Political Economy, Global Logics & Local Actors Daniel Maman, Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Israel and Zeev Rosenhek, Open University of Israel Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Economies This book examines the political and institutional processes that have led to the strengthening of the Israeli central bank within the context of the now predominant neoliberal regime.

The Welfare Rights Movement in the United States Premilla Nadasen, Queens College, City University of New York, USA 2004: 234x156: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-94578-3: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415945783

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Political Economy of Central Banks 2. The Dynamics of the Israeli Political Economy 3. The Israeli Central bank in the Developmental State Era 4. The Reconfiguration of the Political-Economic Field 5. Knowledge, Institutional Arrangements and Policy 6. Struggling for Pre-Eminence. Conclusion March 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-57328-3: $125.00 0 £ 7 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415573283

Economic History eBooks Taylor & Francis Economic History eBooks are available as part of a subscription package or for outright purchase.

For more information, purchasing options and details about eContent for your library, please contact: UK and Rest of World online.sales@tandf.co.uk

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

United States, Canada and South America e-reference@taylorandfrancis.com

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

eBooks www.ebooksubscriptions.com

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

INDUSTRIAL, LABOUR AND BUSINESS ECONOMICS

INDUSTRIAL, LABOUR AND BUSINESS ECONOMICS FORTHCOMING

Airline eCommerce Michael Hanke, MHeco Consulting, USA Online travel is big business and has become one of the most popular items purchased by consumers on the internet. In 2005, US$106 billion was spent on online travel products and services with air travel alone accounting for over US$65 billion or sixty per cent. This represents almost a quarter of the total worldwide businessto-consumer (B2C) online spending.

A variety of contributing factors is responsible for this development: • first, the emergence of the internet and specifically the worldwide web and their commercial applications in the mid 1990s • second, a change in the behavior of consumers who through inexpensive internet access and growing familiarity with easy-to-use technology today shop 24/7 from anywhere in the world • third, airline companies use the internet not only as a new platform to service, sell and market but – by cutting traditional supply channels and reaching directly to the end consumer - also to realize cost savings in their distribution systems • fourth, the arrival of new intermediaries in the form of internet travel agencies (such as Expedia and Opodo), network affiliates, and mass sales and marketing websites that distribute travel products to the public.

Considering the above, airline companies all over the world have integrated (or are in the process of doing so) electronic commerce or e-commerce into their business operations in various shapes and forms. Today, it is no longer a question of ’if’ for airline companies but ’how’ to deal with e-commerce and leverage it to enhance their competitiveness. This book explores these issues.

May 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77579-3: $166.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77580-9: $57.00

NEW

NEW

The Economics of Transport

4th Edition

A Theoretical and Applied Perspective

Airline Economics and Marketing

Jonathan Cowie, Napier University, UK

Rigas Doganis, Consultant to the airline industry

This book provides an explanation of key underlying economic principles, allowing the reader to come to a better understanding of the critical factors that structure and guide transport markets. This is done through an examination of the interaction between the behaviour of individual users and providers of transport services and transport authorities actions through the implementation of transport policy. The book also considers on-going reforms in the organisation of all aspects of transport provision. These reforms seek to move transport delivery away from a model of high state intervention towards one that is far more market focused in its approach, thereby significantly increasing individuals’ responsibilities for their own transport actions.

The Economics of Transport covers topics such as; • the demand and supply of transport services • market structures and the underlying economic characteristics of transport markets • the economics of transport and the environment • transport subsidises and regulation • transport forecasting and appraisal.

With a selection of case studies and exercises, this book will be of use to higher level students. It will also be of interest to professionals in the transport planning, transport modelling and transport economics fields.

Flying Off Course

The airline industry presents an enigma. High growth rates in recent decades have produced only marginal profitability. This book sets out to explain, in clear and simple terms, why this should be so. It provides a unique insight into the economics and marketing of international airlines.

Flying Off Course has established itself over the years as the indispensable guide to the inner workings of this exciting industry. This enlarged fourth edition, largely re-written and completely updated, takes into account the sweeping changes which have affected airlines in recent years. It includes much new material on many key topics such as airline costs, ‘open skies’ , air cargo economics, charters and new trends in airline pricing.

It also contains two exciting new chapters on the economics of the low-cost no frills carriers and on the future prospects of the industry.

The book provides a practical insight into key aspects of airline operations, planning and marketing within the conceptual framework of economics. It is given added force by the author’s hands-on former experiences as a Chairman and CEO of Olympic Airways and as a nonexecutive Director of South African Airways while he is currently a non-executive Director of easyJet. December 2009: 246 x 174: 360pp Hb: 978-0-415-44736-2: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44737-9: $59.95 £ 0 1 0.

9 £ 3 1 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415447379 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to the Economics of Transport 2. Transport and Economic Development 3. The Market for Transport Services 4. Elasticity Demand for Transport Services 5. Transport Costs 6. Competition for the Provision of Transport Services 7. Imperfect Competition in the Provision of Transport Services 8. The Pricing of Transport Activities 9. Transport and the Environment 10.

Transport, Organisation, Regulation and Ownership 11.

Transport Subsidy 12. The Economics of Freight Transport 13. Forecasting the Demand for Transport 14. Transport Appraisal 15. End Thoughts and Reflections

ALSO OF INTEREST

October 2009: 246 x 174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-41979-6: $185.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41980-2: $63.95

2005: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-34614-6: £90.00 $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34615-3: $32.50 $65.00

£ 0 15 .

9 £ 3 9 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415419802 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

£ 0 1 0.

9 £ 3.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415775809 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

2nd Edition

The Airline Business Rigas Doganis, Consultant to the Airline Industry.

49

50

INDUSTRIAL, LABOUR AND BUSINESS ECONOMICS

FORTHCOMING

3rd Edition

2nd Edition

Maritime Economics

Managerial Economics A Strategic Approach Robert Waschik, La Trobe University, Australia, Tim Fisher, University of Sydney, Australia and David Prentice, La Trobe University, Australia Traditional microeconomic theory has much to offer a manager. It suggests ways to increase profits by setting prices and packaging services, using advertising to increase demand and shows how internet auction sites like eBay affect competition and profitability. By using game theory to present and solve a manager’s decisionmaking problems and by focusing on the strategic nature of these problems, this text makes microeconomic theory much more intuitive and relevant for the business student.

The text is separated into four sections: • basic microeconomic theory of the firm and the basic tools of game theory • problems related to the strategic interaction between firms, including price and quantity competition and product differentiation • issues arising from strategic interactions within the firm, including vertical and horizontal integration, training and motivating workers, and labour unions • marketing economics including information problems, advertising, durable goods and the product life cycle.

This book will be suitable for any student with a background of introductory economics. The authors include a variety of international examples and case studies from the business world to expand and illustrate key concepts, and provide end-of-chapter exercises to test students’ grasp of the material. An online supplement comprising of problems and solutions as well as PowerPoint slides is available for lecturers.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Theory 2. The Manager and the Firm 3. Monopoly and Perfect Competition 4. Price Discrimination 5. Game Theory Part 2: Strategic Interaction Between Firms 6. Strategy in a Market with Two Firms 7. Product Differentiation 8. Entry Deterrence and Accommodation 9. Government Regulation of Industries Part 3: Strategic Interaction Within Firms 10. Vertical and Horizontal Integration 11. Labour Markets 12. Training and Motivating Workers 13. Trade Unions Part 4: Marketing Economics 14. The Role of Information 15. Advertising 16. Bundling 17. Durable Goods 18. Auctions 19. The Product Life Cycle. Answers to OddNumbered Problems March 2010: 246 x 174: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-49509-7: $185.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49517-2: $60.00 £ 0 15 .

9 £ 3 1 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415495172 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

Port Economics Wayne K. Talley, Old Dominion University, USA

Martin Stopford, Clarkson Research Studies, London For 5000 years shipping has served the world economy and today it provides a sophisticated transport service to every part of the globe. Yet despite its economic complexity, shipping retains much of the competitive cut and thrust of the “perfect” market of classical economics.

This blend of sophisticated logistics and larger than life entrepreneurs makes it a unique case study of classical economics in a modern setting.

The enlarged and substantially rewritten Maritime Economics uses historical and theoretical analysis as the framework for a practical explanation of how shipping works today. Whilst retaining the structure of the second edition, its scope is widened to include: • lessons from 5000 years of commercial shipping history • shipping cycles back to 1741, with a year by year commentary • updated chapters on markets; shipping costs; accounts; ship finance and a new chapter on the return on capital

Port Economics is the study of the economic decisions (and their consequences) of the users and providers of port services. A port is an ’engine’ for economic development by providing employment, worker incomes, business earnings and taxes for its region. The book provides a detailed discussion of types of carriers that use ports, the operation of cargo and passenger ports as well as the operation of such specific ports as Hong Kong, Hamburg, Le Havre, Savannah, Miami and Panama.

Port Economics is the first contemporary textbook of its kind. It enhances our understanding of port economics by: • classifying port users and suppliers of port services in the context of economic demand and supply curves • denoting that the demand for port services has two prices, the price paid to the port by the users and the price (or actual and opportunity costs) incurred by port user carriers, shippers and passengers • presenting the economic theories of carriers, shippers and passengers.

The numerous up-to-date references will be of benefit to students and researchers of the economics of the shipping trade; to government officials in developing port and shipping policies; and to port operators in understanding the port-choice selection process by shipping lines and other carriers.

• new chapters on the geography of sea trade; trade theory and specialised cargoes • updated chapters on the merchant fleet shipbuilding, recycling and the regulatory regime • a much revised chapter on the challenges and pitfalls of forecasting.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Ports Users and Service Providers 3. A Port in Operation 4. Carriers 5. Shippers 6. Passengers 7. Port Operator Operating Options, Production and Cost 8. Port Operator Operating Objectives, Prices and Investment 9. Port Structure and Agglomeration 10. Port Performance and Competition 11. Port Dockworkers 12. Port Pollution 13. Port Security

With over 800 pages, 200 illustrations, maps, technical drawings and tables Maritime Economics is the shipping industry’s most comprehensive text and reference source, whilst remaining as one reviewer put it “a very readable book”.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction to Shipping 1. Sea Transport in the Global Economy 2. The Economic Organization of the Shipping Market Part 2: Shipping Market Economics 3. Shipping Market Cycles 4. Supply, Demand and Freight Rates 5. The Four Shipping Markets Part 3: Shipping Company Economics 6. Costs, Revenue and Cashflow 7. Financing Ships and Shipping Companies 8. Risk, Return and Shipping Company Economics Part 4: Seaborne Trade and Transport Systems 9. The Geography of Maritime Trade 10. The Principles of Maritime Trade 11. Transport of Bulk Cargo 12. Transport of Specialised Cargoes 13. Transport of General Cargo Part 5: The Merchant Fleet and Transport Supply 14. The Ships that Supply the Transport 15. The Economics of Merchant Shipbuilding and Scrapping 16. The Regulation of the Maritime Industry Part 6: Forecasting and Planning 17. Maritime Forecasting and Market Research

May 2009: 246 x 174: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-77721-6: $165.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77722-3: $70.00 £ 0 1 0.

9 £ 3 6 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415777223 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

FORTHCOMING

Organizing Entrepreneurship Anna Grandori and James Hayton, both at Bocconi University, Italy February 2011: 234 x 156: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-57037-4: $160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57038-1: $66.95 £ 0 1 0.

2008: 246 x 174: 840pp Hb: 978-0-415-27557-6: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-27558-3: $85.00

9 £ 3 6 .

£ 0 1 0.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415570381

9 £ 3 9 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415275583 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

Industrial, Labour and Business Economics eBooks Taylor & Francis Industrial, Labour and Business Economics eBooks are available as part of a subscription package or for outright purchase.

For more information, purchasing options and details about eContent for your library, please contact: UK and Rest of World online.sales@tandf.co.uk

United States, Canada and South America e-reference@taylorandfrancis.com

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

eBooks www.ebooksubscriptions.com

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

INDUSTRIAL, LABOUR AND BUSINESS ECONOMICS

FORTHCOMING

Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Regional Development Jay Mitra, University of Essex, UK Entrepreneurship and Regional Development is unique in that it addresses the central factors in economic development – entrepreneurship, innovation and organizational learning – as regional phenomena.

This definitive text focuses on different types of organizations to illustrate the value of entrepreneurship and innovation both for businesses and for regional development. Establishing a firm link between entrepreneurship, innovation and economic regeneration, the book also examines the factors contributing to their success.

Replete with international case studies, empirical evidence of concepts and practical examples, this is an ideal text to support postgraduate teaching and research related to entrepreneurship, innovation management and regional economic development.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2. Theories of Entrepreneurship and Innovation 3. Contexts for Entrepreneurship and Innovation 4. Organization Learning, Entrepreneurship and Innovation 5. Creativity in Entrepreneurship and Innovation 6. Technology, Entrepreneurship and Innovation 7. Entrepreneurship Research, Education and Training 8. New Venture Finance, Entrepreneurship and Innovation 9. The Wider Context for Learning, Innovation and Regional Economic Development March 2010: 246 x 174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-40515-7: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40516-4: $54.95 £ 0 1 0 5 .

9 £ 3 4 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415405164 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

FORTHCOMING

Entrepreneurship An International Introduction Dafna Kariv, College of Management, Academic Studies, Israel Entrepreneurship means different things to different people, but the entrepreneurial personality is a critical success factor to any new business. These traits are also increasingly in great demand at established multinational corporations.

This groundbreaking textbook differs from its competitors by placing an emphasis both on the core processes and practices of entrepreneurship, as well as demonstrating the impact of complex, local environments in shaping processes of entrepreneurship that are unique adaptations to context. Topics include: • main processes of entrepreneurial venture creation and growth • operational steps characterizing processes of entrepreneurship • establishing and realizing entrepreneurial ventures

Regions and Cities Series Edited by: Ron Martin,University of Cambridge, UK, Gernot Grabher, University of Bonn, Germany and Maryann Feldman, University of Georgia, USA In today’s new globalised, knowledgedriven and networked world, regions and cities have assumed heightened significance as the interconnected nodes of economic, social and cultural production, and as sites of new modes of economic governance and policy experimentation.

This book series brings together incisive and critically engaged international and interdisciplinary research on this resurgence of regions and cities, and should be of interest to geographers, economists, sociologists, political scientists and cultural scholars, as well as to policymakers involved in regional and urban development.

FORTHCOMING

Beyond Territory Dynamic Geographies of Innovation and Knowledge Creation Edited by Harald Bathelt, University of Toronto, Canada, Maryann Feldman, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, USA and Dieter F. Kogler, University of Toronto, Canada The main purpose of the book is to discuss new trends in the dynamic geography of innovation and argue that in an era of increasing globalization, two trends seem quite dominant: rigid territorial models of innovation, and localized configurations of innovative activities. The book brings together scholars who are working on these topics. Rather than focusing on established concepts and theories, the book aims to question narrow explanations, rigid territorializations, and simplistic policy frameworks; it provides evidence that innovation, while not exclusively dependent on regional contexts, can be influenced by place-specific attributes.

The book will bring together new empirical and conceptual work by an interdisciplinary group of leading scholars from areas such as economic geography, innovation studies, and political science. Based on recent discussions surrounding innovation systems of different types, it aims to synthesize state-of-the-art know-how and provide new perspectives on the role of innovation and knowledge creation in the global political economy.

May 2010: 234 x 156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-49327-7: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

• core processes and practices of entrepreneurship.

With case studies and interviews with entrepreneurs from across the globe, Entrepreneurship provides students and practitioners alike with a unique, underresearched perspective on this subject.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415493277

February 2011: 246 x 174: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-56119-8: $170.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56120-4: $59.95 £ 0 1 0 5 .

9 £ 3 6 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415561204 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

Business Networks in Clusters and Industrial Districts The Governance of the Global Value Chain Edited by Fiorenza Belussi, University of Padova, Italy and Alessia Sammarra, University of L’Aquila, Italy How do we define and identify districts and clusters?

How do they evolve? How do clusters and districts relate to the global economy? What policy options are available to promote them in east and west economies?

This collection of papers from international experts includes theoretical and empirical contributions examining these questions and offering deep insights into the internal-external mechanism of knowledge circulation and learning.

July 2009: 234 x 156: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-45784-2: $160.00 £ 0 1 0.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415457842

FORTHCOMING

Can Neighbourhoods Save the City?

Social Innovation and Local Community Development Edited by Frank Moulaert, Newcastle University, UK, Erik Swyngedouw, University of Manchester, UK, Flavia Martinelli, Università Mediterranea di Reggio, Reggio Calabria, Italy and Sara Gonzalez, University of Leeds, UK Instead of a top-down approach, this book looks at the impact of bottom-up neighbourhood based initiatives. It analyses and documents a variety of innovative local urban strategies in European cities and their impact on wider urban socio-economic and political restructuring processes.

Selected Contents: 1. Social Innovation and Community Development: Concepts and Theories 2. Historical Roots of Social Change: Philosophies and Movements 3. ALMOLIN: How to Analyse Social Innovation at the Local Level 4. Kommunales Forum Wedding – Innovation in Local Governance in Berlin 5. Arts Factory, Rhondda Cynon Taff, South Wales 6. Social Exclusion/Inclusion and Innovation in the Neighbourhood of Epeule (Roubaix). The Case of the Association Alentour 7. The End of Social Innovation in Urban Development Strategies? Neighbourhood Development Corporations in Antwerp 8. How do you Build a Shared Interest? Olinda - A Case of Social Innovation Between Strategy and Organizational Learning in Milano 9. Centro Sociale Leoncavallo - Milan - Italy. A building-block for an Enlarged Citizenship in Milan 10. Associazione Quartieri Spagnoli (AQS) - Naples 11. New Deal for Communities in Newcastle 12. The Ouseburn Valley. A Struggle to Innovate in the Context of a Weak Local State 13. The Contradictions of Controlled Modernisation: Local Area Management in Vienna 14. Self-determined Urban Interventions as Tools for Social Innovation: The Case of City Mine(d) in Brussels 15. Creative Designing the Urban Future: Building on Experiences - A Transversal Analysis of Socially Innovative Case-Studies 16. Socially Innovative Projects, Governance Dynamics and Urban Change: A Policy Framework February 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48588-3: $150.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415485883

51

INDUSTRIAL, LABOUR AND BUSINESS ECONOMICS

52

NEW

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

China and Europe

Cities, State and Globalization

Migration in the 21st Century

The Implications of the Rise of China for European Space

City-Regional Governance in Europe and North America

Rights, Outcomes, and Policy

Edited by Klaus Kunzmann, Technical University of Dortmund, Germany, and Willy A. Schmid and Martina Koll-Schretzenmayr, both at ETH, Zurich

Tassilo Herrschel, University of Westminster, London, UK

What are the likely long-term implications of this shift to Asia for the cities and regions of Europe? To just ‘wait and see’ cannot be the response, nor the hope that the attractiveness of Asia will diminish over time and that the economic growth will slow down. Will Europe be able to retain its economic power?

There is a need to think about possible futures for the cities and regions of Europe when industrial production is reduced, when high-tech and bio-tech industries do not compensate for the loss of industrial jobs, when Europe’s supremacy in financial services is eroding, or even when Chinese capital is investing in Europe to exploit the territorial capital of the ‘old’ continent.

China and Europe address the challenges for the cities and regions of Europe that may be the consequences of such development trends. Contributions by policymakers and academic observers will prepare the ground for debating the dimensions ‘economy’, ‘knowledge and culture’, ‘environment and mobility’, ‘quality of life’, and ‘governance’ of this challenge.

August 2009: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-55060-4: $125.00 0 £ 7 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415550604

FORTHCOMING

Controversies in Local Economic Development Stories, Strategies, Solutions Martin Perry, Massey University, New Zealand This book will discuss seven controversies in local economic development, including knowledge and learning, the provision of recources to nurture entrepreneurial talent, innovation, clusters of enterprise and inward investment.

Selected Contents: 1. Local Economic Development as Controversy 2. The Case for Local Economic Development 3. The Learning Region 4. Enterprise and New Venture Growth 5. Innovation and Employment 6. Enterprise Clusters 7. Inward Investment Beyond Zero Sum 8. Being Business Friendly 9. Quartering the Creative Class 10. Prospects for Local Economic Development April 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48968-3: $150.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415489683

Edited by Kim Korinek and Thomas N. Maloney, both at University of Utah, USA

’This integrated volume addresses the increasingly important issue of city region governance through a structured and methodical framework, drawing on genuinely comparative practice and perspective from North America and Europe. It is a very welcome addition to the literature.’ - Mike Danson, University of the West of Scotland, UK ’The book combines comprehensive critical reflection on a range of challenging theoretical literatures with an impressive array of case studies from different geographical settings, to make the text an important contribution to the understanding of the relationship between cities, state and globalisation.’ - Henrik Halkier, Aalborg University, Denmark ’If regions were the spatial focus during the 1990s, the new millennium has seen city-regions emerge as the critical site for harnessing economic competitiveness. Herrschel’s latest book presents a unique take on the governance of these cityregions, navigating as it does the different cultures of city-regionalism which has seen the decentralisation of socioeconomic decision-making and policy implementation to city-regional level institutions, frameworks and supports take on different forms throughout Europe and North America. In particular, Herschel should be commended for tackling head on the challenging issue of the role that is played by the (nation-)state in formulating the conditions under which cityregions can form, operate, and govern.’ - John Harrison, Loughborough University, UK ’Few things are as important today as creating new ways to address challenges to metropolitan sustainability and survival. This book lends a strong hand to the work of practitioners and scholars concerned with how metropolitan regions make progress towards creating sustainable, livable, and governable city regions.’ - Ethan Seltzer, Portland State University, USA This book makes a new contributution to the current lively debate on city regional governance, offering a genuinely comparative approach, covering Europe (east and west) and North America, and thus different ‘cultures’ of city regionalism.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Cities, City regions, State and Globalisation 2. Defining City Regions 3. City Regions and Globalisation 4. City Regions and the State 5. Governance of City Regions 6. Examples of City-regional Governance under Different ‘State Cultures’ in Europe and North America 7. Summary and Conclusion: City-Regional Governance, State and Globalisation December 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48938-6: $150.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415489386

International migration is a central theme of social science research. This book promotes cross-disciplinary discussion, examining the challenges and opportunities created by global migration at the start of the twentyfirst century.

Selected Contents: 1. A Multidisciplinary Perspective on Immigrant Rights, Outcomes and Policy Kim Korinek and Thomas N. Maloney Part 1: International Law, Human Rights, and Migration in the Global Context 2. The Great Immigration Debate: Facts and Fictions, Ideals and Illusions Seyla Benhabib 3. The Rights of Aliens in International Law: An Historical Overview Tony Anghie and Wayne McCormack 4. How Should Corporate Social Responsibility Address Human Labor Migration and Human Rights in an Era of Globalization? Erin Ortiz, Esther Agyeman-Budu and George Cheney Part 2: Migrant Impacts and Outcomes: Demographic, Economic, Political and Social 5. Global Patterns of Migration Richard Bilsborrow 6. Economic Impacts of Migrants Giovanni Peri 7. Political Incorporation of Immigrants in the United States Alejandro Portes 8. To Welcome the Stranger: Realities and Misconceptions about Immigration to the U.S. Patricia Fernandez-Kelly 9. Migrants, Migrant Communities, Social Capital and Violence Ben Judkins and Steve Reynolds 10. Bridging Multiple Worlds: Cultures, Immigrant Youth Identities and Pathways to College Catherine Cooper Part 3: Rights, Outcomes and Policy at the State and Local Level: A Case Study of Utah 11. Shedding Light on a Shadowy Existence: State-Level Responses to the Failings of National Immigration Policy Julie Stewart and Ken Jameson 12. Assimilation of Undocumented Immigrants: Demographics, Residence and Geographic Mobility Thomas N. Maloney, Thomas Kontuly and Brad Hanks 13. Home but Far Away from Home: Refugee Resettlement Policy and Programs Examined at the Local Level MacLeans Geo-JaJa Part 4: Summary: What Have We Learned?

14. Immigration in the Early 21st Century: Lessons from a Multi-Disciplinary Investigation Kim Korinek and Thomas N. Maloney June 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77914-2: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779142

FORTHCOMING

Territorial Development, Cohesion and Spatial Planning Building on EU Enlargement Edited by Neil Adams, South Bank University, London, Giancarlo Cotella, Politecnico di Torino, Italy and Richard Nunes, Oxford Brookes University, UK This book examines some of the evolving challenges faced by EU regional policy in light of enlargement and to assess some of the approaches and trends in terms of territorial development policy and practice that are emerging out of this process.

March 2010: 234 x 156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-55194-6: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415551946

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

INDUSTRIAL, LABOUR AND BUSINESS ECONOMICS

’Whither regional studies?’

Edited by Andy Pike, University of Newcastle, UK

Routledge Studies in Global Competition

Regional Studies Association Regional studies are at a vibrant conjuncture. ‘Regions’ continue to provide a conceptual and analytical focus for often overlapping concerns with economic, social, political, cultural and ecological change.

In the context of increased interest in inter- and multidisciplinary approaches, ‘regions’ remain an arena in which synthesis across disciplines – economics, geography, planning, politics and sociology – can take place. Yet recent work has raised fundamental questions about how we think about and research ‘regions’ and regional change, ‘development’, governance and regulation. First, emergent conceptual ideas have introduced new thinking about space, place and scale that interprets ‘regions’ as ‘unbounded’, relational spaces. This work has disturbed notions of ‘regions’ as bounded territories and questioned hierarchical systems of scale through more complex, multi-scalar approaches.

Second, research methodology has grown in sophistication and sensitivity but remains somewhat polarised between the binaries of positivist, often quantitative, and more theoretically diverse, typically qualitative, approaches. Last, regional governance, policy and politics are wrestling with the conceptual, methodological and political complexities of new modes and geographies of governance and emergent multiagent and multi-level institutional architectures.

This series presents high quality research monographs and collections written from a variety of perspectives and at different levels of analysis.

FORTHCOMING

Embedded Entrepreneurship The Institutional Dynamics of Innovation Alexander Ebner, Goethe University Frankfurt This book reconstructs the theory of entrepreneurship from an institutionalist perspective, providing a fresh account of current theorising on entrepreneurship, specifically addressing Schumpeterian and NeoSchumpeterian thought.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Entrepreneurship in Economic Thought: An Intellectual History 3. The Schumpeterian Perspective: Novelty, Leadership, and Historicity 4. Neo-Austrian Contributions: Knowledge, Alertness and Discovery 5. The Evolutionary Challenge: Routines, Cognition and Variety 6. Beyond Growth and Development: Microfoundations of Economic Change 7. Neo-Schumpeterian Variations: Collective Entrepreneurship and Systems of Innovation 8. Innovation, Coordination, and the Paradigmatic Character of Entrepreneurship: A New Approach 9. Embedded Entrepreneurship: Policy Implications 10. Conclusion April 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45976-1: $150.00 0 £ 8 0 .

This book was published as a special issue of Regional Studies.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Whither Regional Studies? Andy Pike 2. Regions and Regional Uneven Development Forever? Some Reflective Comments upon Theory and Practice Ray Hudson 3. Beyond the Territorial Fix: Regional Assemblages, Politics and Power John Allen and Allan Cochrane 4. Territorial, Scalar, Networked, Connected: In What Sense a ‘Regional World’? Gordon MacLeod and Martin Jones 5. The Accident of the Region: A Strategic Relational Perspective on the Construction of the Region’s Significance Arnoud Lagendijk 6. Observational Equivalence?

Regional Studies and Regional Science Philip McCann 7. Power in Firm Networks: What it Means for Regional Innovation Systems Susan Christopherson and Jennifer Clark 8. The Polycentric State: New Spaces of Empowerment and Engagement? Kevin Morgan 9. What Kind of Local and Regional Development and for Whom? Andy Pike, Andrés Rodríguez-Pose and John Tomaney March 2009: 246 x 189: 136pp Hb: 978-0-415-47875-5: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415478755

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415459761

FORTHCOMING

The Evolving Firm in the Evolving Context Coordinating Competences Päivi Oinas, Helsinki School of Economics, Finland This volume offers a broad social scientific view of ’the firm’ and will prove to be an outstanding contribution to evolutionary political economy, economic geography and business economics as a whole.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Firm in a Resource-Based Perspective 3. The Externally Connected Firm 4. Resources 5. Resource Relatedness and Learning 6. Resources and Activity-Specific Relations 7. Resource Relatedness and Proximity 8. Coevolution in Multiple Contexts 9. Types of Firm 10. Concluding Discussion September 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-33966-7: $130.00 0 £ 7 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415339667

FORTHCOMING

Innovation in Complex Social Systems Edited by Petra Ahrweiler, University College Dublin, Ireland This book now has something new to say about innovation analysing it in complex social systems while making innovation understandable and tractable using tools such as computational network analysis and agentbased simulation.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Systemic Aspects of Innovation (Theory) 1. Innovation is Emergent 2. Innovation is Evolutionary Part 2: The Actors and Networks of Innovation (Empirical Research) 3. Innovation is Regional 4. Innovation is Small 5. Innovation is Big 6. Innovation is Policy-Driven 7. Innovation is Academic Part 3: The Systemic Aspects of Innovation (Modeling) 8. Innovation is Computable March 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-55870-9: $145.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415558709

FORTHCOMING

Internationalization, Technological Change and the Theory of the Firm Edited by Nicola De Liso, University of Lecce, Italy and Riccardo Leoncini, University of Bologna, Italy This volume examines the fundamental dimensions of the recent evolution in developed economies: technological change, the so-called process of fragmentation and the changing role and organization of local systems of production.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Nicola De Liso and Riccardo Leoncini Part 1: Technological Change, Firms’ Organisation and Incentives 2. Technological Persistence through R&D on an Old Technology. The Sailing-Ship Effect Nicola De Liso and Giovanni Filatrella 3. The Production Process as a Complex, Dynamic and Ordered World Mauro Lombardi 4. Incumbents’ Strategies for Platform Competition. Shaping the Boundaries of Creative Destruction Stefano Brusoni and Roberto Fontana 5.Software Patents and Firm’s Strategic Behaviour in the EU. Some Empirical Insights Francesco Rentocchini and Giuditta De Prato 6.

Linking Technological Change to Organizational Dynamics.

Some Insights from a Pseudo-NK Model Tommaso Ciarli, Riccardo Leoncini, Sandro Montresor, Marco Valente Part 2: Fragmentation and Internationalisation of Firms and of Local Systems of Production 7. Does Spatial Proximity Matter? Micro-Evidence from Italy Giulio Cainelli and Claudio Lupi 8. Production Offshoring and the Skill Composition of Italian Manufacturing Firms. A Counterfactual Analysis Roberto Antonietti and Davide Antonioli 9.

Internationalization in Italian Medium Sized Firms. Does Stage Theory Explain the Observed Patterns? Donato Iacobucci and Francesca Spigarelli 10. A Global Network and its Local Ties. Restructuring of the Benetton Group Paolo Crestanello and Giuseppe Tattara February 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-46071-2: $150.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415460712

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

53

54

INDUSTRIAL, LABOUR AND BUSINESS ECONOMICS

FORTHCOMING

Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy

Knowledge Intensive Entrepreneurship and Innovation Systems

FORTHCOMING

Evidence from Europe Edited by Franco Malerba, Bocconi University, Italy The book examines the main dimensions of knowledge intensive entrepreneurship, the factors affecting its emergence, evolution and performance and the importance of knowledge intensive entrepreneurship for European growth and competitiveness.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Knowledge Intensive Entrepreneurship and Innovation Systems in Europe Franco Malerba Part 2: Perspectives on Knowledge Intensive Entrepreneurship and Innovation Systems 2. The Knowledge-Based Entrepreneur: The Need for a Relevant Theory of the Firm Patrick Cohendet and Patrick Llerena 3. What makes Entrepreneurship Systemic? Slavo Radosevic 4. Academic Patents, Spin-offs and Beyond: The many Faces of Scientific Entrepreneurship Chiara Franzoni and Francesco Lissoni Part 3: Knowledge Intensive Entrepreneurship and Innovation Systems: The European Case 5. Patterns of Technological Entry in Different Fields: An Analysis of Patent Data Roberto Camerani and Franco Malerba 6. Survival of Innovative Entrants in Knowledge Based Sectors Stefano Breschi, Franco Malerba and Maria Luisa Mancusi 7. Academic Inventors as Brokers: An Exploratory Analysis of the KEINS Database Francesco Lissoni 8. New Innovators and Knowledge Intensive Entrepreneurship in some European Sectoral Systems: A Field Camilla Lenzi, Kate Bishop, Stefano Breschi, Guido Buenstorf, Patrick Llerena, Franco Malerba, Maria Luisa Mancusi and Maureen McKelvey 9. Knowledge Intensive Entrepreneurship in Central and Eastern Europe: Results of a Firm Level Survey Slavo Radosevic, Maja Savic and Richard Woodward 10. Diversity of KnowledgeIntensive Entrepreneurial Firms: Struggling Biotech Firms Despite Opportunities Johan Brink and Maureen McKelvey 11. Knowledge-Based Entrepreneurship and International Technology Transfer in the German Laser Industry Guido Buenstorf 12. Are the Dynamics of Knowledge Intensive Industries any Different? Ricardo Mamede, Daniel Mota and Manuel Mira Godinho 13. Entrepreneurship and Growth David B. Audretsch and Max Keilbach Part 4: Policy Conclusions 14. Knowledge Intensive Entrepreneurship in Europe: Some Policy Conclusions Franco Malerba and Nicholas Vonortas

Critical Issues in Air Transport Economics and Business Edited by Rosário Macário, Technical University of Lisbon and Eddy Van de Voorde, Universiteit Antwerpen, Belgium This book takes a look at the critical issues facing the airline industry featuring contributions from key figures in Europe, the US and Asia. Elements for success and failure are discussed and material is offered for strategic thinking.

February 2010: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-55791-7: $150.00

Selected Contents: Introduction Rosário Macário and Eddy Van de Voorde 1. The Future Air Transport Sector: A Modified Market and Ownership Structure Hilde Meersman, Eddy Van de Voorde and Thierry Vanelslander 2. Airlines and Their Focus on Cost Control and Productivity Juan Carlos Martin and Conception Roman 3. Low-Cost Airlines: Strategies and Reaction Patterns Rosário Macário and Vasco Reis 4. Air Freight, a Key to Success Franziska Kupfer, Hilde Meersman, Evy Onghena and Eddy Van de Voorde 5. Integrators in a Changing World Marc Pirenne 6. Airports of the Future: Essentials for a Renewed Business Model Rosário Macário 7. Airport Cities: Drivers and Effects Duncan A. Campbell 8. The Economics of Airline Alliances Martin Dresner 9. The Transmogrification of Hub and Spoke Airline Networks Ken Button 10. The Impact of Airline Network Strategies for Airports: The Case of Amsterdam Schiphol and Paris Charles de Gaulle Jan Veldhuis 11. Congestion and Air Transport: A Challenging Phenomenon Paul Roosens 12. Slot Allocation and Use at Hub Airports, Perspectives for Secondary Trading Jaap de Wit and Guillaume Burghouwt 13. Assessing the Impact of Open Skies Agreements David Pitfield 14. The Impact of North Atlantic Passenger Services on Airports Anne Graham 15. Effects of Emission Trading Schemes Anming Zhang 16. The Air Transport Industry’s Long-term Strategic Options to Meet the Energy and Environmental Challenge Sveinn Gudmundsson 17. Competition between Airlines and High Speed Rail Werner Rothengatter 18. Consolidation in the Air Transport Sector and Antitrust Enforcement in Europe Marco Benacchio 19. Regulatory Constraints or How Free Are You? Mia Wouters 20. Air Transport Marketing Joel Zhengyi Shon 21. Major Challenges for the Future Air Transport Sector Rosário Macário and Eddy Van de Voorde

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415557917

June 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57055-8: $150.00

FORTHCOMING

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415570558

0 £ 9 5 .

0 £ 9 0 .

Regional Development

FORTHCOMING

Diversities and Disparities

The Economic Geography of Air Transportation

Ulrich Hilpert, Friedrich-Schiller Universität, Jena, Germany

Space, Time, and the Freedom of the Sky

In identifying the key elements of regional culture that impact upon socio-economic development, this informative text concentrates on the socio-industrial, research and political cultures and will have wide appeal to all those working in the social sciences.

John T. Bowen, Central Washington University, USA Drawing upon hundreds of mainly secondary sources, this book answers three questions: how did air transportation develop in the century after the Wright Brothers, what does it mean to live in an airborne world, and what is the future of aviation in this century?

March 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-37341-8: $140.00 0 £ 7 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415373418

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Getting Airborne: The Development of the Airliner and Commercial Air Transportation 2. Jetting Towards a Smaller World: Early Commercial Aviation 3. Far and Wide: Wide-body Jetliners and the Growth of the Global Airline Industry 4. Space-Makers and Pace-Setters: Boeing and Airbus Part 2: Open Skies and a Crowd of Competitors 5. Letting Go: The Liberalization of the Airline Industry 6. Survival of the Fittest: Network Carriers in the Global Airline Industry 7. A World Taking Wing: Low Cost Carriers and the Ascent of the Many Part 3: Life Aloft and on the Ground in the Airborne World 8. People on the Move at 1,000 Kilometers per Hour 9. The High Ways of Trade 10. Points of Departure: Airports in the Airborne World 11. Dangers Hidden in the Air: The Broader Costs of Commercial Aviation Part 4: Beyond the Horizon 12. Coming Back Down to Earth? The Cloudy Future of Air Transportation

FORTHCOMING

Territory, Specialization and Globalization in European Manufacturing Helena Marques, University of Manchester, UK and Francisco Puig, University of Valencia, Spain

March 2010: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-77805-3: $145.00

This book provides an explanation for the differences observed in the impact of globalization which is based on the influence of the territory and of the production specialization of the firms.

0 £ 9 0 .

Selected Contents: 1. Networks and Industrial Districts 2. Globalization, Internationalization Strategy and Industrial Districts 3. The Textile-Clothing Sector 4. A Case of Analysis: The Valencian Textile Industrial District 5. Analysis and Discussion of Findings 6. Conclusions and Recommendations

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415778053

August 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55206-6: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415552066

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

INDUSTRIAL, LABOUR AND BUSINESS ECONOMICS

NEW

FORTHCOMING

Global Capital and Peripheral Labour

Education and Inequality in India

The History and Political Economy of Plantation Workers in India

Manabi Majumdar, Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta, India and Jos Mooij, Institute of Social Studies, the Netherlands

Ravi Raman, University of Manchester, UK Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series This book presents a historical account of plantations in India in the context of the modern world economy. It brings history up to the present, thereby showing how history can assist in explaining contemporary conditions and trends. The author focuses on labour and economic development problems and interprets the dynamics of plantation capitalism.

Selected Contents: 1. Premises 2. Periphery in the Making 3. Capital(s) in Conflict and Consensus: The British Plantocracy versus the Provincial Bourgeoisie 4. Plantation Worker-Families: Sources, Social Origins and Gender Divisions 5. Slaves Reborn? The Disciplinary-Punishment Regime 6. Global Accumulation, Local Immiserisation 7. Identities, Historical Consciousness and Conflicts 8. The Post-colonial State: Re-alignment in Power Relations? 9. Colonial Legacy, Neo-liberal Predicaments and Peripheral Labour: Concluding Remarks November 2009: 234 x 156: 292pp Hb: 978-0-415-55103-8: $125.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415551038

Lynne Ciochetto, Massey University, New Zealand

How to Increase Market Share and Satisfy Current Customers R. Eric Reidenbach, Market Value Solutions, Hattiesburg, Mississippi, USA Unique in its approach, this book focuses on the voice of the market (VOM) instead of the much more limiting voice of the customer (VOC). While the VOC typically refers to what the organization’s customers say, feel, or need, the voice of the market focuses not only on the needs of its customers, but also on those belonging to customers across other organizations in addition to one’s own. By focusing on the VOM, organizations can empower Six Sigma and lean initiatives with a source of information that expands one’s view of the marketplace, which can be self-fulfilling in its limitation.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781420093308

This book analyses four of the largest and most dynamic contemporary emerging economies: Brazil, Russia, India and China. Using an interdisciplinary approach that combines anthropology, sociology, development studies and the cultural industries of design and advertising, the book explores the dynamics of global capitalism from the perspective of global advertising. A series of country studies examines contemporary global advertising through political, economic and cultural perspectives.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Capitalism, Globalisation, Advertising, Consumerism and the Environment 2. Brazil 3. Russia 4. India 5. China 6. Conclusion August 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56200-3: $130.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415562003

Textbook

The Economics of Sports Broadcasting Chris Gratton, Sheffield Hallam University, UK and Harry Arne Solberg, Sør-Trøndelag University College, Norway The meteoric growth of sports broadcasting has had huge financial implications for a number of related industries, and in many cases has affected the sports themselves. This book examines the economic issues surrounding this very modern phenomenon.

2007: 234 x 156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-35779-1: $180.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35780-7: $52.95 0 £ 9 0 .

5 £ 0 2 7 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415357807 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

The Economics of Legal Relationships Routledge are proud to be the publishers of the prestigious series The Economics of Legal Relationships, which continues to be edited by Professors Nicholas Mercuro and Michael D. Kaplowitz of Michigan State University. This series, with a fine back catalogue of books is dedicated to publishing original scholarly contributions that systematically analyze legal-economic issues.

0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415495349

Brazil, Russia, India and China

Listening to the Voice of the Market

LAW AND ECONOMICS

March 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49534-9: $130.00

Globalisation and Advertising in Emerging Economies

NEW

9 £ 3 4 .

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Social Class in Education 2. Teachers 3. Parents 4. Schools and the Educational System Part 2: Autonomy and Accountability 5. Centralization and Decentralization 6. Participation and Accountability Part 3: Quality and Educational Regimes 7. The Learning Process 8. Textbooks and Curriculum 9. Conclusion

FORTHCOMING

0 £ 7 5 .

December 2009: 6-1/8 x 9-1/4: 184pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9330-8: $54.95

Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series This book focuses on primary education in Andhra Pradesh and West Bengal. It examines ways in which social class impinges on the educational system, educational processes and educational outcomes and recommends the move from government action and responsibilities to a broader concept of public action.

LAW AND ECONOMICS

eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

FORTHCOMING

Bubbles, Law and Financial Regulation Erik F. Gerding, University of New Mexico, USA This book aims to unpack the complex economic relationships between law, asset price bubbles and financial regulation looking at the financial fraud in the Enron era, the subprime crisis and previous financial crises throughout the world.

Selected Contents: 1. The Economics of Bubbles 2. A Historical Overview of Asset Price Bubbles and Laws 3. Epidemics of Fraud and Bubbles: Explaining the Correlation 4. The Cycle of Regulation and De-regulation 5. Laws against Bubbles: An Appraisal 6. Law and Credit: Close Substitutes for Monetary Policy 7. Law, Risk-taking, and Resiliency from Collapsed Bubbles 8. Regulatory Boundaries and Regulatory Competition: Of Monocultures and Dominoes 9. Nonlinearity and Procyclicality 10. Conclusion: Towards More Robust Financial Regulation February 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77939-5: $145.00 0 £ 9 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779395

55

56

LAW AND ECONOMICS

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Norms and Values in Law and Economics

2nd Edition

Aristides Hatzis, University of Athens, Greece

Economic Foundations of Law

Why has Law and Economics movement become so successful? What is the current status of the Chicago School? What are the alternative theories and how much influence do they exert? What can be considered mainstream today? What are the norms and values underlying this impressive body of research? These issues, amongst others, are thoroughly explored in this volume by the contributors, including Posner, Gerrit de Geest and Thomas Ulen.

Stephen Spurr, Wayne State University, USA This book introduces students to all aspects of the economic analysis of the law and law and economics, illustrating its analysis with a wealth of real world case studies and examples. With no prior knowledge of law required, the author presents the impact of economic thinking on all the major areas: tort law, contracts, civil law, property law, real estate law, criminal law, taxation and corporate law.

Selected Contents: Norms and Values in the Economic Approach to Law. Engagement with Economics: The New Hybrids of Family Law/Law and Economics Thinking. The Inevitability of Kaldor-Hicks Criterion. The Problematics of the Pareto Principle. Law, Economics and Society.

New Institutional Economics and Legal Theory: Why New Institutional Economics Has Failed to Provide a Viable Alternative to the Law and Economics Movement. Choosing (Our)selves: The Limits of Identity and Interests in Law and Economics. Norms in Behavioral Law and Economics. The Theory of Value Dilemma: A Critique of the Economic Analysis of Criminal Law. Overcoming Law and Economics. Comparing Law and Economics to its Rivals. A Coase-mas Carol: The Coase Theorem as the Ghost of Law and Economics, Past, Present and Future. Flawed Foundations: The Philosophical Critique of (a Particular Type of) Economics.

Functional Law and Economics. The Primacy of Norms. Incentives and Constitutional Compliance

Amongst the real world applications can be counted the proposed market for human organs, bail bonds, the effects of Megan’s law in the United States and racial profiling.

New to this second edition are sections devoted to family law, labor law, creditors’ rights (bankruptcy), and food and drug regulation. The book is also suitable for an international audience in that it draws in examples from a range of countries.

Selected Contents: 1. Principles of Microeconomics (1) 2. Principles of Microeconomics (2) 3. Introduction to the Legal System 4. Introduction to Property Law 5. Problems of Incomplete Property Rights 6. Informal Creation of Property Rights 7. Contracts 8. Torts 9. The Economics of Litigation 10. Criminal Law 11. The Corporation 12. Taxation June 2010: 246 x 174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77852-7: $190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77853-4: $76.95 £ 0 1 2 0 .

March 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-40410-5: $130.00

9 £ 4 9 .

0 £ 7 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415778534 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415404105

FORTHCOMING

Law and Economics

Patent Policy

A Reader

Legal-Economic Effects in a National and International Framework

Edited by Alain Marciano, Université de Reims Champagne Ardenne, France

Pia Weiss, University of Nottingham, UK

This book brings together the most authoritative articles on Law and Economics and the interaction between the two disciplines as well as the use of economic tools to analyze legal problems. For students experiencing the subject for the first time, the selections are interlaced with a wealth of features including explanatory introductions and exercises.

There exists a vast body of literature on all aspects associated with patents, including innovation, patent policy instruments, licensing, and the tension between patent policy and competition policy. However, most of the works focusing on patent policy are only available as journal articles or as reprints in book collections. This book bridges that gap in presenting a systematic overview of models dedicated to patent policy.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Development of Patent Systems and Philosophical Foundations 3. An Introduction to Patent Law and Policy Instruments 4. Statistical Facts and Empirical Evidence 5. The Optimal Patent Term 6. Patent Scope 7. Patent Breadth 8. The Non-obviousness Standard 9. New Patentable Subject Matters 10. Different Non-obviousness Standards April 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48105-2: $140.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415481052

FORTHCOMING

The Rule of Law The Justice Sector and Economic Development Edited by Maria Dakolias, The World Bank, Washington DC, USA and Sandra E. Oxner In this volume Maria Dakolias demonstrates how reforms related to the justice sector and the rule of law have, and will continue to, contribute to economic development.

Selected Contents: 1. How have the Objectives Evolved to Promoting the Rule of Law? 2. What has Influenced this Evolution? 3. What has been Achieved until Now? 4. What are the Greatest Difficulties/Risks Today? 5. What May Some of the Challenges be to Make Such Changes? 6. What Kind of Methodology Should be Promoted? 7. What Should the Priorities be in the Justice Sector Area? 8. What can be Expected in the Justice Sector in the Next Ten Years/Future?

Selected Contents: Introduction Alain Marciano Part 1: From Old to New Law and Economics 1. Economics and Contiguous Discipline Ronald Coase 2. Wandering the Road From Pluralism to Posner: The Transformation of Law and Economics Steve Medema Part 2: Towards an Economic Analysis of Law 3. The Law and Economics Movement Richard A. Posner 4. The Art of Law and Economics: An Autobiographical Essay William M. Landes 5. Behavioral Law and Economics Christine Jolls Part 3: The Economics of the Emergence and Establishment of Norms and Customs 6. The Market for Social Norms Robert C. Ellickson 7. The Economics of Conventions H. Peyton Young 8. The Evolution of Economic Institutions as a Propagation Process Ulrich Witt Part 4: The Economics of Legal Systems 9. Private Creation and Enforcement of Law: A Historical Case David Friedman 10. Bruno Leoni in Retrospect Peter A. Aranson 11. Crafting Social Rules: Common Law vs. Statute law, Once Again Richard E. Wagner 12. The German Civil Code of 1896: An Economic Interpretation Juergen Backhaus Part 5: The Economics of Judicial Decision Making 13. Reputation and Judicial Decision-Making Thomas J. Miceli and Metin M. Cosgel 14.

Evolution of the Common Law and the Emergence of Compromise Douglas G.Whitman 15. An Economic Analysis of the Use of Citations in the Law Richard A. Posner Part 6: Efficiency of the Common Law: Myth or Reality 16. The Rise and Fall of Efficiency in the Common Law: A Supply-Side Analysis Todd J. Zywicki 17. Economic Efficiency and the Common Law Thomas J. Webster 18. Micro and Macro Legal Efficiency: Supply and Demand Paul H. Rubin. Postface Richard A. Posner July 2009: 246 x 174: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-44559-7: $223.95 Pb: 978-0-415-44560-3: $63.95 £ 0 1 5 0 .

5 £ 0 4 2 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415445603 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

March 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77253-2: $150.00 0 £ 8 0 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415772532

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

LAW AND ECONOMICS

FORTHCOMING

Economics: The Basics

Rethinking Corporate Governance

Tony Cleaver, Durham University, UK Economics: The Basics provides a fascinating introduction to the key issues in contemporary economics.

Alessio Pacces, Erasmus University, the Netherlands Series: Routledge Research in Corporate Law

2004: 198 x 129: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-31412-1: $19.95 eBook: 978-0-203-49602-2

This book takes a comparative law and economics approach to the study of corporate governance. It looks at the overall impact of corporate law on separation of ownership and control across different jurisdictions, taking into account the contributions of economic theory, empirical research, and comparative corporate law to the analysis of corporate governance.

This book reappraises the existing framework for economic analysis of corporate law. The standard approach to the legal foundations of corporate governance is based on the ‘law matters’ thesis, according to which corporate law promotes the separation of ownership and control by protecting minority shareholders from expropriation. Rethinking Corporate Governance takes a broader perspective on the economic and legal determinants of corporate governance. It shows that investor protection is a necessary, but not sufficient, legal condition for efficient separation of ownership and control. Supporting control powers vested in managers or controlling shareholders is at least as important as protecting investors from their abuse. Corporate law does not only matter in the last respect; it matters in both.

Series: Multivariate Applications Series For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415314121 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

Niva Elkin-Koren and Eli Salzberger, both at University of Haifa, Israel Series: Routledge Research in Intellectual Property This book explores the economic analysis of intellectual property law, with a special emphasis on the Law and Economics of informational goods in light of the past decade’s technological revolution.

July 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49908-8: $123.75 0 £ 7 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415499088

Donald Rutherford, University of Edinburgh, UK Series: Routledge Key Guides ’...more useful than a dictionary and certainly more interesting!’ - The Bookseller ’A useful supporting text that is likely to engender lively discussion and debate.’

- Jacek Brant, University of London, UK ’Clearly this book will appeal to economics undergraduates, but furthermore to any course with an economics content.’ - Tony Cleaver, University of Durham, UK Fully cross-referenced with extensive guides to further reading, this is the essential comprehensive pocket reference to the ideas, issues and practice of economics in the twenty-first century.

2007: 216 x 138: 264pp Pb: 978-0-415-40057-2: $26.95 eBook: 978-0-203-94661-9 9 £ 1 4 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415400572

2nd Edition

Fifty Major Economists Steven Pressman, Monmouth University, USA Series: Routledge Key Guides

Law and Economics eBooks Taylor & Francis Law and Economics eBooks are available as part of a subscription package or for outright purchase.

For more information, purchasing options and details about eContent for your library, please contact: UK and Rest of World online.sales@tandf.co.uk

United States, Canada and South America e-reference@taylorandfrancis.com

’This second edition [is] a must have for clearly understandable input and examples on applying structural equation modeling with AMOS. Barbara Byrne has most certainly written another best seller.’ - Lisa Harlow, University of Rhode Island, USA

Economics: The Key Concepts

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415565196

The Limits of Analysis

Structural Equation Modeling With AMOS

Barbara M. Byrne, University of Ottawa, Canada

0 £ 9 5 .

The Law and Economics of Intellectual Property in the Digital Age

2nd Edition

Basic Concepts, Applications, and Programming, Second Edition

December 2010: 234 x 156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-56519-6: $150.00

FORTHCOMING

RESEARCH METHODS

Series: The Basics

The Law and Economics of Control Powers

RESEARCH METHODS

Building upon the huge success of the previous edition, this updated text provides a clear, comprehensive guide to the most influential individuals in the field of economics.

2006: 216 x 138: 352pp Pb: 978-0-415-36649-6: $29.95 eBook: 978-0-203-01920-7 9 £ 1 4 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415366496 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

’An indispensable text [that] will prove to be an excellent resource for students, researchers, and academics.’ - Jan Bogg, University of Liverpool, UK This bestselling text provides a practical guide to the basic concepts of structural equation modeling (SEM) and the AMOS program (Version 17/forthcoming Version 18). The author ’walks’ the reader through a variety of SEM applications based on actual data taken from her own research. Noted for its easy-to-follow, nonmathematical language, this book is written for the novice SEM user. In each chapter, the author walks the reader through all steps involved in testing the SEM model presented.

July 2009: 234 x 156: 416pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6372-7: $100.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6373-4: $49.95 9 £ 5 4 9 .

9 £ 2 7 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780805863734 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

57

58

RESEARCH METHODS

5th Edition

2nd Edition

NEW

Applied Multivariate Statistics for the Social Sciences

An Introduction to Multilevel Modeling Techniques

Statistical Power Analysis with Missing Data

James P. Stevens, University of Cincinnati, USA

Ronald H. Heck, University of Hawaii at Manoa, Honolulu, USA and Scott L. Thomas, Claremont Graduate University, California, USA

Adam Davey, Temple University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA and Jyoti Savla, Virginia Technical Institute, Blacksburg, USA

Series: Quantitative Methodology Series

Statistical power analysis has revolutionized the ways in which we conduct and evaluate research. Similar developments in the statistical analysis of incomplete (missing) data are gaining more widespread applications. This volume brings statistical power and incomplete data together under a common framework, in a way that is readily accessible to those with only an introductory familiarity with structural equation modeling. It answers many practical questions such as:

’Of all the texts I have ever used, this is one of the very best... Students find the book to be extremely understandable ... [and] nearly all keep [it] for reference purposes...It really is a great applied treatment of the topics... the examples are general enough to appeal to students across disciplines ... The ... computer examples are very helpful...an extraordinarily balanced text by a highly respected author.’ - Dale R. Fuqua, Oklahoma State University, USA ’It is the best text I have found on Multivariate stats... Including examples in journals is a great addition... the book’s ... greatest strengths [include] comprehensive coverage of the analyses, thorough description and discussion of the assumptions for the analyses, and annotated SPSS print-outs.’ Philip Schatz, Saint Joseph’s University, USA This best-selling text is written for those who use, rather than develop statistical methods. Dr. Stevens focuses on a conceptual understanding of the material rather than on proving results. Helpful narrative and numerous examples enhance understanding and a chapter on matrix algebra serves as a review. Annotated printouts from SPSS and SAS indicate what the numbers mean and encourage interpretation of the results. In addition to demonstrating how to use these packages, the author stresses the importance of checking the data, assessing the assumptions, and ensuring adequate sample size by providing guidelines so that the results can be generalized. The book is noted for its extensive applied coverage of MANOVA, its emphasis on statistical power, and numerous exercises including answers to half.

March 2009: 7 x 10: 664pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5901-0: $129.95 Pb: 978-0-8058-5903-4: $80.00 0 £ 7 0 .

0 £ 4 5 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780805859034 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

A Structural Equation Modeling Approach

’An insightful and authoritative textbook?

Whether you are a newcomer to statistics or a long-time practitioner, this work is valuable both as a textbook and as a reference manual.’ - Terry E. Duncan, Oregon State University, USA ’The new edition...offers an expanded introduction...By providing real data sets and completely updated computer examples analyzed with programs like HLM, LISREL, and Mplus, the book offers readers the latest information, steps, and procedures needed to competently conduct multilevel analyses.’ - George A. Marcoulides, University of California-Riverside, USA

• how missing data affects the statistical power in a study?

• how much power is likely with different amounts and types of missing data?

This comprehensive, applied approach to multilevel analysis is distinguished by its wide range of applications relevant to the behavioral, educational, organizational, and social sciences. Univariate and multivariate models are used to understand how to design studies and analyze data. Readers are encouraged to consider what they are investigating, their data, and the strengths and limitations of each technique before selecting their approach. Numerous examples and exercises allow readers to test their understanding of the techniques.

Input programs from HLM and Mplus demonstrate how to set up and run the models.

A latent variable conceptual framework is emphasized to show the commonality of the approaches and to make each technique more accessible. The first section is devoted to conceptual issues underlying multilevel modeling, while the second section develops several types of multilevel analyses including univariate regression, structural equation, growth curve and latent change, and latent variable mixture modeling.

2008: 234 x 156: 280pp Hb: 978-1-84169-755-0: $90.00 Pb: 978-1-84169-756-7: $49.95 5 £ 0 5 6 .

9 £ 5 2 9 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781841697567 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

• how to increase the power of a design in the presence of missing data?

• how to identify the most powerful design in the presence of missing data?

Points of Reflection encourage readers to stop and test their understanding of the material. Try Me sections test one’s ability to apply the material. Troubleshooting Tips help to prevent commonly encountered problems.

Exercises reinforce content and Additional Readings provide sources for delving more deeply into selected topics. Numerous examples demonstrate the book’s application to a variety of disciplines. Each issue is accompanied by its potential strengths and shortcomings and examples using a variety of software packages (SAS, SPSS, Stata, LISREL, AMOS, and MPlus).

Syntax is provided using a single software program to promote continuity but in each case, parallel syntax using the other packages is presented in appendixes.

Routines, data sets, syntax files, and links to student versions of software packages are found at www.psypress.com/davey. The worked examples in Part 2 also provide results from a wider set of estimated models. These tables, and accompanying syntax, can be used to estimate statistical power or required sample size for similar problems under a wide range of conditions.

August 2009: 234 x 156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6369-7: $99.95 Pb: 978-0-8058-6370-3: $39.95 0 £ 5.

9 £ 5 2 4 .

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780805863703 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

RESEARCH METHODS

FORTHCOMING

Applied Power Analysis for the Behavioral Sciences Christopher L. Aberson, Humboldt State University, USA This practical guide to conducting statistical power analyses was written for students and researchers with limited quantitative backgrounds. The book focuses on conducting power analyzes using SPSS. The author provides detailed calculations and comments on what goes where and how it got there. Readers will appreciate the detailed coverage of topics that are not well described in competing books such as estimating effect sizes, power for complex designs, as well as common research designs such as multifactor ANOVA and multiple regression. Practical issues such as how to increase power without increasing sample size, how to report findings and run a sample analyses, how to derive effect size expectations and other statistical values, and how to support null hypotheses, are addressed throughout.

Unlike competing texts, this book focuses on the statistical and methodological aspects of the analyses.

The book shows how to perform analyses using software applications rather than complex hand calculations. To facilitate application and usability, ready-to-use SPSS tools for conducting analyses are included. SPSS syntax to perform most calculations is available on the book’s website. Each SPSS syntax protocol included requires only minor modification to complete the analyses. The syntax is accompanied by detailed annotations that spell out what readers need to change to conduct analyses. As such,? the text reviews both power analysis techniques and tools for conducting analyzes. Numerous examples enhance accessibility by demonstrating specific issues that must be addressed at all stages of the power analysis. Chapter summaries and key statistics sections also aid in understanding the material.

February 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-1-84872-834-9: $70.00 Pb: 978-1-84872-835-6: $35.00 9 £ 5 4.

5 £ 0 2.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781848728356 • AVAILABLE AS A COMPLIMENTARY COPY

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

Research Methods eBooks Taylor & Francis Research Methods eBooks are available as part of a subscription package or for outright purchase.

ALSO AVAILABLE

The Economics, Finance, Business and Industry eCollection.

For more information, purchasing options and details about eContent for your library, please contact: UK and Rest of World online.sales@tandf.co.uk

United States, Canada and South America e-reference@taylorandfrancis.com

eBooks www.ebooksubscriptions.com

59

INDEX

62

A Aberson, Christopher L. .............................................................59 Adachi, Yuko ...............................................................................6 Adam Smith and the Economy of the Passions ...........................32 Adams, Neil ...............................................................................52 Aging Consumer, The ................................................................30 Agrarian Angst and Rural Resistance in Contemporary Southeast Asia ...........................................................................15 Agricultural Marketing ...............................................................45 Agri-Food Systems and Economic Development .........................16 Ahrweiler, Petra .........................................................................53 Airline Business, The ..................................................................49 Airline eCommerce ....................................................................49 Aldohni, Abdul Karim ................................................................11 Allott, Tim .................................................................................45 Alwang, Jeffrey ..........................................................................13 Amann, Edmund........................................................................16 Amatori, Franco .........................................................................47 Andersen, Birgitte ........................................................................8 Anderson, David A.....................................................................39 Andersson, Jan Otto ..................................................................38 Andrews, David .........................................................................34 Antes, Ralf .................................................................................42 Applied Multivariate Statistics for the Social Sciences, Fifth Edition ...............................................................................58 Applied Power Analysis for the Behavioral Sciences ....................59 Arner, Douglas.............................................................................9 Arnsperger, Christian .................................................................23 Arun, Thankom..........................................................................17 Arvanitidis, Paschalis ..................................................................12 Asada, Toichiro ..........................................................................24 ASPA Series in Public Administration and Public Policy (series) ....19 Atherton, John R........................................................................24 Athukorala, Prema-chandra .......................................................19 Augello, Massimo M. .................................................................36 Austin, Gareth ...........................................................................47 Austrian and German Economic Thought...................................32 Autonomy and Formalism in Economics .....................................28 Avoided Deforestation ...............................................................39

B Bachtler, John ............................................................................13 Baer, Werner..............................................................................16 Baimbridge, Mark ......................................................................12 Bandara, Jayatilleke S.................................................................19 Banerjee, Debdas .......................................................................18 Barker, Drucilla...........................................................................24 Barnett, Vincent.........................................................................36 Barrett, Christopher B. ...............................................................14 BASEES/Routledge Series on Russian and East European Studies (series) .............................................................................6 Basics (series) .............................................................................57 Bathelt, Harald...........................................................................51 Becchetti, Leonardo ...................................................................30 Belussi, Fiorenza.........................................................................51 Benefits of Environmental Policy.................................................39 Benson, John .........................................................................9, 10 Bergeron, Suzanne L. .................................................................24 Berman, Evan M. .......................................................................19 Besomi, Daniele .........................................................................33 Beyond Reductionism.................................................................44 Beyond Territory.........................................................................51 Beyond Western Economics .......................................................21 Bidard, Christian ........................................................................37 bin Yahya, Faizal ........................................................................11 Binder, Martin ............................................................................29 Biotechnology and Agricultural Development.............................40 Birolo, Adriano...........................................................................36 Bjerkholt, Olav .....................................................................31, 32 Bloom, David .............................................................................12 Bonn, Aletta ..............................................................................45 Borzaga, Carlo ...........................................................................30 Boucekkine, Raouf .....................................................................42 Bowen, John T. ..........................................................................54 Boylan, Thomas .............................................................23, 28, 31 Brewer, Anthony ........................................................................34 Brouwer, Floor ...........................................................................42 Bubbles, Law and Financial Regulation .......................................55 Budhwar, Pawan S. ....................................................................11 Building Big Business in Russia .....................................................6 Burnham, June ............................................................................8 Business History .........................................................................47 Business Networks in Clusters and Industrial Districts..................51 Byrne, Barbara M. ......................................................................57

C Caldwell, Bruce..........................................................................30 Camic, Charles...........................................................................33 Campbell, Iain............................................................................29 Can Neighbourhoods Save the City? ..........................................51 Canning, David ..........................................................................12 Caouette, Dominique.................................................................15 Capie, Forrest ..............................................................................3 Capital Needs of Central Banks, The.............................................2 Carbon Responsibility and Embodied Emissions ..........................44

Cartelization, Antitrust and Globalization in the US and Europe ...8 Cason, Jeffrey ............................................................................14 Cason, Jeffrey W. .........................................................................9 Chakrabarti, Anjan.....................................................................18 Challenge of Labour in China, The .............................................10 Chamlee-Wright, Emily ..............................................................21 Chappell, Marisa........................................................................48 Chase, Robert ............................................................................32 Chen, Ping.................................................................................22 Cherry, Todd L............................................................................41 Chiarella, Carl ............................................................................24 China and Europe ......................................................................52 China Policy Series (series) ..........................................................10 China’s Trade Unions - How Autonomous Are They?..................10 Chipman, John ............................................................................3 Christiansen, Jens ......................................................................17 Chu, Ming-Chin Monique ..........................................................11 Ciochetto, Lynne........................................................................55 Cities, State and Globalization....................................................52 Cleaver, Tony .............................................................................57 Climate Change and Forest Resources ........................................40 Climate Change and the Private Sector.......................................40 Coes, Don..................................................................................16 Collard, David ............................................................................34 Collected Works of F.A. Hayek (series) ........................................30 Colli, Andrea..............................................................................47 Community Finance ...................................................................29 Comparative Political Economy of Development, The .................18 Complex Economics ...................................................................22 Computable Foundations for Economics ......................................1 Computable, Constructive and Behavioural Economic Dynamics ...................................................................................22 Contributions from the Rosenberg International Forum on Water Policy (series) ...................................................................44 Contributions to the History of Economic Thought .....................32 Controversies in Local Economic Development ...........................52 Cook, Simon..............................................................................35 Cooperation Challenge of Economics and the Protection of Water Supplies, The ...................................................................40 Cost-Benefit Analysis Cases and Materials ..................................37 Cost-Benefit Analysis of Multi-Level Government .........................8 Cotella, Giancarlo ......................................................................52 Cowie, Jonathan........................................................................49 Crafts, Nicholas............................................................................3 Credit Cooperatives in India .......................................................15 Crises and Cycles in Economic Dictionaries and Encyclopaedias ..33 Critical Issues in Air Transport Economics and Business ...............54 Critique of Environmental Economics, A.....................................39 Cullen, John B..............................................................................5 Cultural and Political Economy of Recovery, The .........................21 Culture and Economics ..............................................................37 Currencies and Currency Policies in the Global Economy ..............2

Economic Liberalization and Turkey ..............................................6 Economic Partnership Agreements and Development.................16 Economic Reader, The ................................................................36 Economic Theory and Economic Thought...................................33 Economic Theory and Social Change ..........................................23 Economic Transitions to Neoliberalism in Middle-Income Countries .16 Economics and Mathematics of E. E. Slutsky, The .......................36 Economics and Theology............................................................23 Economics as Social Theory (series) ............................................20 Economics of Agricultural Development .....................................13 Economics of Defence Policy ........................................................7 Economics of Legal Relationships (series)..............................55, 56 Economics of Social Responsibility, The ......................................30 Economics of Sports Broadcasting, The ......................................55 Economics of Transport, The ......................................................49 Economics of UN Peacekeeping, The............................................7 Economics of Urban Migration in India, The ...............................11 Economics of Urban Property Markets, The ................................12 Economics, Culture, and Development .......................................23 Economics: The Basics................................................................57 Economics: The Key Concepts ....................................................57 Ecosystem Services and Global Trade of Natural Resources .........41 Education and Inequality in India................................................55 Eicher, Theo .................................................................................4 Ekstedt, Hasse............................................................................23 Elementary Statistics Tables ..........................................................4 Elements of an Evolutionary Theory of Welfare ..........................29 Elements of Ecological Economics ..............................................38 Elkin-Koren, Niva .......................................................................57 Embedded Entrepreneurship ......................................................53 Enderwick, Peter ..........................................................................5 Energy, Bio Fuels and Development ............................................16 Engel, Stefanie...........................................................................39 Engelskirchen, Howard ..............................................................24 Entrepreneurship .......................................................................51 Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Regional Development...........51 Environment and Employment: ..................................................45 Environmental Amenities and Regional Economic Development.....41 Environmental Economics and Natural Resource Management Third Edition.........................................................39 Environmental Efficiency, Innovation and Economic Performances.............................................................................41 Environmental Policies in the New Europe ..................................41 Environmental Social Accounting Matrices .................................44 Eriksson, Ralf .............................................................................38 Erreygers, Guido ........................................................................37 Essential Writings of Thorstein Veblen, The ................................33 European Prudential Banking Regulation and Supervision ..........13 Everyday Impact of Economic Reform in China, The .....................9 Evolving Firm in the Evolving Context, The .................................53 Eyler, Robert ................................................................................2

D

E

Faber, Malte...............................................................................45 Farrant, Andrew.........................................................................34 Farrell, Katharine........................................................................44 Faucompret, Eric ........................................................................26 Feldman, Maryann .....................................................................51 Fernando de Paula, Luiz ...............................................................8 Ferrara, Alessandro ......................................................................8 Fifty Major Economists ...............................................................57 Finance in Asia.............................................................................9 Financial Liberalization and Economic Performance ......................8 Financing Reform in China’s Rural Economy ...............................10 Fine, Ben....................................................................................20 Fisher, Tim .................................................................................50 Flaschel, Peter ............................................................................24 Flying Off Course .......................................................................49 Foley, Duncan ............................................................................36 Forestry Economics ....................................................................39 Fortanier, Fabienne ......................................................................6 Franke, Reiner............................................................................24 Free Market Conservatism (Routledge Revivals) ..........................27 Freeden, Michael .......................................................................28 Freight Transport and the Modern Economy.................................8 Frisch, Ragnar ............................................................................32 From Economics Imperialism to Freakonomics ............................20 From Political Economy to Economics.........................................20 Full-Spectrum Economics ...........................................................23 Fusari, Angelo............................................................................23

East Asian Computer Chip War, The ...........................................11 Ebeling, Richard M.....................................................................35 Ebner, Alexander........................................................................53 Economic Analysis of Land Use in Global Climate Change Policy ...40 Economic and Human Development in Contemporary India .......18 Economic Complexity and Equilibrium Illusion ............................22 Economic Development and Military Security ...............................7 Economic Development in the Middle East.................................19 Economic Developments in Contemporary China .......................10 Economic Foundations of Law second edition ............................56 Economic Geography of Air Transportation, The ........................54 Economic Governance in the EU ................................................12 Economic Growth and Environmental Regulation.......................40 Economic History of Iran, An......................................................48

Garcia-ValiÒas, Maria A. ............................................................42 Garrido, Alberto.........................................................................44 Gehl Sampath, Padmashree .......................................................17 Gender and the Contours of Precarious Employment .................29 Generations of Economists.........................................................34 Gerding, Erik F. ..........................................................................55 Glinavos, Ioannis........................................................................26 Global Capital and Peripheral Labour .........................................55 Global Politico-Economic Crises....................................................8 Global Population Ageing and Migration in Europe....................12 Global Social Economy...............................................................29 Globalisation and Advertising in Emerging Economies................55 Goetz, Stephan J........................................................................42

Dakolias, Maria ..........................................................................56 Daniel, Philip..............................................................................41 Dannreuther, Charlie..................................................................24 Davey, Adam .............................................................................58 Davis, John B. ............................................................................29 de Jong, Eelke............................................................................37 De Liso, Nicola ...........................................................................53 De Lucia, Caterina......................................................................41 Development Economics in Action Second Edition .....................15 Development of Economic Analysis ............................................31 Development, Democracy and the State.....................................19 Dhar, Anup Kumar.....................................................................18 Di Gaspare, Serena ....................................................................34 Dietz, Simon ..............................................................................44 Dinar, Ariel.................................................................................44 Dislocation and Resettlement in Development............................18 Division of Labour in Economics, The .........................................33 Doganis, Rigas ...........................................................................49 Doing Business in India ..............................................................11 Domingos, Tiago M. D...............................................................44 Dragomir, Larisa .........................................................................13 Drivers of Environmental Change in Uplands ..............................45 Drolet, Aimee ............................................................................30 Dynamic Approach to Economic Theory, A.................................32 Dynamics of Asian Labour Markets, The.....................................10

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

F

G

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

INDEX Golub, Alexander.......................................................................42 Gonzalez, Sara...........................................................................51 Gorzelak, George.......................................................................13 Governance Gap, The ..................................................................7 Graafland, Johan J. ....................................................................25 Graff, Michael............................................................................46 Graham, Elaine ..........................................................................24 Grandori, Anna..........................................................................50 Grapard, Ulla .............................................................................25 Gratton, Chris............................................................................55 Graz Schumpeter Lectures (series) ..............................................22 Grown, Caren..............................................................................3 Growth and Fluctuations 1870-1913 (Routledge Revivals) ..........27 Growth of the International Economy, 1820-2010 .....................46 Growth Theory ..........................................................................23 Guides to Economic and Political Developments in Asia (series) ..10 Guidi, Marco E. L .......................................................................36

H Haab, Tim..................................................................................43 Hahn and Economic Methodology .............................................23 Hahnel, Robin ............................................................................39 Hanke, Michael..........................................................................49 Hansj¸rgens, Bernd .....................................................................42 Hansson, Gˆte ............................................................................15 Harriss-White, Barbara ...............................................................18 Hart, Craig.................................................................................40 Hartley, Keith ...............................................................................7 Hatzis, Aristides .........................................................................56 Hayek, F.A..................................................................................30 Hayek, Mill and the Liberal Tradition ..........................................34 Hayton, James ...........................................................................50 Heck, Ronald H. .........................................................................58 Held, David ................................................................................48 Henderson, Jeffrey .....................................................................14 Henderson, William ...................................................................35 Henry A. Abbati: Keynes’ Forgotten Precursor ............................34 Henson, Spencer........................................................................16 Herr, Hansjˆrg .............................................................................24 Herrschel, Tassilo........................................................................52 Hertel, Thomas W. .....................................................................40 Hewitson, Gillian........................................................................25 Heyer, Judith ..............................................................................18 Hill, Elizabeth .............................................................................11 Hillman, John.............................................................................48 Hilpert, Ulrich.............................................................................54 Hishida, Masaharu .....................................................................10 History of Heterodox Economics, A ............................................30 History of Irish Economic Thought, A .........................................31 History of Norwegian Economic Thought, The ...........................31 Hodgson, Geoffrey M ................................................................33 Hoffman, Joan ...........................................................................40 Hossain, Moazzem.....................................................................18 Hritonenko, Natali......................................................................42 Huang, Ju-Chin..........................................................................43 Hubacek, Klaus ..........................................................................45 H¸bner, Kurt .................................................................................2 Hulme, David .............................................................................17

I caza, Rosalba ...............................................................................7 Ideas and Economic Crises in Britain from Attlee to Blair (1945-2005) ..............................................................................47 Ideas of Ronald H. Coase, The....................................................36 Incredible Complexity of the Social Sciences, The .......................22 Inequality and Power .................................................................23 Inflation Expectations...................................................................2 Innovation in China....................................................................10 Innovation in Complex Social Systems ........................................53 Innovation, Knowledge and Growth ..........................................34 Intellectual Property Rights in Contemporary Capitalism ...............8 Intellectual Property, Innovation and Management in Emerging Economies....................................................................6 International Business ..................................................................5 International Economics ...............................................................4 International Finance 5th Edition..................................................4 International Networking for Development ..................................6 International Tax Coordination .....................................................2 International Tin Cartel, The .......................................................48 International Trade, Consumer Interests and Reform of the Common Agricultural Policy .......................................................12 Internationalization, Technological Change and the Theory of the Firm.................................................................................53 Introduction to Advanced Econometric Theory, An.......................3 Introduction to Multilevel Modeling Techniques, An ...................58 Iranian Studies (series)................................................................48 Ishii, Tomoaki .............................................................................10 Islam, Iyanatul............................................................................18 Ison, Stephen.............................................................................49 Israeli Central Bank, The.............................................................48 Iversen, Vegard ..........................................................................11

J Jacoud, Gilles.............................................................................35 Jaffee, Steven ............................................................................16 Jeffries, Ian ................................................................................10

Jha, Raghbendra ........................................................................38 John, Klaus Dieter ......................................................................39 Johnson, Debra............................................................................5 Jui, Shang-Ling ..........................................................................10

K Kariv, Dafna ...............................................................................51 Kathuria, Rajat ...........................................................................18 Kaur, Arunajeet..........................................................................11 Kazandziska, Milka ....................................................................24 Keen, Michael............................................................................41 Kelegama, Saman ......................................................................19 Kenwood, George .....................................................................46 Keppler, Jan H............................................................................32 Keynes and the British Humanist Tradition..................................34 Keynes’ Economics (Routledge Revivals) .....................................27 Khan, Shahrukh Rafi ..................................................................17 Killick, Tony................................................................................15 Kindleberger, Charles P...............................................................28 King-chi Chan, Chris ..................................................................10 Kirman, Alan..............................................................................22 Knowledge-Intensive Entrepreneurship and Innovation Systems .....................................................................................54 Kogler, Dieter F...........................................................................51 Kojima, Kazuko..........................................................................10 Kˆllner, Thomas ..........................................................................41 Koll-Schretzenmayr, Martina ......................................................52 Komatsu, Keiichiro.......................................................................8 Konings, Jozef ...........................................................................26 Korinek, Kim..............................................................................52 Koundouri, Phoebe ....................................................................43 Kuiper, Edith ..............................................................................37 Kumar, Pushpam........................................................................43 Kunzmann, Klaus.......................................................................52 Kurz, Heinz D.................................................................33, 34, 36

L Labour Standards, Development and Trade ................................15 Labour-Intensive Industrialization in Global History .....................47 Lagueux, Maurice ......................................................................24 Lai, Lawrence W. C ....................................................................36 Land Reform in Developing Countries ........................................18 Large Emerging Markets ..............................................................5 Latecomer Development ............................................................17 Latin American Economic Development .....................................13 Law and Development in Asia ....................................................14 Law and Economics ...................................................................56 Law and Economics of Intellectual Property in the Digital Age, The .57 Lawn, Philip ...............................................................................45 Lawson, Tony .............................................................................27 LeClair, Mark S.............................................................................8 Lee, Frederic ........................................................................24, 30 Legal and Regulatory Aspects of Islamic Banking, The ................11 Lejot, Paul....................................................................................9 Lenton, Pamela ..........................................................................29 Leoncini, Riccardo ......................................................................53 Levi, Maurice D. ...........................................................................4 Levin-Waldman, Oren M ............................................................25 Lewis, W. Arthur ........................................................................27 Lin, Justin Yifu ...........................................................................15 Lin, Tun......................................................................................40 Liou, K. Tom...............................................................................19 Lipton, Michael ..........................................................................18 Listening to the Voice of the Market ..........................................55 Liu, Qiao ......................................................................................9 Living With Markets ...................................................................21 Looking for Work in Post-Socialist China ....................................10 Lougheed, Alan .........................................................................46 Luke, Peter.................................................................................14 Luzzati, Tommaso ......................................................................44 Lykkja, Pal ..................................................................................31

M Mac·rio, Ros·rio..........................................................................54 MacDonald, Martha...................................................................29 Macintyre, Alison .......................................................................42 Macklin, Audrey...........................................................................7 Macroeconomic Regimes in Western Industrial Countries ...........24 Magnusson, Lars........................................................................47 Major League Winners ...............................................................19 Majumdar, Manabi ....................................................................55 Making of the Classical Theory of Economic Growth, The ..........34 Malerba, Franco.........................................................................54 Malmberg, Bo............................................................................12 Maloney, Thomas N. ..................................................................52 Maman, Daniel ..........................................................................48 Management History .................................................................30 Managerial Economics, Second Edition ......................................50 Managing Crises and De-Globalisation .......................................47 Managing Local Economic Development ....................................19 Managing Water Resources in a Time of Global Change ............44 Manstetten, Reiner ....................................................................45 Marciano, Alain .........................................................................56 Maritime Economics 3e..............................................................50 Markandya, Anil ........................................................................42 Market, Happiness and Solidarity, The ........................................25

CONTACT US – for further information, email economics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

Marketing and Consumer Psychology Series (series) ...................30 Marques, Alexandra P.S..............................................................44 Marques, Helena........................................................................54 Marshall Plan Days (Routledge Revivals)......................................28 Marshall, Marshallians and Industrial Economics.........................35 Martinelli, Flavia.........................................................................51 MartÌnez de Anguita, Pablo........................................................44 Marx’s ‘Capital’ (Routledge Revivals)...........................................28 Masters, William A.....................................................................13 Mathematical Analysis of Linear Economic Systems, The ............37 Mathematical Economics .............................................................3 Matthijs, Matthias M..................................................................47 Mazzanti, Massimiliano........................................................41, 43 McAlinn, Gerald.........................................................................14 McCall, John..............................................................................36 McPherson, Charles ...................................................................41 Melkumian, Arsen........................................................................3 Mendelsohn, Robert O...............................................................40 Metcalfe, J. Stanley ....................................................................33 Michie, Jonathan .......................................................................44 Microeconomics...........................................................................1 Microfinance..............................................................................17 Migration in the 21st Century ....................................................52 Migration of Indian Human Capital, The.....................................11 Mills, Terence ...............................................................................3 Milonakis, Dimitris .....................................................................20 Milton, Susan...............................................................................2 Mind, Society, and Human Action ..............................................21 Misra, Biswa Swarup..................................................................15 Mitra, Jay...................................................................................51 Mittelstadt, Jennifer ...................................................................48 Modeling Environment-Improving Technological Innovations under Uncertainty ......................................................................42 Models of Simon..........................................................................1 Modern Public Economics Second Edition ..................................38 Molle, Willem ............................................................................12 Molz, Rick..................................................................................17 Monetary and Banking History.....................................................3 Monetary Macrodynamics..........................................................24 Money and Banking.....................................................................2 Montini, Anna .....................................................................41, 43 Mooij, Jos ..................................................................................55 Moral Rhetoric of Political Economy, The ....................................24 Morgan, Stephen.......................................................................10 Morrissey, Oliver ........................................................................16 Mosley, Paul...............................................................................29 Moulaert, Frank .........................................................................51 Mullen, Andrew.........................................................................12 Multinational Enterprise in Developing Countries, The................17 Multivariate Applications Series (series) ......................................57 Munz, Rainer .............................................................................12 Mutti, John H...............................................................................4

N Nadasen, Premilla ......................................................................48 Nation, State and the Industrial Revolution.................................47 Neave, Professor H R....................................................................4 Nell, Edward ........................................................................27, 28 Neoliberalism and the Law in Post Communist Transition ...........26 Networked Activisms and Regionalism .........................................7 New International Monetary System, The .....................................3 New Perspectives on Agri-environmental Policies........................42 New Political Economy (series)..............................................11, 39 Newmark, Craig...........................................................................1 Nishizawa, Tamotsu ...................................................................35 Noman, Omar............................................................................19 Norms and Values in Law and Economics ...................................56 Northover, Patricia .....................................................................23 Norton, George W. ....................................................................13 Nowak, Alojzy..............................................................................6 Nunes, Richard...........................................................................52

O O’Gorman, Paschal ..............................................................23, 28 Oinas, P‰ivi ..............................................................................53 Olsson, Sven-Olof ......................................................................47 Onis, Ziya.....................................................................................9 Optimal Control of Age-structured Populations in Economy, Demography, and the Environment ............................................42 Organizing Entrepreneurship......................................................50 Origins of David Hume’s Economics, The....................................35 Origins of the Twenty First Century, The .....................................46 Oslington, Paul ..........................................................................23 Oughton, Christine ....................................................................44 Overseas Research II...................................................................14 Oxner, Sandra E .........................................................................56 Oyelaran-Oyeyinka, Banji ...........................................................17 Ozcan, Gul Berna.......................................................................26

P Pacces, Alessio ...........................................................................57 Padayachee, Vishnu ...................................................................14 Palmer, Charles ..........................................................................39 Parboteeah, K. Praveen ................................................................5 Participation in Environmental Organizations..............................42 Pasinetti, Luigi............................................................................25

63

INDEX

64

Patent Policy ..............................................................................56 Paton, G. J .................................................................................39 Paul, Helen ................................................................................48 Pejovic, Caslav ...........................................................................14 Permit Trading in Different Applications .....................................42 Perry, Martin ..............................................................................52 Pesaran, Hashem .......................................................................27 Philosophical Basics of Ecology and Economy .............................45 Pierani, Pierpaolo .......................................................................12 Pike, Andy .................................................................................53 Pilling, Geoffrey .........................................................................28 Pitt-Watson, David .....................................................................48 Policy Makers on Policy, Second Edition........................................3 Political Economy and Industrialism ............................................35 Political Economy of Africa, The .................................................14 Political Economy of Capital, The................................................24 Political Economy of Central Asia, The........................................26 Political Economy of East Asian Development, The .....................14 Political Economy of Families, Work and Globalization, The ........24 Political Economy of Integration, The ...........................................9 Political Economy of the Environment ........................................44 Political Economy of the European Social Model, The .................12 Political Economy of the Small Firm, The ....................................24 Political Economy of Work, The..................................................25 Political Economy, Public Policy and Monetary Economics...........35 Political Economy, Religion and Wellbeing ..................................24 Population, Development and Welfare in the History of Economic Thought.....................................................................35 Port Economics ..........................................................................50 Post Keynesian Microeconomic Theory.......................................24 Preference Data for Environmental Valuation .............................43 Prendergast, Renee ....................................................................31 Prentice, David...........................................................................50 Pressman, Steven .......................................................................57 Priorities for Development Economics (series) .............................18 Privatization and Transition in Russia ..........................................48 Production, Distribution and Trade .............................................36 Prosperity and Public Spending (Routledge Revivals) ...................28 Public Administration and Public Policy (series) ...........................19 Public Procurement in China ......................................................10 Puig, Francisco ...........................................................................54

Q Qiao, Jian...................................................................................10 Qin, Duo....................................................................................32 Quah, Euston.............................................................................37 Quantitative Methodology Series (series) ....................................58

R Rabin, Jack.................................................................................19 Raffaelli, Tiziano.........................................................................35 Raman, Ravi.........................................................................19, 55 Rationality and Explanation in Economics ...................................24 Ratiu, Catalin .............................................................................17 Readings in Applied Microeconomics ...........................................1 Real Business Cycle Models in Economics ...................................36 Reappraising J. A. Hobson (Routledge Revivals) ..........................28 Reati, Angelo .............................................................................25 Red Holocaust............................................................................46 Reform and Development in China.............................................15 Regional Development ...............................................................54 Regional Development in Central and Eastern Europe ................13 Regional Studies Association ......................................................53 Regions and Cities (series) ..............................................51, 52, 53 Reidenbach, R. Eric ....................................................................55 Resilience, Reciprocity and Ecological Economics ........................45 Responsible Development ..........................................................19 Rethinking Corporate Governance .............................................57 Reyes, Javier A. ..........................................................................13 Rickman, Dan ............................................................................41 Rima, Ingrid H............................................................................31 Robertson, Iain.............................................................................6 Robinson Crusoe’s Economic Man..............................................25 Rodgers, Peter .............................................................................9 Rodrigues, Jo„o F. D...................................................................44 Role of ‘Informal’ Economies in the Post-Soviet World, The ..........9 Rose, Steven K. ..........................................................................40 Rosefielde, Steven......................................................................46 Rosenhek, Zeev..........................................................................48 Rosentraub, Mark S. ..................................................................19 Round, John ................................................................................9 Routledge Advanced Texts in Economics and Finance (series) .........................................................................3, 9, 37, 38 Routledge Advances in Experimental and Computable Economics (series) ........................................................................1 Routledge Advances in Heterodox Economics (series) .....21, 30, 39 Routledge Advances in Social Economics (series) ..................29, 30 Routledge Contemporary China Series (series) ............................10 Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe Series (series) .......................................................................................13 Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series (series) ..11, 18, 19, 55 Routledge Explorations in Economic History (series)..............47, 48 Routledge Explorations in Environmental Economics (series) ...............................................................39, 40, 41, 42, 43 Routledge Foundations of the Market Economy (series)..............21

Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy (series).......22, 23, 24, 25 Routledge History of Economic Thought (series) .........................31 Routledge IAFFE Advances in Feminist Economics (series) ...........29 Routledge INEM Advances in Economic Methodology (series).....28 Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking (series) ...2, 3 Routledge ISS Studies in Rural Livelihoods (series).......................15 Routledge Key Guides (series) ....................................................57 Routledge Law in Asia (series) ....................................................14 Routledge Political Economy of the Middle East and North Africa (series) ...............................................................................6 Routledge Research in Corporate Law (series).............................57 Routledge Research in Finance and Banking Law (series) ......11, 13 Routledge Research in Intellectual Property (series).....................57 Routledge Revivals (series)....................................................27, 28 Routledge Studies in Contemporary Political Economy (series) ....44 Routledge Studies in Defence and Peace Economics (series) .........7 Routledge Studies in Development and Society (series)...............18 Routledge Studies in Development Economics (series) .....................................................................15, 16, 17, 18 Routledge Studies in Ecological Economics (series) ...............44, 45 Routledge Studies in Global Competition (series)..................53, 54 Routledge Studies in Governance and Change in the Global Era (series) ........................................................................7 Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Economies (series)....9, 26, 48 Routledge Studies in Social and Political Thought (series)............21 Routledge Studies in the European Economy (series) ..................12 Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia (series)........................................................6, 9, 10, 11, 19 Routledge Studies in the History of Economics (series) ........................................32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37 Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy (series) ................................................................8, 9, 54 Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy (series)..............10, 11 Routledge Textbooks in Environmental and Agricultural Economics (series) .......................................13, 39, 45 R¸bbelke, Dirk T. G. ....................................................................39 Rule of Law, The ........................................................................56 Rutherford, Donald ....................................................................57

S Saad-Filho, Alfredo ....................................................................16 Saari, Donald .............................................................................22 Salvadori, Neri............................................................................33 Salzberger, Eli ............................................................................57 Sammarra, Alessia......................................................................51 Samuelson, Paul.........................................................................33 Savla, Jyoti “Tina” .....................................................................58 Savy, Michel .................................................................................8 Sawyer, W. Charles ....................................................................13 Sch‰fer, Sebastian ......................................................................6 Schefold, Bertram ................................................................32, 36 Schmid, Willy A .........................................................................52 Schroyer, Trent ...........................................................................21 Schutz, Eric A.............................................................................23 Schwarz, Norbert .......................................................................30 Scott Leonard, Carol ..................................................................48 Seeking Sustainability.................................................................39 Sen, Somnath ..............................................................................7 Senior Nello, Susan Mary ...........................................................12 Senses, Fikret ...............................................................................9 Seyf, Ahamd ..............................................................................48 Shearmur, Jeremy.......................................................................21 Sheehan, NadËge.........................................................................7 Sheeran, Kristen.........................................................................39 Simons, Penelope.........................................................................7 Sinclair, Peter ...............................................................................2 Sinclair, Peter J. N.........................................................................2 Sm?tkowski, Maciej ...................................................................13 Sohngen, Brent..........................................................................40 Solberg, Harry Arne ...................................................................55 South Asian Economic Development ..........................................18 South Sea Bubble, The ...............................................................48 Spencer, David ...........................................................................25 Spurr, Stephen ...........................................................................56 Statistical Power Analysis with Missing Data...............................58 Statistics Tables ............................................................................4 Steedman, Ian......................................................................24, 36 Stevens, James P. .......................................................................58 Stewart, Jon...............................................................................45 Stopford, Martin ........................................................................50 Storz, Cornelia .............................................................................6 Structural Equation Modeling With AMOS .................................57 Strunz, Marianne .......................................................................42 Studies on the Abuse and Decline of Reason..............................30 Sugihara, Kaoru .........................................................................47 Sun, Guang-Zhen.......................................................................33 Sunna, Claudia ..........................................................................35 Sustainable Reform and Development in Post-Olympic China .....10 Sutherland, Dylan ......................................................................10 Swanson, Timothy .....................................................................40 Swyngedouw, Erik .....................................................................51

T

Tamas, Kristof ............................................................................12 Taplin, Ruth..................................................................................6 Taxation and Gender Equity .........................................................3 Taxation of Petroleum and Minerals: Principles, Problems and Practice, The .......................................................................41 Territorial Development, Cohesion and Spatial Planning .............52 Territory, specialization and globalization in European Manufacturing...........................................................................54 Theory of Value, A .....................................................................25 Thomas, Scott L. ........................................................................58 Togan, S¸bidey..............................................................................6 Toh, Raymond............................................................................37 Tol, Richard S. J. .........................................................................40 Torgler, Benno............................................................................42 Tortella, Gabriel..........................................................................46 Towards New Developmentalism................................................17 Trade Liberalisation and Poverty in South Asia ............................19 Transformation of the Gulf, The .................................................48 Transition Economics..................................................................14 Tripp, Rob ..................................................................................40 Trosper, Ronald ..........................................................................45 Turkey and the Global Economy ...................................................9 Turkish Accession to the EU .......................................................26 Turley, Gerard ............................................................................14 Turner, Colin ................................................................................5 Turner, John ...............................................................................31 Turner, Sarah..............................................................................15 Turnovsky, Michelle H...................................................................4 Turpin, Paul................................................................................24

U Ulrichsen, Kristian ......................................................................48 Understanding Innovation - The Case of Japan and China ............6 Understanding International Art Markets .....................................6 Use of Economic Valuation in Environmental Policy, The.............43

V Valodia, Imraan............................................................................3 Valuation of Regulating Services of Ecosystems ..........................43 Van de Voorde, Eddy..................................................................54 van den Hove, Sybille .................................................................44 van Tulder, Rob ............................................................................6 Varma, Arup ..............................................................................11 Velupillai, K. Vela .........................................................................1 Vercammen, James ....................................................................45 Vico & Smith..............................................................................36 Vint, John ..................................................................................33 Vosko, Leah F. ............................................................................29

W Wage Policy, Income Distribution, and Democratic Theory..........25 Wagner, John E....................................................................39, 44 Wagner, Richard E......................................................................21 Wang, Ping................................................................................10 Waschik, Robert.........................................................................50 Waste and Environmental Policy.................................................43 Webber, Michael..........................................................................9 Weiss, Pia ..................................................................................56 Welfare in the United States ......................................................48 Welfare Warriors........................................................................48 Whitehead, John........................................................................43 Whitehead, Judy ..........................................................................1 ‘Whither regional studies?’ ........................................................53 Whyman, Philip B.......................................................................12 Wilber, Ken................................................................................23 Williams, Colin C. ........................................................................9 Wilson, Rodney..........................................................................19 Witzel, Morgen..........................................................................30 Women’s Economic Thought in the Eighteenth Century .............37 Wood, Geoffrey ...........................................................................3 Wood, Geoffrey E. .......................................................................3 Wood, Michael D.......................................................................43 Worker Identity, Agency and Economic Development.................11 Wu, Bin .....................................................................................10 Wu, Ho-Mou .............................................................................15 Wyplosz, Charles .........................................................................3

X Xu, Feng ....................................................................................10

Y Yagi, Kiichiro..............................................................................32 Yalman, Galip L..........................................................................16 Yao, Shujie.................................................................................10 Yao, Yang L................................................................................15 Yatsenko, Yuri............................................................................42 Yoon, Carolyn ............................................................................30 Young, Warren ..........................................................................36 Yuepeng, Zhao ..........................................................................10

Z Zagler, Martin ..............................................................................2 Zambelli, Stefano .......................................................................22 Zein-Elabdin, Eiman ...................................................................23 Zhu, Ying...............................................................................9, 10

Taleb, Ali....................................................................................17 Talley, Wayne K. .........................................................................50

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalog.

Alternatively, you can order by: Call Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064

Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Online: www.routledge.com/economics

Order your books today...

To order in the US, Canada and Latin America, please contact:

mail: Routledge 7625 Empire Drive Florence, KY 41042

telephone: Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064 (M-F: 8am â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 5:30pm) International: (561) 361-6000, ext. 6418

Fax: Toll Free: 1-800-248-4724 International: (561) 361-6075

email: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

online: www.routledge.com

FREE SHIPPING!

Prices and publication dates are subject to change without notice.

Distributor of choice in Canada Login Canada 300 Saulteaux Cr. Winnipeg, MB R3J 3T2 Call Toll Free: 1-800-665-1148 Fax Toll Free: 1-800-665-0103 Fax: (204) 837-2987 Email: sales@lb.ca

Tax

Shipping & Handling

Sales Tax/GST

US: $5.99 1st book; $1.99 each additional book.

Residents of AZ, CA, CO, CT, FL, GA, IL, IN, KY, MA, MD, ME, MO, NJ, NY, PA, TN, TX, UT, VA and CANADA please add local sales tax.

Canada: Ground: $7.99 1st book; $1.99 each additional book.

Expedited: $15.99 1st book; $1.99 each additional book.

Latin America: Airmail: $44.00 1st book; $7.00 each additional book.

Surface: $17.00 1st book; $2.99 each additional book.

To order a complimentary exam copy, please contact us using one of the methods below. telephone: Toll Free: 1-800-634-7064 fax: Toll Free: 1-800-248-4724 online: www.routledge.com/info/compcopy

TOTAL

Canadian residents please add 5% GST.

Institutions: Please attach your institutional purchase order to this form.

Individuals: We request that all US and Canadian individual orders be prepaid by check, money order, or credit card.

Latin American individual orders be prepaid by money order or credit card only.

I have included my check (US and Canada only) or money order for the full amount due, made payable to Taylor & Francis/Routledge.

Please charge my credit card:

Name on credit card: ________________________________________________________

Expiration date: _______ /_______

Account number:

Signature: ______________________________________________________________________ Date: ______ /______ /______ (order not valid without signature)

Your Details

â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Please use block capitals.

First Name:

Last Name:

Email: Department: Institution: Address: City:

State:

Country:

Telephone:

Zip Code:

library recommendation Or complete form online at: www.routledge.com/info/librarian.asp

complimentary exam request

Shipping

Method of Payment

Latin America

Call International: (561) 361-6000, ext. 6418 Fax International: (561) 361-6075 Email: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

(in US and Canada only)

Qty Title ISBN Price

Bookstores Taylor & Francis, Ste. 300 6000 Broken Sound Pkwy NW Boca Raton, FL 33487

Web orders over $35 receive free shipping.

I recommend you purchase this/these book(s).

Title: ISBN: Title: ISBN: Title: ISBN:

To:

From:

Position: Department:

www.routledge.com/economics

PRSRT STD U.S. POSTAGE PAID WAYNE, N.J. PERMIT NO. 1104

Routledge Taylor & Francis Group c/o CMFS 31 Styertowne Road Clifton, NJ 07012 RETURN SERVICE REQUESTED

WEB ORDERS OVER $35 RECEIVE FREE SHIPPING IN US AND CANADA

Browse by new, forthcoming, discipline, textbooks, catalogs, special offers and many other exciting products Order complimentary and examination copies Order online

Economics www.routledge.com/economics